Chinease Concrete Standard

Code for Design of Concrete Structures iB RE he 2 19 1 i MLSE GB 50010-2002 (SER) Beijing 2002NATIONAL STANDARD OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA Hee A Be Sk EE Bl Zh te Code for Design of Concrete Structures BELAY GB_ 50010 — 2002 (BX MW Edited by: Ministry of Construction of the People’s Republic of China Approved by: Ministry of Construction of the People’ s Republic of China Executing Date: April 12002 China Architecture & Building Press RRR chk me 2002 BeijingFB-B EAA BI | CIP) Be LAH MG ER) / PT AGAR ARZ KM A TCHR : PRESET AL HARE 2004 ISBN 7-112-06796-0 Dake Tf Teh —et—it MEK W-7U370.4-65 5 AAS se CIP CHAS (2004) 98 083339 NATIONAL STANDARD OF THE PEOPLE"S REPUBLIC OF CHINA Pe ARI SRE Code for Design of Concrete Structures BELA IE, GB so010—2002 GOD PORAL LAAN RT CERI TE) ee ee oe A seat Zen BT ED FRA: TTI 1/16 IE: 23 PHL: 550TH ZOE LL ASH 2008 EL UN FLMC: —S00 BE Ef -960.00 76 ISBN 7-112-06796.0 "TU -6083(12750) AL BNR Sue eS AT, PI AAA (bine 4% 100037) ACHE htp://ne china-abp.com.cn FEB inp: //ane.china-ulding. com.cnNOTICE ‘The code is writen in Chinese and English. ‘The Chinese text shall be taken as the ruling one in the event of any inconsistency between the Chinese text and the English text.Notice of Promulgation for the National Standard“Code for Design of Concrete Structures” Document JB [2002] No.47 According to the requirements of, “Notice of Printing and Distributing for the 1997 Preparation and Revision Plan of Engineering Construction Standards Document JB [1997] NO. 108-the Ministry cof Construction” , the“ Code for Design of Concrete Structures” has been revised by the Ministry of Con- struction together with the relevant departments, after extensive consultation by relevant departments hence the new code has been approved as a national standard with a serial number of GB 50010— 2002, which shall come into force upon April 1, 2002. Herein, clauses 3.1.8, 3.2.1, 4.1.3, 4.1.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 6.1.1, 9.2.1, 9.5.1, 10.9.3, 10.9.8, 11.1.2, 1.1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.6, 11.4.12 and 11.7.1 are mandatory clauses, which must be enforced strictly. ‘The former “Code for Design of Concrete Structures” ,GRJ 10—89 is superseded hy the new code at December 31, 2002. ‘The Ministry of Construetion is in charge of management and explanation of the mandatory clauses in the code, the China Academy of Building Research is responsible for the explanation of specific technical items and the Research Institute of Standards and Noms, the Mini trusted the China Architectural & Building Press to take on publishing and distributing works of this code ry of Construction has en- Ministry of Construction of the People’ s Republic of China February 20, 2002Preface According to the requirements of Document JB[ 1997] No. 108-the Ministry of Construction, the former code was revised by the China Academy of Building Research together with the relevant institu- tions of higher leaming and scientific research, design , enterprises ete In the period of revision, the code revision group launched various studies on specific topics, car~ ried out wide-ranging investigative analyses, summarized practical domestic experiences for design of concrete structures, coordinating with relevant standards and made necessary comparison with advanced Intemational standards for reference. On the basis of above metioned measures, various ways were used by the code revision group to solicit comments from the organizations concemed in the country, in addition some trial designs were carried on by the revision group, in the meantime, the major issues in the code were elaborated and amended revised repeatedly, and finally, the new version of code was decid ed afier examination. The contents for main stipulations of the present code consist of: Basic design stipulations of eon- crete structires, Materials, Stmctnral analyses, Calculations of ultimate limit states and checking calculations, Detailing requirements of serviceability limit states, Earthquake-resistant design of structural members and Relevant appendixes. ‘The main stipulation of the present code may be,if needed, revised in the future, the concemed information and contents of local revised clauses will be published on the Magazine of Engineering Construction Standardization . Clauses marked with boldface type in, the code are mandatory ones and must be enforced strictly. In order to enhance the quality of the code, all relevant units are kindly requested to sum up and accumulate their experiences from actual practices during the process of implementing the code, and the relevant opinions and suggestions chould be sent to the Managing Group of Code for Design of Con- crete Structures, China Academy of Building Research, No. 30, Bei San Huan Dong Lu, Beijing, China( Posteode: 100013; E-mail: code _ ibs _ cabr@263. net.cn) . Chief Editorial Unit: the China Academy of Building Research Participating Units: Tsinghua University, Tianjin University. Chongqing Construction Engineering College, Hunan University, Dongnan University, Hehai University, Dalian University of Science and ‘Technology, Harbin University of Architecture, Xi” an University of Architectural Technology, Building Design Institute of the Ministy of Construction, Beijing Municipal Building Design Institute, Beijing Capital Engineering Co. , Lid, China National Beijing Contracting & Engineering Institute for Light In- dustry, Professional Design Institute of the Railway Ministry, Planning and Design Institute of Water ‘Transport, Ministry of Communication, Northwest China Hydroelectric Design and Survey Institute, and Prestressing Committee of the Metallurgical Material Industry Association Chief Drafting Stafis: Li Mingshun Xu YoulinBai Shengxiang Bai Shaoliang Sun Hluizhong Chen Jian Hu Dexin Cheng Maokun Guo Zhenhai Zhu Long, [Shen Jumin] Wu Peigang Tao Xuekang ‘Kang Guyi Lan Zongjian Reviser(English edition of code): Sha Zhiguo Wang Zhendong Zou Yinsheng Zhou Di Gan Cheng Wa Xuemin Wang Zhenhua Song Yup Jiang Weishan Xia Qili Chen Dingwai, Professor, China Academy of Building Research, May 2004, Beijing, ChinaContents General Principles ‘Terms, Symbols <1 Terms = .2 Symbols Fundamental Design Stipulations +1 General Stipulations =+++++++++0+0+» .2 Stipulations for Calculation of Ultimate Limit States 3. Stipulations for Checking Calculation of Serviceability Limit States 4 Stipulations for Durability -- : Materials «--+-----> 1 Concrete 2. Steel Reinforcements Struetural Analysis - <1 Fundamental Principles 5.2 Linear Elastic Analysis Method + 5.3. Other Methods for Analysis 6 Requirements for Calculation of Prestressed Concrete Structural Members. - 6 6 Ceewunne UNE RRKBKELUNNDE 1 General Stipulations .2 Calculation of Values for Loss of Prestress 7 Caleulation of Ultimate Limit States - 7.1 General Stipulations for Calculation of Normal Section Load-bearing Capacity 7.2 Caloulation of Normal Section Flexural Load-bearing Capacity ~ 7.3 Calculation of Normal Section Compressive Load-bearing Capacity 7.4. Calculation of Normal Section Tensile Load-bearing Capacity 7.5. Calculation of Inclined Section Load-bearing Capacity <-> 7.6 Caleulation of Torsional Section Load-bearing Capacity ~~ 7.7 Caleulation of Punching Shear Load-hesring Capacity 7.8 Calculation of Local Compression Load-bearing Capacity + 7.9 Checking Calculation of Fatigue . 8 Checking Calculation of Serviceability Limit States 8.1 Checking Calculation of Crack Control 8.2 Checking Caleulation for Deflection of Flexural Member 9 Stipulations for Detailing Requirements 9.1 Expansion Joint 9.2 Concrete Cover 9.3 Anchorage of Steel Reinforcement - + 37 + 43 + 55 +97 OF + 999.4 Connection of Steel Reinforcements ~ 9.5 Minimum Ratio of Reinforcement for Longitudinal Stressed Steel Reinforcements ~ 9.6 Stipulations for Detailing Requirements of Prestressed Concrete Structural Members 10 Fundamental Stipulations for Structural Members. - 40.1 10.2 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10.9 Embedded Parts and Hanging Ring 10.10 Connection of Precast Structural Members Earthquake-resistant Design of Reinforced Concrete Structural Members u u ue ML. te i. u. in n. Appendix A Calculation of Plain Concrete Structural Member Appendix B- Nominal Se Appendix C Multi-axial Strength and Constitutive Relation of Conerete 3 4 5 6 7 8 QabWRBRE 8 + 101 105 Slab + Beam Column Nodal Point of Girder and Column Wall -- Superposed Flexural Member Deep Flexural Member Corbel 119) 120 ww 133 139 M1 146 146 150 150 154 + 163 General Stipulations ~~ Materials " Frame Girder Colunan of Frame and Column of Braced Frame Column of Hinged Bent Nodal Point and Embedded Parts for Girder and Column of Frame Structural (Shear) Wall Prestressed Concrete Structural Members 170 178 180 ional Area, Calculated Sectional Area and Theoretical Weight of Steel Reinforcements ~ 186 Appendix D- Loss of Prestress for Common ‘Tendon Shapes of Post-tensioned Appendix E ‘Time-dependent Loss of Prestress Prestressed Steel Reinforcements + 193 Appendix F Calculation for Normal Section Load-bearing Capacity of Random Section Members -*+ Appendix G Design Value of Equivalent Concentrated Reaction Used for Calculation of Explanation of Wording in This Code - Nodal Point of Slab and Column1 General Principles 1.0.1 The code was published in order to enforce national technical and economic policies for the design of concrete structures, and to ensure structures to be economical, reasonable, reliable, applica ble, with high quality and using advanced technology. 1.0.2 The code is applicable to the design of reinforced concrete, prestressed concrete and plain concrete load-bearing structures used in industrial and civil buildings, as well as nonmally constructed structures, but it is not applicable to the design of lightweight agsregate concrete structures, or struc tures using special concrete. 1.0.3 In design of concrete structures, hesides complying with the stipulations in the code, the de- signers shall also conform to the stipulations in relevant current mandatory national standards2 Terms, Symbols 2.1 Terms 2.1.1 Conerete structures-The structures are mainly made by concrete, including plain concrete structure, reinforced concrete structure, and prestressed concrete structure ete. 2.1.2 Plain conerete structure-The structure is made of the concrete without the steel reinforcements or not providing with the stressed steel reinforcements 2.1.3 Reinforced concrete structure-The structure is made of the concrete and providing with the stressed ordinary steel reinforcements, steel reinforcement meshs or steel reinforcement skeletons. 2.1.4 Prestressed concrete structure-The structure is made of the concrete and providing with the stressed prestressing reinforcements, which will be through stretching or by other methods to establish prestress. 2.1.5 Pre-tensioned prestressed concrete structure-The concrete structure of which the concrete will be casted, after the stressed prestressing reinforcements have been stretched on stretching bed, then through the transmission of bond force between tendons and concrete to establish prestress. 2.1.6 Post-tensioned prestressed concrete structure-The conerete structure of which the strength of concrete should he first reached the required stipulated requirements, then stretching the stressed prestressing reinforcements and anchoring on the structure to establish prestress. 2.1.7 Castein-sit stalled in-situ and cast-in-situ the concrete integrally. 2.1.8 Prefabricated co precasted concrete components or parts through the method of welding or bolting connection ete. concrete structure-The conerete structure of which the formwork of concrete is in- ele structure-The conerete structure of which the structure is assembled by 2.1.9 Assembled monolithie concrete structure-The monolithic conerete structure is assembled by precasted concrete components or parts, through the connections of steel reinforcements, connecting parts or applied prestressing force, and finally cast-in-situ the concrete. 2.1.10 Frame structure-The load-bearing system sinicture is composed by girders and colurms connecting them with rigid joint or hinged joint 2.1.11 Structural (shear) wall structure-The structure is composed by structural wall (shear wall) to sustain the vertical and horizontal actions 2.1.12 Frame-simictural (shear) wall structure-The structure of which the vertical and horizontal actions are jointly sustained hy frame and structural wall (shear wall) 2.1.13 Deep flexural member-It denotes the flexural member with span-depth ratio less than 5. 2.1.14 Deep beam -It denotes the single-span beam with span-depth ratio not greater than 2. and the rmulti-span beam with span-depth ratio not greater than 2.5. 2.1.15 Ordinary steel bar -A general call for various non-prestressed steel reinforcements which are used in concrete structural members. 22.1.16 Prestressing steel reinforcements-A general call for steel bars, steel wires, and strands which are used in the prestressed concrete structural members. 2.1.17 Degree of reliability-It refers to the measurement for the probability of which the ability of a structure fulfils the expected functions within stipulated time-Limit and stipulated conditions. 2.1.18 Safety class-The classes of structures and structural members which are classified according, to the degree of severity for the destructive consequences. 2.1.19 Design working life “The design stipulation for the time-limit of working period of structures or structural members, which can serve for the expected purposes, have no need of heavy repairs. 2.1.20 Load-effect-The reactivity of the structures and structural members are induced by loads, such as intemal forves, deformations and cracks ete 2.1.21 Combination of load-effects-In the limit states design, it is the stipulated combination for design values of various load effects occurred simmiltancously, to ensure the reliability of the structures 2.1.22 Fundamental combination-It refers to the combination of permanent loads and variable loads in the calculation of ultimate limit states. 2.1.23 Characteristic combination- In the checking calculation of serviceability limit states, that the characteristic values and combination values of variable loads are used as the representative values of variable loads in combination. 2.1.24 Quasi-permanent combination-In the checking calculation of serviceability limit states, that the quosi-perrnanent values of vatiable loads are used as the representative values of the variable loads in combination. 2.2 Symbols 2.2.1 Material properties E,—modulus of elasticity of coneretes E‘——modulus of fatigue deformation of coneretes E,—tmodulus of elasticity of steel reinforcements; €20—strength grade of concrete with characteristic value of cube strength is 20N/mnec?s "compressive strength of 150mm side length concrete cube during period of construction; foxx—characteristic value of compressive strength of 150mm side length concrete cubes fasfc——characteristic value, design value of axial compressive strength of concrete respectively; fusfrc——charactetistic value, design value of axial tensile strength of concrete respectively -characteristie values of axial compressive strength, axial tensile strength of concrete during period of construction respectively; ‘fos Fui—characteristic values of strength of ordinary steel reinforcements, prestressed steel reinforcements respectively s fyof'y-—design values of tensile strength, compressive strength of ordinary steel reinforce 3ments respeetivelys design values of tensile strength, compressive strength of prestressed steel reinforce- Sor ments respectively 2.2.2. Actions, action-effects and load-bearing capacity design value of axial forve; Ny\Nq——values of axial forces calculated in accordance with the characteristic combination, quasi-permanent combination of load-effects respectively resultant of forces of prestressed reinforcements and nonprestressed reinforcements in post-tensioned members Njp—resultant of forces of prestressed reinforcements and non-prestressed reinforcements, when normal prestress in concrete is equal to zeros, Ng—design value of sectional axial compressive or axial tensile load-bearing capacity of members Nu Nuj—design values of eccentric compressive or eccentric tensile load-bearing capacity due to axial forces acting on the X-axis, Y-axis respectivel Me My.M,—pending moment values calculated in accordance with the characteristic combina- clesign value of bending moments tion, the quasi-permanent combination of load- effects respectively; M,——design value of normal section flexural load-bearing capacity of members Mq-—eracking bending moment value for normal section of flexural members T-—design value of torsional moment; V——design value of shearing force; V.g——design value of shearing load-bearing capacity of concrete and stirrup in inclined section of member; F;—design value of local load or concentrated reactions GcesFaq normal stress of concrete at the extreme fiber of section for crack-resistance checking calculation, under the characteristic combination, the quasi-permanent combination of load- effects respectively; yc—hormal stress in concrete due to prestressing forces i Oips4ay-——pincipal tensile stress, principal compressive stress in conerete respectivelys macs! mig7——maximum stress, minimum stress of concrete on extreme fiber of section in tension zone or compression zone of conerete used for fatigue checking calculation respectively; 0,.0)-——stress in longitudinal ordinary steel reinforcements, stress in prestressed steel reinforcements in calculating load-bearing capacity of normal section respectively 4 4~—siress or equivalent stress in longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement calcalated in ac~ cordance with the characteristic combination of load-effectssGeq-——-stretehing controlled stress for presstressed steel reinforcement o,7—stress in prestressed steel reinforcement, at the resultant of forees point of prestressed steel reinforcements where normal stress in concrete equals to 22104 gc effective prestress of prestressed steel reinforcements 2;,0'-—values for loss of prestress in prestressed steel reinforcements on tension zone, com pression zone at corresponding stages respectivelys shearing stress of coneretes Wya—maximurn crack width calculated in accordance with the characteristic combination of Joad-effects and in consideration of the influences for effects of long-term actions; 2.2.3 Geometric parameters a.a’——distance from point for resultant of forces of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements , point for resultant of forces of longitudinal compressive steel reinforcements respec tively to near extrem fiber of sections a,.a-—distance from point for resultant of forces of longitudinal nonprestressed tensile steel reinforcements, point for resultant of forces of longitudinal nonprestressed. compres sive steel reinforvements respectively to near extrem fiber of sections ,.',—distances from point for resultant of forces of longitudinal prestressed steel reinforeements in tension zone, point for resultant of forces of longitudinal prestressed steel reinforcements in compression zone respectively to near extreme fiber of section. }—width of rectangular section, web width of T-shaped, I-shaped sections by.b{-—flange widths in tension zone, in compression zone respectively of T-shaped or I- shaped sections d-— Sm 16/300( 1/400) Note:1 ly in the Table is the ealeulated span of mesnbers; 2. Values in parentheses are appropriate for members on which the deflections are strictly required in applica- tions 3. If member is cambered hefore its fabrication, and when itis allowed during its service stage, this eamber value shall be deducted from the calculated deflection value during checking calculation with the allowable value. As for prestressed concrete members, the camber caused by prestessing may also be deducteds 4. When calculating the limiting value for deflection of cantilever member, its calculating length ly is twice actual length of cantilever. 3.3.3. Crack control Jevel for normal section of structural members shall he divided into three levels in accordance with the following stipulations: Level 1—members, on which cracks are strictly prohibited, when the calculation is in accor dance with characteristic combination of load-effects, that the tensile stress shall not be occurred at extreme tensile fiber of conerete structural members; Level 2——members on which cracks are generally prohibited, when the caloulation is in accordance with characteristic combination of load-effects, that the tensile stress at extreme tensile fiber of concrete structural members shall not be greater than the characteristic value of axial tensile strength in concrete; when the calculation is in accordance with quasi-permanent combination of load-effects, that the tensile stress at extreme tensile fiber of concrete structural members may not be occurred but it can be loosened, when the reliahle experiences are available. Level 3—members, on which cracks are allowed, when the calculation is in accordance with Wcharacteristic combination and considering influence of long-term actions of load-effects, that the maximum erack width of structaral members shall not exceed the stipulated limit values of maximam crack width given in the Table 3.3.4. 3.3.4 The different crack control levels and the limit values of maximum crack width 10}, of structural members shall be adopted from the Table 3.3.4 according to the types of structures and the environmental categories specified in the Table 3.4.1 Table 3.3.4 Crack Control Levels and Limit Values of Maximum Crack Width aerate Reinfored concrete strctures Pose amees omic emeeines | Crack conta levels | ain(rum) | Crack control Hevels | ty(mm) I I 0,300.4) | o 0.2 ot | ee eee G ificteti iieties T a Note:1 The stipulations in the Table are applicable to reinforced concrete members using hot rolled steel bars, andl to prestressed concrete members using prestressed steel wires, strand, heat treated steel bars; when other types of etel wires or reinforcements are selected, the requirements of crack control may be determined by specific standards; 2. Fore flexural member sitated in an area with level T environment, where mean annual relative hurcity is Jess than 609% , the value in parenthesis may be used as its limit value of mexinwum erack width; 3° Under level I environment, the limit value ‘0.2mm’ of maximum crack width shall be adopted for reinforced concrete roofing truss, bracket, and crane glider which requires checking calculation of fatigue, and ‘0.3mm” shall be sdopted for reinforoed concrete roofing bear and bracket beams, 4 Under level T environment, the presressed concrete roofing beam, bracket beam, roofing truss, bracket, roof board, and floor slab, shall be checking calculated according to crack contol level I: under level Land [I environments, the fatigue of prestreszod concrete crane girder shall be checking calculated ac~ cording to crack control level T 5 5) The crack control evels and the limit value of maximum crack width, tabulated for prestressed concrete structural member, are werely applicable to checking calculation of normal section. The checking calculation for exack control of inclined section shall conform to the stipulations in the Chapter 8 of the codes 6 For chinmey, tube-shaped warehouse, and structural member under liquid pressure, the erack contro re= ‘quirements shall conform to relevent provisions of current special 7 The crack conirol requirements of structural members situated in level [VandV environments, shall conform to relevant provisions of curent special code. 8 The limit values of maxinnum erack width in the Table axe used for the checking calculation of maxim crack width reslting from the load-effect 3.4 Stipulations for Durability 3.4.1 ‘The durability of concrete structures shall be designed in accordance with the environmental categories and design working life specified in the Table 3.4.1. 12Table 3.4.1 Environmental categories for concrete structures Environmental categories Conditions I Indoor normal environment Indoor hamid environment; open-air environment of non-severe cald or non-cold | crea, environment of directly contacted with non-erosive water or sil 1 ‘ Open-air environment of severe cold or eold area, environment of directly contacted with non-erosive water oF soll nl Environment of applied cxyose] removers environment of severe cold or cold ares. with water level fhictwated in winter season; coastal outdoor environment W ‘Sea water environment v Environment of affected by artificial or natural erosive materials. Note:The classification of severe cold and cold areas shall conform to the stipulations of national curent standard 3.4.2 “Thermal design specification for civil building” JGJ 24 In environmental categories I, [and Ill, structural concrete with design working life as 50 years shall conform to stipulations in Table 3.4.2. ‘Table3.4.2 fundamental requirements for durabliity of structural concrete Min, cement | Lowest gade | Max. chlovion | Max. alkali Environmental | Max. watercement | aa mh consumption | for snengh | coment. coment aout (ha/n?) | oemerete | (36) (he/n?) I | 25 oo 1.0 Unlimited i |_« 0.60 250 (2s 0.3 3.0 [> 0.55 215 630 0.2 3.0 ql 0.50 300 C30 on 3.0 Note: 1 Chlorine ion content refers to the percentage of chlorineion in cement consumption amounts 3.4.3 2 Max.chlorion content and min, cement consumption amount in prestressed concrete structural meter are 0.06% and 300kg/n? respectively; the lowest grade for strength of concrete shall be increased by two grades according to stipulations in the Tables 3. Min. cement consumption amount in plain concrete member shall not be: less than the values in the Table minus 25 ke/n?; 4 When activatded admixture or other additives, which can prolong durability, is added to concrete that the Min. cement consumption amount could be redooed appropriately: 5 When reliable engineering experience is available, the lowest grade for strength of concrete in environ- rental categories I and II ooald be reduced by one grades 6 When noc-alksli setivated aggregate is epplied, there is no limitation for the alkali content in concrete In environmental categories 1 , structural concrete with design working life up to 100 years shall conform to following stipulations: 13,1 The lowest grade for strength of concrete in reinforced concrete structures and in prestressed concrete structurs are C30 and C40 respectively 2° Maximum chlorion- content in concrete is 0,06% 3 It is better to use non-alkali activated aggregate; when alkali activated aggregate is applied, max. alkali content in concrete is 3.Okg/m? 4 The thickness of concrete cover shall be increased by 40% according to the stipulation of the Table 9.2.1 of the code; when effective protective measures are taken for concrete surface, the thick nese of conerete cover could be reduced appropriately. 5 Regular maintenance shall be performed during the course of application. 3.4.4 In environmental categories [[and Ill, the special effective measures shall be taken for con- cxete structures with design working life up to 100 years: 3.4.5 In humid environment of severe cold and cold area, structural concrete shall meet relevant re~ quirements for freezing-resistant, and the freezing-resistant grade of concrete shall conform to the re~ quirements of relevant standards. 3.4.6 For concrete structures requiring penetration-resistant, the penetration-resistant grade of conerete shall conform to the requirements of relevant standards 3.4.7 For structural members in environmental categories [ll , it is hetter to use ribbed steel bars coated with epoxide-recin for stressed reinforcement; and the special protective measures shall be taken for prestressed steel reinforcements, anchorage devices and connectors. 3.4.8 The durability reguirements of concrete structures in environmental categories IV and V, shall conform to the stipulations of relevant standards. ‘The durability requirements of concrete may not be considered for the temporary concrete struc~ tures. 144 Materials 4.1 Concrete 4.1.1 Concrete Strength grade shall be determined in accordance with the characteristic value of cube compressive strength obtained from standard tests on 150 mm side long cube specimen, which was fabricated and cured for a period of 28 days under standard conditions, and has the compressive strength with @ 95% guarantee rate. 4.1.2 Concrete strength grade of reinforced concrete structures shall not be Jess than C15; when the steel bar of Grade HRB335 is used, concrete strength grade may not be less than C20; it shall not be Jess than C20 for members sustained the repetitive loads and in cases using the steel bars of Grade HRB400 and Grade RRB400. Conerete strength grade for prestressed concrete structures shall not be less than C30; concrete strength grade may not be less than C40 when strand, steel wires and heat-treated steel reinforcements are used a5 prestressed steel reinforcement. Note:In the use of mountain sand concrete or slag concrete shall still be in compliance with stipulations of related special codes. 4.1.3 Characteristic values of concrete axial compression strength f.., axial tension strength fa Shall be adopted in accordance with the Table 4.1.3 respectively ‘Table 4.1.3 Characteristic Values of Concrete Strength (N/mm?) ‘Type of ‘Concrete strength grade strength | CIS | C20 | C25 | C30 | C5 | cao | cas | C50 | cos fox | 10.0| 13.4 | 16.7] 20.1 | 23.4 | 26.8 | 29.6 | 32.4 35.5 Sex 1,27 | 1.54 | 1.78 | 2.01 | 2.20 | 2.39 | 2.51 | 2.64 | 2.74 oes | cro | cs | _Co0 41.5 | 44.5) 47.4] 50.2 2.93 | 2.99| 3.05] 3.11 4.1.4 Design values of concrete axial compression strength f,, axial tensile strength /f; shall be adopted in accordance with the Table 4.1.4 respectively. Table 4.1.4 Design Valnes of Concrete Strengtht(N/mn?) Conerete strength grade strength | C15 | ©20 | C25 | C30 | Cas | Gio | Cas | C50 | cas | coo | Cos | C70 | C75 | CoO fe 7.2 | 9.6 | 11.9| 34.3 | 16,7 | 19.4 | 24.1 | 23.1 | 25.3 | 27.5| 29.7 | 31-8| 33.8| 35.9 | fe 0.91 | 4-10) 1.27] 1.43] 1.57] 1.71 | 1.80 | 1.89] 1.96 | 2.04[ 2.09 | 2.14| 2.18) 2.22 Note:1 When caleulating axial compression and eccentric compression members of cast-in-sit reinforced ‘concrete, the design values of concrete strength in this Table shall be multiplied by a factor of 0.8, if the lang side or the diamefer of the section is less than 300mm; this restriction may be dis- ‘regarded when the quality of the member (Including the molding of concrete, dimensions of the section and axis, efe.) can be guaranteed. 2. Design values of centrifugal fabricated concrete strength shall be taken in accordance with related special standards. 154.1.5 The modulus of elasticity of concrete E, in compression or in tension shall be adopted in accordance with the Table 4.1.5 ‘Table 4.1.5 Modulus of elasticity of concrete ( « 10'N/mm*) | strengih | C15 | C20] C25 C30 | €35 | C40 | C45 | C50 | C55 | C60 | C65] C70} CIS] CBO grade | % [zx0[ze|200[ se] s15|325]335|505|3.55|500]3.65[370[378| 300 4.1.6 The design values of concrete axial compression fatigue strength f{, axial tension fatigue strength fi shall be determined by multiplying the design value of conerete strength tabulated in Table 4.1.4 with a comesponding modified factor of fatigue strength 7, respectively. Depending on various ratios of fatigue stress p!, that the modified factor 7, shall he adopted from the Table 4.1.6. ‘The ratios for fatigue stress of concrete shall he calculated according to the following equation: ee (4.1.6) Foye Where, 0! mins 06 q--—minimum stress and maximum stress of concrete at the same fiber of section during checking calculation on fatigue of members respectively. Table 4.1.6 Modified factor of Conerete Katigue Strength oe pic02 | o2epicos | oseei0.3, the redistribution of intemal forces may not be considered. Hence, the € shall be calculated according to the stipulation in the Chapter 7 of the code 6.1.9 The prestressing transmission length [,, of prestressed steel reinforcement for pre-tensioned members shall be calculated according to following equation: Ig = a Sd (6.1.9) ik Where ¢),-—the effective prestress of prestressed steel reinforcement when relaxed stretching; d-—the nominal diameter of prestressed stee] reinforcement shall he adopted according, to Appendix B of the codes a—the appearance coefficient of prestressed steel reinforcement shall be atlopted according to stipulated in the Table 9.3.1 of the code; Pa——ehara istic value of axial tensile strength corresponding to compressive strength of concrete cube fy, during relaxed stretching, which is determined using linear interpolation methods specified in the Table 4.1.3 of the code ‘When the construction process of suddenly relaxed for the prestressed steel reinforcement is adopt- 29ced that the starting point for calculation of J, shall be 0.25 1y from the end of member: 6.1.10 When in calculation of the normal sectional or inclined sectional flexural load-bearing capacity at end anchorage zone of pre-tensioned prestressed concrete member, within the range of anchorage length, that the design value of tensile strength for prestressed steel reinforcements shall take zero at the starting point of anchorage, and at the end point of anchorage shall take fyy, for the values between these two points can be determined by linear interpolation. The anchorage length of prestressed steel reinforcements shall he determined according to the Clause 9.3.1 of the code. 6.1.11 In addition to the checking calculation of ultimate limit states at the construction stage for prestressed concrete structural members, the members in which crack is not allowed in the pre-tensioning zone,or in which the whole section shall be compressively during precompression, the normal stress at the extreme fiber of concrete under the actions of prestressing force, self-weight and construction load (dynamic coefficient shall be considered, if necessary) shall comply with the following stipulations (Fig.6.1.11): Fig. 6.1.11 Checking calculation of prestressed concrete members at construction stage (a) pre-tensioned member; ()poit-tensioned members centroid axis of transformed section; 2—eontrcid axis of net section Fast (6.1,11-1) 0<0.8f% (6.1.11-2) ‘The normal stress of concrete at the extreme fiber of section may be calculated by the following equation: NM Ge: OF Fa = nt Git W (6.1.11-3) lo Wo Where ¢,..¢.7——the compressive stress, the tensile stress at concrete the extreme fiber of calculat ed section in comesponding construction stage respectively; fas fac—characteristic values of tensile strength, compressive strength respe ly, corresponding to the compressive strength of concrete cube in each construction-stage fius they may be determined by linear interpolation method according to “the Table 4.1.3 of the codes Ny, My—values of axial force, bending moment at the calculated section respectively, pro duced by the characteristic combination of construction load and self-weight of the members Wo—elastie resisting moment of uansformed section, at checking calculated extreme 30fiber. Note:1 Pretension zone denetes the sectional tensile stress zone which is formed at the time for exerting the prestressing forces 2 Tn equation (6.1.11-3), when oye isthe compressive sess, taking positive values when dp, is the en side stress, taking negative value; when Ni is the axial compressive force taking positive value; when Ni is the axial tensile force, taking negative values when extreme Aber stress caused by Mj, is compressive stress, the phs sign is taken in the equation; while itis tensile stoss, the minus sig is taken in the e- uation. 6.1.12 In addition to the checking calculation of ultimate t states at construction stage of prestressed concrete structural members, for members on which cracks are allowed and longitudinal prestressed steel reinforcements are not provided in pretension zone, the normal stress in conerete on extreme fiber shall conform to following stipulations: oaS2fir (6.1.12-1) eS 0.8f 5. (6.1. 12-2) Herein the os ce shall still he calculated according to the stipulation in the Clause 6.1.11 of the code. 6.1.13 The reinforcement of longitudinal steel bars in pretension zone of prestressed concrete structural member shall conform to the following requirements: 1. For members in which cracks in the pretension zone is not allowed during the construction stage, the ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal steel bars in the pretension zone(A, + 4)/4 shall not be less than 0.2%, while A’, shall not be counted for post-tensioned members, where A is the sectional area of members 2 For members where cracks*in the pretension zone is allowed during the construction stages, and longitudinal prestressing stecl bars are not provided in the pretension zone, when 94 = 2ftn» the ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal steel bars in the pretension zone A4/A shall not he less than 0.496 5 when f’4 < 64 2fqrit may be determined by linear interpolation method between 0.2 % and 0.4% 3. The diameter of longitudinal nonprestressing steel bars in the pretension zone may not be greater than 14 mm, and shall be provided uniformly along the outer edge of the pretension zone of the mem Note; For slab members in which cracks in the pretension zone is not allowed during the construction stage, the reinforcement for longitudinal steel bars in the pretension zone may be determined by experience in accordance with actual conditions of the member. 6.1.14 In the calculation of load-bearing capacity and crack width for pre-tensioned and post-tensioned prestressed concrete members, when the normal prestress in concrete is equal to zero, the resultant of forces for prestressed and nonprestessed steel bars Nip, and the eccentricity eg for the comesponding point of resultant of forces, shall be calculated according to the equations (6.1.6-1) and (6.1.6-2) of the code. The stresses of prestressing steel bars in pre-tensioned and post-tensioned members 049.049 shall be calculated according to the stipulations in the Clause 6.1.5 of the code 316.2 Calculation of Values for Loss of Prestress 6.2.1 The values for loss of prestress in prestressed steel reinforcements may be calculated acconling to the stipulations in the Table 6.2.1. ‘Table 6.2.1 Values for Loss of Prestress( N/mm?) Pre-tensioned | Pest-tensioned Factors lead to loss Symbols ca | Calculated according to the stipulation in the Clause 6.2.2 and Clause| 6.2.3 of the ende Calculated according eu to the stipulation in the Clause 6.2.2 of the code Deformation of anchorage at stretching end and inner shortening of steel ber Calculated according Fiction with to the stipulation Friction of ee | in the Clause 6.2.4 prestressed en | hte code steel reinforcement | eae Fiction at | ee change direction ret 2 | actual situations unit location At the time of heat curing of concrete, the temperature difference between on 2Ae _ stretched steel reinforcement and tensioned equipment i Prestressed steel wire, strand Generel relations 0.49( 280.5) can 0 fot ) where, Once stretching y= 1 | Excessive stetching $=0.9 Low selasation ‘Stress relaxation of prestreoed ea era ow steel reinforcement 0.125{ $20.5) oom (g2-03) when 0.Tfok < Fn 0-8 fee, So 0.2 $2*-0.575) 2m Hat treated stoel bar Once stretching 0.052.q Eroessve stretching 0.0350 32(continued) Pre-tensioned | Post-tensioned Factors lead to Joss Symbals . en | rember member ce fae se | {alate noorng to the spain in he Cause 6.2.5 ee ace © | of the ende Fer sing-shaped members using siral prestressed steel reinforcement, when it - the diameter d<3m, resulting from - local compression of concrete Note:1 At in the Table denotes in the time of heat curing of concrete, the temperature difference (°C) hetween stretched steal reinforcement and tensioned equipments 2. The procedure of excessive stretching given in this Table starts from zero stress 10 1,(3d.qi oF fiom zero s81038 10 1.050 ums after holding the load for 2. mimites, unloading t0 Jami 3. When Jun/fy:<0.5, the lose value for the stress relaxation of prestressod steel 2einforcement can be tak~ When the calculated total value for loss of prestress is less than the following values, the values as follows shall be adopted: Pre-tensioned members 100 N/mm; Post-tensioned members 80 N/mm. 6.2.2 The valve for loss of prestress a1; of prestressed straight steel reinforcement due to the deformation of anchorage and the inner shortening of steel reinforcement may be calculated by the following equation: on= TEs (6.2.2) Where a—the value for the deformation of anchorage at stretching end and the inner shortening of steel reinforcement (sam) may be taken as the value listed in Table 6.2.25 1——distance from the stretching end to the anchored end(mm). ‘Table 6.2.2 Values for Deformation of Anchorage and! Inner shortening of Steel Reinforcement @{ ram) ‘Type of anchocage a [Seam of mut 1 Supporting type anchorage (Button-head anchorage for seel wire bundle etc.) ‘Seam of each 7 a : postadting stim | | Cone plug-type anchorage (Stee! cone anchocage for steel wires bundle etc.) 5 Clamping piece type anchorage With top pressure | 5: Without top pressure _|6—8| Note:1 The values for the deformation of anchorage and the inner shortening, of steel reinforcement in the Table can also be determined by actual measured datas 2. For other types of anchorage, the values for the deformation of anchorage and the inner shortening of steel reinforvement shall he determined by actual measured data 33The structure is composed of assembled precast blocks, the loss of prestress shall consider the precompression deformation of filling gaps between blocks due to prestressing. When concrete or ce- ‘ment mortar were used for filling gaps that the value of 1 mm for precompression deformation shall be taken for each filling gap. 6.2.3 For post-tensioned members, the value for loss of prestress for prestressed curved steel reinforcement, ot broken line steel reinforcement a1), which is caused by the deformation of the anchorage and the inner shortening of steel reinforcement, shall be determined in accordance with the condition for the deformation value of prestressed steel reinforcement is equal to the values for the deformation of anchorage and the inner shortening of steel reinforcement, within the range of reversed friction affected, length I¢between the prestressed curved steel reinforcement or broken lined steel reinforcement and the duct wall, The réversed friction factor may be taken from the value listed in the Table 6.2.4 of the code: ‘The value for loss of prestress 01, of common used bundle formed post-tensioned prestressed steel reinforcement, within the range of reversed friction affected length Jj, can be calculated according to Appendix D of the code. 6.2.4 The value for loss of prestress oin(Fig.6.2.4) caused by the friction between the prestressed Jnforcement and the duct wall, may be calculated using following equation: 1 n= Gom( ~ Tat, (6.2.4-1) steel when (sx + 8) <0.2, oi shall be calculated according to the following approximate equation: 019 (48 + 19) Foon (6.2.4-2) the length of duct from stretching end to caleulated section (mm), the projective length. Where x on longitudinal axis for this part of duct can be taken approximately 6—included angle (rad) from the stretching end to the tangent of curved duet part at the calculated section; e-—the friction factor, considering the local deviation of every meter in the duct, may be taken from the value given in the Table 6.2.45 jo—the friction factor between the prestressed steel reinforcement and the duct wall may be taken from the value given in the Table 6.2.4 ‘Table 6.2.4 Friction Factor Fortnations of ducts « ] # Embedded metal corrugated pe eee eae 0.0015 0.25 ae Embedded steel pipe 0.0010 0.30 Rubber pipe or steel pipe loase-core forming 0.0014 05s Note: 1 The factors in Table may also be determined by actuelly messured data; 2 When the steel cone anchorage or similar typed anchorages are adopted, the additional loss of fiction at the edge of anchor ring ehall be considered, its value can be determined by actully messured data. 6.2.5. The values for loss of prestress of longitudinal prestressed steel reinforcements in tension zone 34Fig. 6.2.4 Caleulation for fritional loss of prestress 1~suetching end 2—~ealolated setion and compression zone o1.0')s due to shrinkage and creep of concrete, may be determined respective~ ly according, to the following methods: 1 In general condition Pre-tensioned member ope 43 +280 —_ fn (6.2.5-1) 1+15p pe 45 +280 ~ ots =f (6.2.5-2) 14 15¢/ Pest-tensioned member (6.2.5-3) (6.2.5-4) Where 0j<)0'p-—nomnal compressive stresses of concrete at the point for resultant of forces for prestressed steel reinforcements in the compression zone, the tension zone respectively ‘fes——compressive cube strength of concrete during prestressing; 9.6’ —tatio of reinforcement for prestressed and non-prestressed reinforcements in compression zone, tension zone: For pre-tensioned member, p = (Ap + 4,)/Ao, 0" = (Al + A!)/Apsfor post-tensioned member, @ = (Ap + AD/Ans 0" = (Apt AL)/Aq3for members which prestressed and non-prestressed reinforcements are placed symmetrically, and in this case,half of the total sectional areas for steel reinforcements shall be taken for the calculation of the ratio of reinforcement 9. o ‘The normal compressive stresses 0.5 0%, in concrete at the point for resultant of forces for pre~ 35stressed steel reinforcements in compression zone, tension zone shall be calculated according to the stipalations in the Clause 6.1.5 and 6.1.6 of the code. In this case, the loss, which before the concrete is pre-compresced( the first bateh)only, may be considered as the value for loss of prestress, and the value of zero shall be taken as the stressa}s,.0" 5 in nonprestressed reinforcement; the values of og. "ze shall not be greater than 0.5" when a’. is tensile stress, the value of ’,. in equations (6.2 5-2)and(6.2.5-4)shall equal to zero. In calculation of the normal stress of concrete 34.50" peythe i fluences of self- weight may be considered according to the fabrication conditions of members. For structure situated in environment with annusl average relative humidity below 40% , the values of gisanda'is shall be increased by 30% . 2 For important structural members, which require the consideration to the values for loss of prestress resulting from the time related to the shrinkage, the cresp in conerete and the relaxation of prestressed steel reinforcement, may be calculated according to Appendix E of the code. Note: In case of the concrete is delivered by pump, the increment of loss of prestress, which caused by the shrinkage, the creep of concrete, shall be considered according to the actual situations. 6.2.6 When the hatch stretcting is adopted in the prestressed steel reinforcements of post-tensioned members, the influence of conerete elastic compression (or expansion ) caused by the later-batch stretched steel reinforcements on the former-batch stretched steel reinforcements shall. be considered ‘The value of the stretching control stress ¢.uq for the former-batch streiched steel reinforcements shall be increased(or reduced) by agoyei, Where dpe; denotes the normal. stress in concrete caused by the later-batch stretched steel reinforcements at the center of gravity in the former-batch stretched steel reinforcements. 6.2.7 The losses of prestress of prestressed member in every stage may be combined according to the stipulations as given in the Table 6.2.7. ‘Table 6.2.7 Combination of Values for Loss of Prestress at Each Stage Combination of values for loss of presress Pre-tensioned member | Post-tensioned member Toss before concrete pre-compression (frst batch) 2+ oa+ ont ou ont on Lass after concrete pre-compression (seoond batch) os out O54 O% Noto: or the pre-tensioned members, ifthe diferentiation for the occupied proportion of the value for loss of prestressing 214. due to the relaxation of prestressed steel reinforcement in the Toss value of first batch and in the lose value of secand batch is required, it may be determined according to the actual conditions. 367 Calculation of Ultimate Limit States 7.1 General Stipulations for Calculation of Normal Section Load-bearing Capacity 7.1.1 The calculation for ultimate limit states of normal section as stipulated in the Section 7.1 through 7.4 of this Chapter, is applicable to reinfored concrete and prestressed conerete flexural mem bers, compression members and tension members For deep flexural members in reinforeed conerete with the span-depth ratio Jess than 5, its load- bearing capacity shall be calculated according to stipulations in the Section 10.7, Chapter 10 of the code. 7.1.2 The normal section load-bearing capacity shall be calculated according to the following fumda- imental assumptions: 1. Strain of section remains planes 2. Tensile strength of concrete is disregarded 3. The relation curve of compressive stress and strain in concrete shall be taken according, to following stipulations: When e. Me In the calculation of ‘T-shaped, T-shaped section flexural members using above equations, the depth of compressive. zone in concrete shall still conform to the requirements in the equations (7.2.1- 3) and (7.2. 1-4) of the code. 7.2.3 The calculated flange width 6; situated in compression zone of T-shaped, [ -shaped and inverted L-shaped section flexural members, the minimum values according to the conditions listed in the Table 7.2.3 shall be taken. ‘Table 7.2.3 Caleulated Flange Width 4 of T-shaped, I -shaped and Inverted L-shaped section Flexural Members Taverted L-shaped Tahajedl; Leki waste ssisate section aa ied hes he Tibbed beam, tibbed slab [MTR DCA | ibbed slab 1 | Considered baséd on the caleulaed spt ly LB LA bf Considered based on the net 2 eee bes, ~ bea «yo! the beam(longitadinal sb) Coositered bored] 7g BO. = b+ 12h} = 3] onthe depth | 0.1> hi /ho 30.05 b+ 12h; b+ 6h ba Shi of Mange hi Hi / hg < 0.05 b+ 12h; b b+ Shi Notes: 1B denotes the web widths 2. If in the span of the ribbed beam has transverse ribs with the space length between ribs is less than the ‘space length of longitudinal ribs, thatthe stipulations of the situation 3 listed in the Table can be disre~ garded: 3° For haunched T-shaped, [shaped and inverted L-shaped sections, when the depth ofthe haunch in campression gone is hy hand the width of the hannch is b=<3,h its calculated width of the flange may {follow the stipulation of the situation 3 listed in the Table, and increased 20 for ( T-shaped section, shaped section ), end increased by for (inverted L-shaped section) respectively; 4) I checking caléulation reveals that the cracks might occur at flange plate in compression zone along the itecton of the longitudinal ib ofthe independent beam, its caleulated width shall be taken as the width of web b. 427.2.4 Caloulation of the normal section flexural load-bearing capacity of flexural member shall conform with the requirements in the equation (7.2. 1-3)of the code; When the sectional area of longitudinal tensile steel reinforement, which is provided in accordance with the detailing requirements or the checking calculation requirements of the serviceability limit states, is greater than that the requirements of flexural load-bearing capacity, hence in the calculation of the depth of concrete compression zone x ling to the equation (7.2. 1-2) or (7.2.2-3),, there is only the sectional area of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement to meet the needs for the conditions of flexural load-bearing capacity to be counted. 7.2.5 When the longitudinal ordinary compressive steel bar is counted in calculations, the condition of equation (7.2.1-4) in the code shall be met; when the condition is not met, the normal section acet flexural load-bearing capacity shall conform to the following stipulations: MecfyyAglh ~ a, a1) +f,A(h- a, ah) + (ol ~fiy Ay (Cay - a2) (7.2.5) Where 4, a,-——distances from the longitudinal ordinary steel bars, prestressed steel reinforee- ‘ments in the tension zone respectively to the extreme fiber of tension zone. 7.2.6 The normal section flexural load-bearing capacity of ring shaped section and circle shaped section flexural members shall be calculated in accordance with the stipulations of the Clauses 7.3.7 and 7.3.8 of the code. But the sign of equality in the equation (7.3.7-1), (7.3.7-3) and (7.3.8-1) shall be taken and taking the design value of axial force N= 0; meanwhile, Ng; in the equations (7 3.7-2), (7.3.7-4) and (7.3.82) shall be replaced by the design value of bending moment M . 7.3 Calculation of Normal Section Compressive Load-bearing Capacity 7.3.1 For reinforced concrete axial compression member, when the stirrups provided for member ac~ cord with the Section 10.3 of the code, the normal section compressive load-bearing capacity shall conform to the following stipulations (Fig 7.3.1): N<0.99(f.A +f, AL) (7.3.1) Pao Where N—design value of axial compressive forces p—stability coefficient of reinforoed concrete member adopted according to the Table 7.3.1. fe-—design value of axial compressive strength of con- a crete adopted according to the Table 4.1.43 “ eee A——sectional area of members Al—total sectional area of longitudinal steel reinforee- | ments. i If ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal steel bars is grester X than 3%, A in the equation (7.3.1) shall be replaced by (A 5g.7.3.1 ssinfroed concrete axial A‘). compression member provided 7.3.2 The reinforced concrete axial compression member, when with stimups 43the spiral or the welding ring-shaped indirect steel reinforcement is provided in accordance with the stipulations in the Seation 10.3 of the code, the normal section compressive load-bearing capacity of reinforced conerete axial compression member shall conform to the following stipulations (Fig. 7.3.2) : Table 7.3.1 Stability coefficient of reinforced concrete axial compression member bye | <8 | w | 2 |] 4 |] wf is | m | 2 | m | 2% | w b/d | <7 | 8s | os | 2 4 fuss | 17 | 19 | a | 2s | 2 bi | =| 35 | 42 | 4 | ss | @ | @ | 7 | 8 | 9 | e | 1.00 | 0.98 | 0.95 | 0.92 | 0.87 | 0.81 | 0.75 | 0.70 | 0.65 | 0.60 | 0.56 b/b | 3 | 3x2 | 34 | 36 | ae | 4 | a | 4 | 46 | 48 | 50 b/d | 2 | 2 | 5 | 31 | 33 | 345 | 365 |. 38 | 40 | as | a3 iyi | tor | am | us | vs | ase | a9 | sas | asx | 160 | 167 | ime @ 0.52 0.48 | 0.44 | 0.40 | 0.36 0.32 | 0.29 | 0.26 | 0.23 0.21 | 0.19 Note:tn this Table, ly denotes the caleulated length of the member, the length of reinforced concrete column shall be taken according to the stipulations inthe Clause 7.3.11 ofthe codes 6 denotes the short side length of the rectangular section; d denotes the diametér of the circular section; i denotes the smallest radius of gyration. N 0.9 fag + fy At, + 2afyAeo) (7.3.21) Agg = Tacha (7.3.22) 5 Where f,——design value of tensile strength of indirect sicel reinforcements Acg-—area. of core section of member: area of concrete within the inner surface range of indirect steel reinforcement; A,g-——teansformed sectional area of the spiral or the welding ring-shaped indirect steel reinforcement d.g—diameter of core section of member: the distance between inner surface of indirect stecl reinforcements; Aqgi——seetional area of the spiral or the welding ring-shaped single indirect steel reinforce ments s-—spacing of indirect steel reinforcements along the direction of member axis; @——teduction factor for the limitation of indirect steel reinforcement to concrete: 1.0 shall be taken when the grade of concrete strength is less than C50; and 0.85 shall be taken when the grade of concrete strength is C80, the intermediate values shall be determined by linear interpolation method. Notes:1 ‘The calculated design value of the compressive bearing capacity of the member according to the equation (7.3.2-1) shall not be greater than 1.5 times that calculated from the equation (7.3.1); 2 When one of the following cases is encountered, where the influence of indirect steel reinforcements shall not be counted; hence the calculation shall be carried out in accordance with the Clause 7.3.1 of the Code:1) When Io/d > 123 2) When the compressive load-bearing capacity calculated from the equation (7.3.2-1) is less than that calculated from the equation (7.3.1); 3)When the transformed sectional area of indirect steel reinforcement Aq is less than 25% of the total sectional area of longitudinal reinforcements. 7.3.3. The additional eocentricity , of axial compressive force in eccentric direction shall he counted in the calculation of nonmal sec tion load-bearing capacity of eccentric compression member, the value of 20mm or the vaule of 1/30 maximum sectional dimension along eccentric direction, whichever is greater, shall be taken. 7.3.4 The normal section compressive load-bearing eapacity of rectangular section eccentric compression member shall. conform to the following stipulations (Fig. 7.3.4) : N caifabx +f, - oy ~ (o'9 - Spy Ay Gp (1.3.4-1) Fig7.3.2 Reinforoed concrete exi- Ne , denotes the small eccentric compression member, the 7,2» shall be calculated according to the stipulations in the Clause 7.1.5 of the code. 2. When the longitudinal ordinary compression steel bars is counted in calculation, the depth of the compression zone shall meet the conditions of the equation (7.2.1-4) of the codes when the condition is not met, the normal section compressive load-bearing capacity may be calculated in accordance with the Clase 7.2.5 of the code, in the meantime, M in the equation(7.2.5)of the eode shall be replaced by Ne’, where e' denotes the distance from the acting point of axial compressive force to the point for resultant of forces of longitudinal ordinary steel bars in compression zane; the eccentricity en~ largement coefficient shall be counted in calculation, while its initial eccentricity shall be determined by the equation(7.3.4-4).. 3 For small eccentricity compression meinbers with rectangular section and non-symmetric steel reinforcement’, when > fabh the checking calculation shall he still carried on according to the following equations: Fig. 7.3.4 Caleulation of compressive load-bearing capacity in nompal section of eccentricity compression member with rectangular section oentil dis of Seton Net << fubh( ho B) + fyAiChd— a.) ~ (ap - fry )ApCho- ap) (7.3.45) aha ~(m- 2) (7.3.46) distance between the acting point of axial compressive force and the point for resultant ‘of forces of longitudinal ordinary steel bars and prestressed steel reinforcements in comipression zone} Where ¢’ hh——distance from the point for resultant of forces of longitudinal compression steel reinforcements 16 the far-side of séetion’ 4 For small eccentricity reinforced concrete compression miember with rectangular section and symmetric stee] reinforcement( A’, = A,);the sectional area of longitudinal steel reinforcements may also be calculated by the following approximate equations: Fe Ne ~ €(1 - 0.58)aif.bh3 Ty (ho ~ a.) Ay (1.3.41)‘Where the relative depth of the compression zone £ may be calculated by the following equation: N = Syarfcbho Ne t= Ge 2 Barf O-AafebhO | oF bho +8 (7.3.48) (Bi ~ &%) (ho ~ a's) 7.3.5 The calculated compression flange width of I-shaped section eccentric compression member bi; shall be determined according to the Clause 7.2.3 of the code , and its normal section compressive load-bearing capacity shall conform to the following stipulations: 1 When the depth of compression zone «< hf, it shall be calculated in accordance with a rect- angilar section with the width as the calculated compression flange width 2 When the depth of compression zone x > hi (Fig7.3.5), it shall conform to the following stipulations: N (A hy) sthe effect of compressive portion in smaller side of flange shall be count- ‘ed into the calculation of normal section compressive load-bearing capacity, meantime, the calculated width for the compressive portion in smaller side of flange by shall be determined according to the Clause 7.2.3 of the code. 4) For the small eccentric compression member with unsymmetrical steel reinforcements, when N > f.Asthe checking calculation shall still be carried out according to the following equations: We af tale A) + Ce o0b4 Ho 8) « Cr = ward SE ot) + AC 47~ a) ~ (a - Fyy)Ap( ho - ay) (7.3.5-3) e zy -a' ~(e-e,) (7.3.5-4) Where y'——the distance from cent force, when the section is symmetrical, taking y' = h/2 Note: For the T-shaped section with flange is at the side nearby axial compressive force only, bp= b may be taken; for the inverted. T-shaped section with flange is at the side far away axial compressive force only, b'y= 6 may be taken. 7.3.6. Rectangular, T-shaped or I-shaped section reinforced concrete eccentric compression member (Fig. 7.3.6) with longitudinal steel reinforcements uniformly provided along web of sections the normal section compressive load-bearing capacity may meet the following stipulations: or Hee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeree of section to the compression side nearby axial compressive KK 2/7] — Fig.7.3.6 [shaped section with steel reinforcements umiformly provided along web of section N < aifel Sho + (b4 - BYR) + fy, - O.Ag + New (7.3,6-1) Ne x aif.[@(1 ~ 0.58908 + (64 ~ b)h( ho = 8) | + fA ~ a) + ay (7.3.6-2) a (12 é2h : Now = (1 + Smialfnde (7.3.6-3) (7.3.6-4) Where A,,——sectional area of all longitudinal steel reinforcements uniformly provided along the web of sections foe—design value for strength of longitudinal steel reinforcement uniformly. provided along the web of section, it shall be adopted according to the ‘Table 4.2.3-1 of the codes Ngq-——axial compressive force is sustained by longitudinal steel reinforcement uniformly provided along the web of section, when € > 8; the € = i; may be taken in the calcula-tions M.;—tmoment for the internal force of longitudinal steel reinforcement uniformly provided along the web of section to the centroid of Ass when €> fi the € = 8; may be taken in the calculation; the ratio of the depth at sector of uniformly provided longitudinal steel reinforcement Jig, to the effective depth of section ho, when, © = Ryy/hosthe yy = ho ~ a’, may be taken. The stress o, of steel reinforcement A, in the tension side or the smaller compression side, whether or not considering the effects of the compression stee! reinforcements and the compression portion of flange al smaller compression side in the calculation, shall be determined according to the relevant stipulations in the Clause 7.3.4 and 7.3.5 of the code. Note: This Clause is applicable to the situation that the amount of longitudinal steel bars uniformly provided along the web of section is not less than 4 pieces, 7.3.7 For ring-shaped section eceentric compression members (Fig.7.3.7) with longitudinal steel reinforcements uniformly provided along the periphery, the nor- al section compressive load-bearing capacity may conform to the following stipulations: 1 Reinforced concrete member N caafA + (a~adfay Np eis aifeACrs + 12) 2 Prestressed concrete member N < aaifed ~ o04y + afpyAp ~ a1(fyy ~ 0) Ap Ng e < a f.ACry + 12) + (Soy - 9p) Aptp inna + sinaa,) sinaa Qa Fig. 7.3.7. Ring-shaped section with steel reinforcements uniformly provided along the periphery (7.3.7-1) sinza 2x (7.3.7-2) (7.3.7-3) + Sphery = (7.3.7-4) The coefficient and eccentricity in ahove equations shall be caleulated according to the following equations: (7.3.7-5) (7.3.7-6) 49Where A——area of ring-shaped section; ‘A,-—area of section for all longitudinal ordinary steel reinforcements ‘Ay-—area of section for all longitudinal prestressed steel reinforcementss ryry—interior, exterior radius of ring-shaped section respectivelys ry—radius of circumference, where the centroid of longitudinal ordinary steel reinforcements is situated; 7y-—radius of circumference, where the centroid of longitudinal prestressed steel reinforce ments is situateds eo~—eecentticity of axial compression force to centroid of section ; additional eccentricity determined according to the Clause 7.3.3 of the codes @—value for ratio of sectional area of conerete in compression zone to full sectional area of concrete; ay —value for ratio of sectional area of longitudinal tension steel reinforcements to area of all ongitudinal steel reinforcements, when @ > 2/3, taking a, =0. 2r, 3 When a < arco 4 Jx, the eccentricity compression members with ring-shaped sec- | nth . tion can he calculated in accordance with the equation for the normal section compression load-bearing capacity of eccentricity compression members with circular section stipulated in the Clause 7.3.8 of the code Note:‘This clause is applicable to the situation that the amout of longitudinal steel bars in section is not less than 6 picces and r)/120.5. 7.3.8 For reinforced conérete eccentric compression member (Fig. 7.3.8) with circular section, on which longitudinal steel reinforcements are uniformly provided along the periphery, its normal section compressive load- bearing capacity may conform to the following stipulations: Neg aayf,A(1 as sina) +(a-adfyAs na (7.3.8-1) Np eis Safar 7 Ey fA 0.625, taking a, =0. Note:This clause is applicable to the situation thet the amount of longitudinal steel bars in section is not less than 6 pieces 7.3.9 For eccentric compression members in various concrete structures, the additional intemal forces, which is caused by the side shifting of structures and the flexure of members, shall be considered in the calculation of its normal section compressive load-bearing capacity. When determining the design values for intemal forces of eccentric compression members, the influence of the second-order hending moment on the eccentricity of axial compressive force may be considered approximately, by means of the initial eccentricity ¢; resulting from axial compressive foree to centroid of section times the eccentuicity enhancement coefficient 7 stipulated in the Clause 7.3.10 of the code; otherwise, in accordance with the corrected flexural sigidity of members stipulated in Clause 7.3.12 of the code, using the elastic analysis method of considering second-order effect, hence the design value for internal force of each controlled section in structural members, including design value of bending moment, can be directly calculated, then the design of section for each member can be ear- ried out according to the corresponding design values far intemal forces. 7.3.10 Using following equation, the eccentricity enhancement coefficient may be calculated for ec~ centric compression members with rectangular, ‘T-shaped, I-shaped, ring-shaped and circular sections: 1__{t0)? a= 1+ al?) he (7.3.10-1) 0.5f.A o =“ (7.3.10-2) G = LAS oot (7.3.10-3) Where Ig-—caleulated length of member, determined according to the Clause 7.3. L1of the codes h—depth of section; for ring-shaped section, taking outer diameter; for ofreular section taking diameters ho——elfective depth of section; for ring-shaped section, taking ho = rz + r43 for circular section taking ho =r + rei where rjr2 and 1s are taken according to the Clauses 7.3. 7 and 7.3.8 of the codes £,——corrected coefficient for sectional curvature of eccentric compression member; when {1 >1.0, taking = 1.0; A——sectional area of member; for both T-shaped section and I shaped-cection, taking = bh + 2(b'p— bY I's 51{— influence coefficient considering the influence of slendemess ratio of member on sectional curvatures whenlo/h < 15, taking f= 1.0 Note: When slendemess ratio of eccentric compression member Ip/i<<17.5 taking = 1.0 7.3.11 ‘The calculated length Io of axial compression, eccentric compression columns may be determined according to the following stipulations: 1. The calculated length 1p of the bent column for single-storey building with rigid roof, the outdoor crane column and the viaduct column, can be taken from the Table 7.3. 11-1. ‘Table 7.3.11-1 Calculated Length of the Bent Column for Single-storey Building with Rigid Roof, the Outdoor Crane Colum and the Viaduct Column fo of column — oe Bent direction with Withoat interolumnar intercolumnar bracing bracing Single LH 1.04 12H Building oobemn f= anes mad without crane, ‘gwtes 1.25 1.08 12H Balding cdtnn |__ Upper coke 2.0 H, 1.257, 15H, iadseet Lower column 1.0% 0.8% 1.0f% eee 2.08 1.0% ~ Note: 1H in the Table denotes the total height of the colunin éalculated from the top of the foundation; Hidenotes the hefght for lower portion of column calculated from tho tof the foundtion to either ths bottom of po- fabricated crane girders. or the top of cast-in-situ crane girders; H,denotes the height for upper portion of column calculated from the bottom of prefabricated crane girder, or the top of cast-in-sta crane girders 2 The calculated length for the beat column of building with erane in the table, when the crane loading is not considered in calculation, that the calculated length of building column without erane can be adopted, but the caleulated length of the upper ooluran may’ still adopt the calculated length for the building with 3° The calculated length forthe bent direction of upper column an bent column of bulking with rane in dhe ‘Table, it ie merely applicable to the condition of Hy/#H;20.35 when H,/H <0.3, the ealcaletod length of 2.5 H, may be adopted. 2 In the general multi-storied building the frame structure with rigid joint between beam and column, the calculated length /y can be taken from the Table 7.3.11-2. ‘Table 7.3.11-2 Calculated Length of Columns at Kach Storey in Frame Structure ‘Type of floor ‘Type of column bh ‘Bottom storey column 1.0H Cast in-situ floor Columns for rest stories 125 52‘ype af oor ‘pe of ham b i Bottom storey column 1.25H Fabricated floor Se [cote forrest tres Ls Note: For bottem storey column, H in the Table denotes the height from the top surface of foundation to the top sur~ face of floor on frst storey; for columns for rest stories, Hin the Table denotes the height hetween the top surface of floors on upper and lower two stories 3° When design value of hending moment resulting from horizontal load acoounts for over 75% of total design value of hending moment, the calculated length Ip of frame column can be calculated ae- cording to the following two equations, from which the smaller value is taken: fy = [140.15( ha + I (7.3.M-1) Ig = (2+ 0.2min) H (7.3.11-2) Where ysgy—value for the ratio between the intersected sum of Linear rigidity of each column and the intersected sum of Tinear rigidity of each beam, intersected at the nodal point of lower end, upper end of column respectively; Goin——the smaller value in values for the ratios of $y» 9x5 H-——height of column is adopted according to the note of Table 7.3. 11-2. 7.3.12 In the structural analysis using elastic analysis method considering the second-order effect, the elastic flexural rigidity E, J of member may be multiplied by following reduction coefficients: 0.4 to be taken for beam; 0.6 to be taken for column; 0.45 to be taken for structural ( shear ) wall and core eylinderical wall. Here, in the relevant equation relating to the calculation of the normal section compressive load-bearing capacity in accordance with the Section 7.3 of the code, all ; shall be substituted by (M/IV + e,), where M, NV denote the design values of bending moment and the corme- sponding axial forve respectively, hy direct calculation using elastic analysis method considering the second-order effect. Note : When the checking calculation shows that there are no cracks in normal section at the bottom part of structural (shear) wall or core cylinder, then the 0.7 may be taken as the seduction coefficient of rigidity. 7.3.13 For eccentric compression member, in addition to the calculation of compressive load-bearing capacity under the bending moment acted plane, that the checking calculation of compressive load- bearing capacity which is perpendicular to the plane acted by bending moment according to the axial compression member shall be still performed; here, the action of bending moment can be neglected, but the influence of stability coefficient ¢ shall be considered. 7.3.14 For two-way reinforced concrete eecentric compression member, which has two perpendicular each other symmettical axis on section(Fig. 7.3.14), either of the following two methods may be selected in the calculation of its normal section compressive load-bearing capacity: 1 It is calculated according to the methods in Appendix F of the code, meanwhile the My» Min equation(.01-7)and (F.0.1-8) shall be substituted by Np.es.+ Mpyeiy respectively, in which the initial eocentricity shall be calculated according to the following equations: 53= Co + Cae (7.3.14-1) oy + Cay (7.3.14-2) Where ¢0,..¢qj——eoventricity of axial compressive forces, which crossing x axis, y axis of sectional centroid respectively: €¢,= Mo/N 95 = Moy/Ns ‘Maxx Moy-—design value of bending moment of axial compressive force in the direction of eiy axis, y axis respectively, when the additional bending moment is not considered; @q:,€ay——additional eccentricity in the direction of x axis and y axis respectively shall be determined according to the stipulations in Clause 7.3.3 of the codes Tas Py——enhancement coefficient of eccentricity in the direction of x axis and y axis re- speetively shall be determined according to the stipulations in the Clause 7.3.10 of the code. 2 The calculation is according to the following approximate equation ; Pore (7.3.14-3) Na Ny No Where Ng——design value of sectional axial compressive load-bearing capacity of members N——design value of eccentric’ compressive load-bearing capacity ‘of member calculated in accordance with all longitudinal reinforcements, which is formed by the axial compressive force acted on axis and after considering the corresponding calculated ec- centticity: pei.» where »)y shall be calculated: according to the stipulations in Clause 7.3.10 of the codes + Nig——design value of eccentric com- oe i pressive load-bearing’ capacity Vv ‘of member calculated in secor- dance with ‘all longitudinal reinforcements, which is formed by the axial compressive force acted on y axis and after con- | sidering the comesponding calculated cecentricity nye, where’ 7,° shall’ be calculated according to the stipulations in Clause 7.3.10 of the code’ Design value of sectional axial compressive load-bearing capacity of ‘mémbér Nyy shall be Ne S bg calculated according to the equation (7.3.1), Fig. 7.3.14 Section of two-way eccentric but the equal-sign shall be taken, with WV’ substi- compression member tuted by No, and disregard of the stability coef 1 -eotng point of ail camressive fens ficient @ and the coefficient of 0.9. 2campression sone 54Design value of eocentric compressive load-bearing capacity of member Nx shall be ealculated according to the following conditions : 1) I longitudinal steel reinforcements are provided along two opposite sides of section, Nx ean be caleulated according to the stipulations in Clause 7.3.4 or 7.3.5 of the code, but the equal- sign shall be taken, with NV substituted by Muy 2) I longitudinal steel reinforcements are uniformly provided along the web of section, Nux can be calculated according to the stipulations in Clause 7.3.6 of the code, but the equal-sign shall be taken, with NV substituted by Nex Design value of eccentric compressive load-bearing capacity of member Ny, shall be calculated using the same method as that for Ny. 7.4 Calculation of Normal Section Tensile Load-bearing Capacity 7.4.1 The nonmal section tensile load-bearing capacity of axial tension member shall conform to the following stipulations: N6 V <0.28f.bho (7.5.1-2) When 4 2000 mm, taking ho = 2000mm; —design value of axial tensile strength in concrete shall be adopted according to the Table 4.1.4 of the code 7.8.4 For common flexural members with rectangular, ‘T-shaped or shaped section, which are pro- 58vided with the stirrups only, the shear load-bearing capacity of inclined section shall conform to the following stipulations: VeVa+Vp (7.5.4-1) Veg = O.Tfibhg + 1.25fye (7.5.42) V, = 0.05 yp (7.5.4-3) Where V——design value of maximum shearing force on inclined section of members Ve-—design value of shear load-bearing capacity of concrete and stirrup on inclined section of members Vj—design value of shear load-bearing capacity of member increased by prestrssing forees A,j—total sectional area of different limbs of stirrups in the same section, Agy = Msn» where n denotes the number of stirrup limbs in the same section, and Aj, the sectional area of stirup with single limbs s—spacing of stirrups along the length of member; fo—design valne of tensile strength of stimup is adopted according to the value of f, in the Table 4.2.3-Lof the codes Ng—resultant of forces for longitudinal prestressed and nonprestressed stel reinforcements, when the normal prestress in concrete is equal to zero on calculated section, is ealeu- ated according to the Clause 6.1.14 of the code; when Vjq>0.3f-Ao» taking Nyo = 0.3f,Apswhere Ap denotes the transformed section area of member. For an independent heam subjected to concentrated load (including the conditions that the member is under a variety of loads and the value of shearing force at section of support or edge of joint i duced by concentrated load amounts to over 75% of value of total shearing force) , when the caleulation js carried out in accordance with the equation (7.5.4-1), then equation (7.5.4- 2) shall be changed as fallo 1.75 eth + fre (7.5.4-4) Where 4——Ratio of shear span to depth of calculated section, using A = 4/Io, here a denotes the distance from the acting point of concentrated load to the edge of support or nodal points when 4 <1.5, taking 4 =1.5,and when a >3, taking = 35 stismups between the acting point of concentrated Joad to support chall be uniformly provided Note;1 For the conditions of the sectional bending moment induced by the resultant of forces Np» is in the same direction as extemal bending moment, as well as, the prestressed conorete continuous beam and prestressed concrete simply supported beam where crack is permitted, the V,,=0 shall all be taken: 2. In the calculation of the resultant of forces Np of pro-tensioned prestressed concrete members, the influx ‘ence of transmission length for prestressed steel reinforcement shall be considered acoording to the stipulations in the Clauses 6.1.9 and 8.1.8 of the code. 597.8.5 For rectangular, T-shaped and L-shaped section flexural members with stirrups and bent-up steel reinforcements, the shear load-bearing capacity on inelined section shall conform to following stipulations: Vic Vg t Vy + 0.8f,Agsina, + 0.8fyApssinay (7.5.5) Where V design value of shearing force at providing position of bent - up steel reinforcement , which can be adopted according to the stipulations of the Clause 7.5.6 of the code; -—the increased design value of shear load-bearing capacity of member due to prestressing force can be calculated acoording to the equation (7.5.4-3) of the code, but the effect of prestressed bent-up steel reinforcement is disregarded in calculation for resultant of forces Nios Aq, Ajy—sectional areas of non-prestressed bent-up steel reinforcements, prestressed bent-up steel reinforeements in the same bent plane respectively @4,a;-—included angles between the tangent lines of non-prestressed bent-up steel reinforeements, prestressed bent-up steel reinforcements on inclined section and the longitudinal axis of member respectively. 7.5.6 When calculating hent-up steel reinforcements, the design value of shearing force may be adopted according to the following stipulations (Fig. 7.5.20): 1. When calculating the first row (vith respect to the support) of bent-up steel reinforcement, that the value of shearing force at the edge of the support may be taken; 2° When calculating bent-up reinforcement of each subsequent row, that the value of shearing force at the bent-up point of steel reinforcement one row ahead (with respect to the support) may be adopted 7.8.7 When common flexural members with rectangular, T-shaped and I-shaped section can conform with the requirements of the following equation: V <0.7fibho + 0.05N yo (7.5.7-1) When the independent beam subjected to concentrated load conforms with the requirement of following equation ; Ve FEF fitto + 0.050 (7.5.7-2) then their shear load-bearing capacity on inelined section may not be calculated, and there are sufficient to provide stirrups according to the detailing requirements on the basis of the relevant stipulations in the Clauses 10.2.9, 10.2. 10 and 10.2.11 of the code. 7.8.8 For rectangular, T-shaped or I-shaped section flexural members with an inclined tension side, the shear load-bearing capacity on inclined section shall conform to the following stipulations (Fig. 7. 5.8): Vc Vex t Vp + 0.8f,Ausina, (7.5.8-1) M- 0.83 fy Amin t ShyAwtw) ery \B (7.5.8-2) 60hg Fig. 7.5.8 Calculation of shear load-bearing capacity on inclined section of flexural member with an inclined tension side Where V——maximum design value of shearing force on inclined section of member; M—design value of bending moment at end of compression zone on inclined section of members Ve-—design value of shear load-bearing capacity in concrete and stirrups on inclined section of member are calculated according to the equation (7.5.4-2) or (7.5.44), in which the éffective depth of vertical section hg is adopted at the beginning point in the tension zone of the inclined sections V,-—vertcal direction projection for design value of the resultant of forces of nonprestressed and prestressed longitudinal tensile reinforcements in the inclined tension side on sec~ tion of member: the value shall not exceed f,, sin 8, for reinforced concrete flexural members the value shall neither he greater than (fyy Ay + f,As) sin 8, nor smaller than cy.Ay sin f, for prestressed concrete flexural members {in the same section, distance from the resultant of forces for stirrups to the point of the resultant of forces in the compression zone of inclined sections zg7—in the same bent plane, distance from the resultant of forces of bent-up reinforcements, to the point of the resultant of forces in the compression zone of inclined section distance from the horizontal component force of the resultant of forces of longitudinal tension steel reinforcements at the heginning point of the tension zone of inclined seetion to the point of resultant of forces in the compression zone of the inclined section, approximately, z= 0.9 ho can be takens §-——inclination of the inclined longitudinal tension steel reinforcement at the beginning point of the tension zone of the inclined section 61¢——horizontal projection length of inclined section, approximately, ¢ = fo can be taken. ‘Note: At the position where depth of boam section begins to vary, the shear load-bearing capacity of inclined section shall be calculated by relevant equation for beam with constant depth of section or for beam with varied depth of section respectively, and the unfavorable cases shall be chosen for providing stimups and bent-up ste] 1e- inforoements 7.5.9 The flexural load-bearing capacity on inclined section of flexural member shall conform to the following stipulations (Fig. 7.5.9): he Fig. 7.5.9 Calculation of flexural load-bearing capacity on inclined section of flexural member M < (fyAg + foyAp)? + Sh Antes + yA wth + Uy Aate (7.5.9-1) ‘Where, horizontal projection length ¢ of inclined sectior; may be determined by the following conditions : V = Sf,Agsinay + BA nsinay + BfpyAny (7.5.9-2) Where V——design value of shear force at the end of the compression zone of inclined sections z—distance from the resultant of forces of nonprestressed and prestressed longitudinal ten sion steel reinforcements to the point of resultant of forces in the compression zone, approximately, 2 =0.9ho can be taken. Zay.%p-—in the same bent plane, distance from the resultant of forces of nonprestressed, prestressed bent-up steel reinforcements to the point of resultant of forces in the compression zone of the inclined section. 24-—in the same inclined section, distance from the resultant of forces of stirrups to the point of resultant of forces in the compression zone of the inolined section. In the calculation for flexural load-bearing capacity of inclined section at end anchorage zone of pre-tensioned prestressed concrete members, fy in the equation shall be determined according to the following, stipulations Design value of tensile strength of longitudinal prestressed steel reinforcements in anchorage zone shall be zero at starting point of anchorage, and. shall be fry at finishing point of anchorage, the intermediate values can be determined by linear interpolation method. Meantime, the anchorage length J, of 62longitudinal prestressed reinforcement shall be determined according to the Clause 9.3. of the code. 7.5.10 When the longitudinal sieel reinforcements and the stirrups provided in flexural members comform with the detailing requirements stipulated in the Clause 9.3.1 through 9.3.3, 10.2.2 through 10.2.4, 10.2.7 and 10.2.10, the flexural load-bearing capacity of inclined seetion of mem ber can not be calculated . 7.5.11 For reinforced conerete eccentric compression member and eccentric tension member with rectangular, ‘T-shaped or T-shaped section, the shear section shall conform to the stipulations in the Clause 7.5.1 of the code. 7.5.12 Por reinforced conerete eccentric compression member with rectangular, T-shaped or T- shaped section, the shear load-bearing capacity of inclined section shall conform to the following stipulations: (7.5.12) Where 4——ratio of shear span to depth for calculated section of eccentric compression members N—design value of axial compressive force corresponding to the design value of shearing force V, when N >0.3f,A, taking N =0.3f.A, where A denotes area of member section. Ratio of shear span to depth for calculated section shall be taken in accordance with the following stipulations: 1 For column of frame in various structures, may take A= M/( Vho)s for column in frame structures, when the point of contraflexure is within the height of storey, the A= H,/(2ho) may be taken; when A 3, taking A =3,here M denotes design value of bending moment comesponding to the design value of shearing force on calculated section, and H, denotes net height of column. 2. For other eccentric compression members bear uniformly distributed load, taking A = 1.53 when they bear concentrated load which is stipulated in the Clause 7.5.4 of the code, the 4 = a/g may be taken; when A<1.5,taking 2 = 1.5; when 4 >3,taking A =33 where, a denotes distance from concentrated load to the edge of support or nodal point. 7.5.13 When the reinforced concrete eccentric compression member with rectangular, ‘T-shaped or [T-shaped section can conform with the requirements of the following equation: ye 1 N Vg ffibho + 0.07N (7.5.13) then there is no need to calculate the shear load-bearing capacity on inclined section, but the arrangement of stimups needs to conform to the detailing requirements stipulated in the Clausel0.3.2 of the code. Ratio of shear span to depth and design value of axial compressive force in the equation shall be determined according to the Clause 7.5.12 of the code. 7.5.14 For reinforced concrete eccentric tension member with rectangular, T-shaped or T-shaped section, the shear load-bearing capacity on inclined section shall conform with the following stipulations: 63(7.5.14) Where N-——~design value of axial tensile force corresponding to design value of shearing force V; A——ratio of shear span to depth for calculated section, can be determined according to the Clause 7.5.12 of the code; A When the calculated value on the right side of the equation (7.5.14) is less than fyy2ho» it s shall be taken as equal to fy Aho, and the value off, “2h shall not be less than 0.36fH. 7.5.15 For reinforced concrete flexural members and ectentric compression members with circular sections, the shear load-bearing capacity on inclined section can be calculated according to the stipulations in the Clauses 7.5.1 through 7.5.13 of the code, meantime, the width of section 6 and the effective depth of section ho in above equations shall he replaced by the value of 1.76 r and 1.6 7 re~ spectively, where r denotes radius of circular section. 7.5.16 For reinforced conerete ‘column of frame with rectangular section under two-way shear, the shear section shall conform to the following conditions: Vy = 0.252efobhocos? (7.5.16-1) V, < 0.258.f.hbosind (7.5.16-2) Where ¥,——design value of shearing force along x axis, with corresponding the effective depth of seetion hg and the width of section bs V,—design value of shearing force along y axis, with cotresponding the effective depth of section bg and the width of section hy 6—included angle between the x axis and the acting direction for désign value of inclined direction shearing forée, @ = arctan( V,/V,) 7.5.17 Por reinforced concreted column of frame with rectangular section under two-way shear, the shear load-beating capacity on inclined section shall cénforn to following stipulations: V,< (7.5.17-1) [ ( Vextand qt ( Voy ) ¥, <———_Ys (7.5.17-2) t+ (eatal ‘The design value Vig, Vey of shear load-bearing capacity of inclined section in x axis and y axis shall be calculated by the following equations: y, (7.5.17-3) (7.5.17-4) Where 2,.A,;——ratio of shear span to depth for column of frame , determined according to the 64stipulations in the Clause 7.5.12 of the codes Agee Agy—suim of sectional areas for limbs of stimups, which are provided parallel to the = axis, y axis respectively in the same section; N—Design value of axial compression force corresponding to the design value of inclined direction shearing fowe V, when V>0.3/.A, taking N =0.3f,A, here A denotes the sectional area of member. In the design of section, which can be caleulated directly after taking V../V.y = 1 approximately in the equations (7.5.17-1) and (7.5.17-2). 7.5.18 When the reinforced concrete eolumns of frame with rectangular section under two-way shear can conform to the following requirements: 5 Ye (2 Pi fablo + 0.070) cos (7.5.18-1) 1.75 : ¥, (eo fo + 0.071) sind (7.5.18-2) then the inclined section load-bearing capacity may not be calculated, but it is only required to provide the stirrups according to the detailing requirements stipulated in the Clause 10.3.2 of the code. 7.6 Calculation of Torsional Section Load-bearing Capacity 7.6.1 Under the combined action of bending moment, shearing force and torque, the h,/b<6 rect angular, T-shaped or J-shaped sections and the hy/ty<6 box section reinforced concrete members (Fig. 7.6.1), their sections shall conform to the following conditions : a Te i i I Fig 7.6.1 Sections of torsional member (Ca) rectangular ston: (4) shaped, T-shaped sectinss(e) ine soton (tye ty) acting plane of bending moment, sheating force When hy/b(or hy/ty) <4 Tha * Tew, < 5B efe (7.6.1-1) When hy/b(or hy/ ty 65vt 2 bh, * 08m, = 0.2Befe (7.6.1-2) When 4< hy/b(or hy/ty) <6,determined by linear interpolation method. Where T——design valne of torque moments b—the width of rectangular section, the web width of ‘T -shaped or I-shaped section, the total thickness 2, for side wall of box section; ho—elfective depth of sections W,—torsional plastic section modulus of torsional member, calculated in accordance with the Clause 7.6.3 of the codes hy—web depth of section: for rectangular section, taking the effective depth ho; for ‘T-shaped section, taking the effective depth minus the flange depths for F-shaped or box sections, taking the net depth of web; ty—vwall thickness of the box section, its value shall not be less then b,/7, here b, denotes the width of box section. Note: When A,/b(or h,/t.) > 6, the conditions for section dimension and the calculation for torsional section load-bearing capacity of torsional member shall confom with special stipulations. 7.6.2 When the members under the combined actions of bending moment, shearing force and torque (Fig. 7.6.1) can conform with the requirements in the following equations: N, Fa : + 0.05 Bho (7.6.2-1) viniz N ; or ihe + We = 0.7f, + 0.07 bho (7.6.2-2) then there are no need to calculate the shear and torsional load-bearing capacity of the member, but there are only required to provide the longitudinal reinforcements and stirrups according to the detailing requirements stipulated in the Clauses10.2.11 and 10.2.12 of the code. Where Njg——resullant of forces of prestressed and nonprestressed steel reinforcements , when rnomnal stress in concrete at calculated section equals to zer0, calculated according to the stipulation in the Clause 6.1.14 of the code, when Njo>0.3fe4o, taking Myo 0.3/:Ao» where Ap-denotes the area of transformed section for member. N—design value of axial compressive force corresponding to design value of shearing force V, torque T,when N'>0.3f,A, taking N=0.3f.A, where A denotes the sectional area of member. 7.6.3. ‘Torsional plastic section modulus for section of torsional member shall be calculated in accordance with the following stipulations 1 For rectangular section, w= 2h - 0) (7.6.3-1) Where, i ——dimensions of the short side and long side of rectangular section 2 For T-shaped or T-shaped sections, 66Ww. = Wut Wet We (7.6.3-2) ‘The torsional plastic section modulus Wry» Wis and W'y for rectangular section of the web, compression flange and tension flange portions shall be calculated according to the following stipulations: 1) For web, We = Esa - 6) (7.6.3-3) 2) For compression flange, Wy = eo b) (7.6.3-4) 3) For tension flange, Wy = Ho, b) (7.6.3-5) Where b,hk——web width, section depths bisbe——Tlange width in compression zone, tension zone of section respectively; ijhy-—Tlange depth in compression zone, in tension zone of section respectively. The flange width adopted in calculation shall still conform to the stipulations of bj1.7, taking {= 1.7 For the eccentricity ¢,0< h/6 prestressed concrete pure torsion member, when it conforms to > (7.6.4-1) ¢ (7,6.4-2) N, 1.7, the influence item of prestressing 0.05 oem can be added to the tight side of the equation 0 (7.6.4-1) -Here, the value of V9 shall conform to the stipulation of the Clause 7.6.2 of the code; in the equation (7.6.4-1), taking = 1.7. Where {—value of ratio for the strength of the longitudinal torsional stecl reinforcements to the strength of the stirrups; Agr—In the torsional calculation, the total sectional areas of symmetrically arranged longitudinal nonprestresced steel reinforcements; Aqy~——the sectional area of single limb of stirrup provided along the perimeter of section in the 61torsional calculations design value for tensile strength of torsional stirrups can be adopted according to the values of f,in the Table 4.2.3-1 of the codes design value for tensile strength of torsional longitudinal steel reinforcement can be adopted acconding to the Table 4.2.3-1; Agg—eore portion area of section, Acer = Beorhoors Here, Dears tea denote the length of short side and long side for the core portion of section within inner surface of stirrups respec tively; Uq——eore portion perimeter of section tay, = 2( Boa + Repr)$ Note: If £< 1.7 or e,»> h/6, the influence item of prestressing shall not be considered, but the calculation shall ‘be carried out in terms of reinforced concrete pure torsion member. 7.6.5 For pure torsion member with T-shaped or T-shaped sections, the section of member can be divided into several rectangular sections, and the torsional load-bearing capacity of each section can then be calculated separately in accordance with the Clauese 7.6.4 of the code. Design value of the torque of each rectangular section shall be calculated in accordance with the following stipulations: 1 For web Woop Ty = pT (7.6.5-1) 2 For compression flange = Me 5. T W, Tr (7.6.5-2) 3. For tension flange = Mu 7 n= Git (7.6.5-3) Where T—design value of torque sustained by member sections T,—design value of torque sustained by webs Ty Tp —design value of torque sustained by compression flange or tension flange respectively . 7.6.6 The torsional load-bearing capacity of reinforced concrete pure torsion miémber with box section shall comforn to the following stipulations: Aart Acor 5 (7.6.6) T <0.35afW, + 1.20 Gy Where a;—influence coefficient for wall thickness of box section: a}, = 2.5tq/by» when ay, > 1.0, taking a,=1.0 Here, the value of £ shall be calculated decording to the equation (7.6.4-2) of the code and shall conform to the requirement of 0.6 ¢< 1.7. when {>1.7, taking €=1.7. 687.6.7 Under the combined effects of axial compressive force and torque of rectangular section reinforced concrete member, the torsional load-bearing capcity shall conform to the following stipulations: T < 0.35.0, + 1.21 %fy 24 + 0.07 Mw, (7.6.7) Where N——design value of axial compressive force corresponding to design value of torque T , when N>0.3f-4, taking N=0.3f,As A——vectional area of member. Here, the value of £ shall be determined according to the stipulations in the Clause 7.4.6 of the code. 7.6.8 ‘The rectangular section shear and torsion member under the combined effects of shearing force ‘and torque, its shear and torsional load-bearing capacity shall conform to the following, stipulations: 1 Common shear and torsion memeber 1) Shear load-bearing capacity V < (1.5 - B,)(0.7f,bho + 0.05N ip) + 1.25f,, (7.6.8-1) i 12 (7.6.8-2) ° 140.54 Toho Where A,,——required sectional area of stirrups for shear load-bearing capacity 8; —reduction factor for torsional load-bearing capacity of conerete in common shear and torsion member: when f, <0.5, taking 8,=0.5; when @,>1, taking 8,=1. 2) Torsional load-bearing capacity Aor P< p(0.35f + 0.05 Met) a 12d E fy om (7.6.8-3) 5 Here, the value of { shall be determined according to the stipulation in the Clause 7.6.4 of the code: 2 Independent shear and torsion member under the effect of concentrated load 1) Shear load-bearing capacity ve(ls- (PS hablo +0.05M0) + Se fey (7.6.8-4) B= peo (7.6.8-5) ; vw, 14+0.2(A +1) Toh Where A-—the ratio of shear span to depth for calculated section, it is adopted according to the stipulations in the Clause 7.5.4 of the codes reduction factor of torsional load-hearing capacity of shear and torsional member under the effects of concentrated load: when 8 <0.5, taking 2 =0.5; when @,> 1, taking Bale 2) Torsional load-bearing capacity ‘The torsional load-bearing capacity shall stil be calculated according to the equation (7.6.8-3), 69but the B, in equation shall be calculated according to the equation (7.6.8-5) . 7.6.9 Shear and torsional load-bearing capacity of T-shaped or I-shaped section shear and torsion ‘member shall be calculated according to the following stipulations 1 Shear load-bearing capacity of shear and torsion member is calculated by the equations (7.6. 8-1) and (7.6.8 -2), or (7:6.8-4) and (7.6.8-5)but 7 and W, shall be replaced by 7, and Woy respectively in the calculations 2 The torsional load-bearing capacity of shear and torsion member ean be calculated separately by dividing the section of member into several rectangular sections; web may be calculated by the e- quations (7.6.8- 2) and (7.6.8-3), or equations (7.6.8 - 3) and (7.6.8-5), but 7 and W, shall be replaced by 7, and W_ respectively in the calculation; compression flange and tension flange can be calculated according to the stipulations of pure torsion in the Clause 7.6.4 of the code, but 7 and W, shall be replaced by T’;and W'y or by Ty and Wy respectively in the calculation. 7.6.10 Shear and torsional load-bearing capacity of box section reinforced concrete shear and torsion member shall conform to the following stipulations: 1 Common shear and torsion member 1) Shear load-bearing capacity V <0,7(1.5 ~ B)fbho + 1.25 f,, She (7,6.10-1) 2) Torsional Joad-beating capacity T 0.350, 6fiW, + 1.20 Gy Aston (7.6.10-2) ‘The values of Bin the above two equations shall he caloulited according to the equation (7.6.8 2)of the code, but W, shall be replaced by a, W, in the equation; the values of a and shall be determined by the stipulations of the Clause 7.6.6 of the code: 2 Independent shear and torsion member under the effects of concentrated load 1) Shear load-beating capacity vc (5-p) }2 (7.6.10-3) ‘The value of f, in the equation shall be calculated according to the equation (7.6.8-5) of the code, but 1; in the equation shall be replaced by a), 7, 2) Torsional load-bearing capacity ‘The torsional load-bearing capacity shall still be calculated according to the equation (7.6. 10- 2), but the value of 2, in the equation shall be calculated according to the equation (7.6.8-5) and W, in the equation shall be replaced by a,W, 7.6.11 The load-bearing ‘capacity of the fletural shear torsional members with rectangular, T- shaped, I-shaped sections, under combined effects of bending moment, shearing force and torque can be calculated according to the following stipulations : 1 When V.<0.35fibho or V2000mm, taking §},=0.9; the intermediate values may be taken by the linear interpolation; ‘fc—design value of axial tensile strength of concrete; weighted mean-value of effective compressive prestress of concrete in terms of length in the two directions on the perimeter of critical section, the values may be controlled within the range of 1.0 ~ 3.5 N/mm?; ug-—perimeter of critical section: the most unfavorable perimeter of the vertical section of slab located at a distance ho/2 from the periphery of acting area for local load or concentrated reactions hio—elfective depth of section, taking the mean-value for the effective depth of sections in the two providing directions of steel reinforcements; influence coefficient of the acting area shape for local load or concentrated reaction; y—inlluence coefficient of the ratio for the perimeter of critical section to the effective depth of section for slab; B.——tatio for the long side to the short side when the acting area of local load or concentrated reaction is rectangular, 8, may not exceed 4; when B, <2, taking 2, = 23 when the area is roundly, taking B,=2s a,—— influence coefficient of the column type in slab-column structure: for central column, taking a, = 40; for side column, taking a, = 30; for comer column, taking a, = 20 7.7.2 When a slab has a hole and the distance from hole to the edge of acting area for local load or concentrated reaction is not greater than 0.6 ho, the perimeter of critical section jz), which is taken in the calculation of punching shear load-bearing capacity, shall deduct the length including between two tangent lines, there are drawn out from the center of acting area for local Joad or concentrated reaction to the two outer edges of hole respectively (Fig .7.7.2) . Note: When 1) > lyin the Fig. . the perimeter of hole J; is substituted by «/Tilz 7.7.3 Under the acting of local load and concentrated reaction, when the requirements for punching shear load-bearing capacity in the Clause 7.7.1 of the code is not satisfied, and the thickness of the slab is limited, hence the stirrups and bent-up steel reinforcements thay be provided. Meanwhile, the section for punching shear shall conform to the following condition: Fy < 1.05f,pugho (1.7.3-1) ‘The punching shear load-bearing capacity of reinforeed concrete slab with stirups or bert-up steel reinforcements shall conform to the following stipulations: Bieee Sy Fig.7.7.2 Perimeter of critical section adjacent to the bile ating ate fr lel Joa cncatit reantion;2~potimeer teal setions3helo;4—the length shall be dense 1 When stirrups are provided, Fi = (0.35f, + 0.15 0p.) Malia + 0-8 fy Asa 2 When bent-up'steé! reinforvednents are provided, Fy <(0.35f; + 0.15pm) Minho + 0-8f,Aasitia (7.7.3-3) Where Ayy“total sectiotal area of stinnips intersecting the inclinéd ‘section’ of punching failure cone with 45° {otal sectidnal area of bent-up steel reinforcements intersecting the inclined section of the punching failure cone with 45°5 a—included angle between the beat-up steel reinforcement and the bottom surface of slab. Stirrups or bent-up steel reinforcements provided in the reinforced conerete slab shall conform to the detailing requirements stipulated in the Clause 10.110 of the code. For sections, which ate beyond the punching shear failure cone provided with punching shear steel reinforcements, shall still carry on the calculation. of the punching shear load-bearing capacity in accordance with the requirements in the Clause 7.7.1 of the code, meantime, the most unfavorable Asser perimeter j1», located at 0.5 lho beyond the punching failure cone provided with punching shear steel reinforcements shall be taken Note: When the reliable evidences are available, other effective punching shear reinforcements ( steel, steel channel, shear anchor bolt, U-shaped hoop of flat steel ete.) can also be provided. 7.7.4 For the stepped foundation of a rectangular section column, the punching shear load-bearing capacity at the junction of column and foundation, as well as,at the change of foundation steps shall conform to the following stipulations (Fig. 7.7.4) F, < 0.78 fibuko (7.7.4-1) P= pA (7.7.4-2) shaped + by z (7.7.4-3) ‘effective depth of section at the junction of column and foundation or at the change of bm Where he 14,foundation steps, taking the mean value of the effective depth of section in the two directions for providing the steel reinforcements pc—design value for reaction of subgrade at bottom surface of foundation, calculated according to the fundamental combination for effects of loads and considering the important coefficient of structure (the self-weight of foundation and the soil weight on the foundation may be deducted), when the foundation is under eccentric loading, the ion of subgrade can be adopted ‘A—srea of polygon used for consideration of the punching shear load (the shaded area ABCDEF shown in Fig. 7.7.4); by—upper side length of inclined section on the most unfavorable side of the punching shear failure cone: when calculating the punching shear load- bearing capacity at the junction of column and foundation, taking the column width; when ealeulating the design value for the maxirmum punching shear load-bearing capacity where the change of foundation steps, taking the upper step widths by-—lower side length of inclined section on the most unfavorable side of the punching shear failure cone at the junction of column and foundation or where the change of foundation steps, b= b+ 2hg. Nn Aw oe We ls i) ) Fig. 7.7.4 Location ofthe section for the calculation of punching shear load-bearing capacity of stepped foundation (a) at the junction of column an feurdaton: (6) where the change of founaton steps |—inline setion onthe mest unfavorable side ofthe punting shear filore cones 2—bottorn sae line ofthe punching shear failure cone 7.7.5. For the slab-column structure under the effects of vertical load, horizontal load, when consid- tring the unbalanced bending moment transmitted from shearing stress on the critical section at the nodal point of slab and column, and the calculation of punching shear load-bearing capacity according to the Clause 7.7.1 or Clause 7.7.3 of the code, the design value of concentrated reaction F; shall he 18substituted by the design value of equivalent concentrated reaction Fi,ggy which can be calculated according to the stipulations in Appendix G of the code. 7.8 Calculation of Local Compression Load-bearing Capacity 7.8.1 For the reinforced cone: sectional dimension of local compression zone shall conform to the following requirements e structural member providing the indirect steel reinforcements, the Fy < 1,358.8 Ata (7.8.1-1) = [4 7 an? (7.8.1-2) Where F;——design value of local compression load or local compressive force acting on the local compression surfaces for the design value of compressive force at the local compression zone of anchorage head in the post-tensioned concrete member, the 1.2 times the value of controlled stretching force shall be taken; design value of axial compression strength of concrete at thé stage of checking esleu- lation for stretching of post-tensioned concrete member, it shall be determined using the linear interpolation method on the basis of comesponding stage values for compres~ sion strength of concrete cube fi, according to the stipulations in the Clause 4.1.4 of the code. B.——influence coefficient of concrete strength, adopted in accordance with the stipulations of the Clause 7.5.1 in the codes 8: —erhancement coefficient of concrete strength for Jocal compressions A;—local compression area of coneretes Ag net loeal compression area of concrete; for post-tensioned prestressed concrete mem ber, areas of ducts and caves shall be deducted from the local compression area of coneretes Ay——~ealeulated bottom area for local compression may be determined according to the Clause 7.8.2 of the code. 7.8.2 Calculated bottom area for local compression Ay, can be determined on the principle of the local compression area is concentric or symmetric to the calculated bottom area; in general, the conditions in (Fig. 7.8.2) may be adopted. 7.8.3 When square grid mesh or spiral indirect reinforcement is provided and its core area iS Ag > A,(Fig. 7.8.3), the local compression load-bearing capacity shall conform to the following stipulation: Fy < 0.9 BoBife + 24p,Booefy) Ain (7.8.3-1) In the case of square grid mesh reinforvement (Fig. 7.8.32), the volumetric ratio of reinforce ‘ment p, shall be calculated by the following equation: mAgh + moh (7.8.3-2) Aas 16Teo eae A Ay py i AS le rea LAAs 2 eA Fig. 7-8.2 Caleulated bottom area for local compression Meanwhile, the value of the ratio between the sectional areas of steel reinforcements per unit length in two directions of mesh reinforcements shall not exceed 1.5. In case of spiral reinforcement (Fig. 7.8.35), the volumetric ratio of reinforcement p, shall be calculated by the following equation Au os Q. 3) e, Where Paq~—~enhancement coefficient of the local compression load-bearing capacity due to indirect reinforcement may still be calculated by the equation (7.8.1 - 2), but Ay is replaced by Ages when Ay > Ay» shall tke Aggy = Ais ‘fj —design value of tensile strengih of steel reinforvement may be adopted according to the Table 4.2.3-1 of the codes a——reduction coefficient for the concrete is restrained by indirect reinforcement, it may be adopted according to the Clause 7.3.2 of the codes Acq-——for the area of concrete core within the range for inner surface of square grid mesh or spiral indineot reinforcement, its centroid shall coincide with centroid of A), in the calculation, its value is taken according to the principle of concentric or symmetric to the calculated bottom area. py—volumetric ratio of indirect reinforcement (the volume of indirect reinforcement is contained in unit volume of concrete within the range of core area Ac.) ny .Agy—number of reinforcements along the direction ; of square grid mesh and the sectional area of single piece of steel reinforcement respectively n\Ag——number of reinforcements along the direction [> of square grid mesh and the seetional area of single piece of reinforcement respectively; Aqj—seetional area of single piece of spiral indirect reinforcement; deg-—diameter of concrete section within the range for inner surface of spiral indirect reinforcement; s—spacing of square grid meshs or spiral indirect reinforcements; 30-80 mm is desir~ 1able. Indirect reinforcement shall be provided within the range of / stipulated in (Fig. 7.8.3.), shall not be less than 4 pieces, for square grid mesh reinforcement; and shall not be less than 4 circles, for spiral reinforcement . For column joint, h shall not be less than 15d, d denotes the diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcement of column. bid Gh) Sa.) (a) () Fig. 7.8.3 Indirect reinforcements for local compression zone (a)square grid rssh zeirforoement; (6)apzal reinforcement 7.9 Checking Calculation of Fatiguie 7.9.1. The normal section fatigue stress in flexural member, which is in need of the checking caleulation of fatigue, shall be calculated according to the following basic assumptions: 1 Strained section remains plane 2 The diagram for normal stress of concrete in the compression zone is to be triangular; 3. For reinforced concrete members, the concrete tensile strength in the tension zone is not considered; all tensile forces are sustained by the longitudinal steel reinforcements; for prestressed con- ‘rete members in which crack is not allowed, the diagram of nommal stress distribution of concrete in the tension zone is to be triangular; 4 Transformed sections are used for the calculation. 7.9.2 In the checking calculation of fatigie, the characteristic value of load shall be used; the dynamic coefficient shall be considered for crate load aid the dynamic’ éoeffi¢ient for crane load shall be taken from the values specified in the National Standard “Load Code for Design of Building Structures” GB 50009. For crane gitder with a span not greater than 12m, the load of one of the largest crane may be adopted. 7.9.3 The checking calculation of fatigue for reinforced concrete flexural members, the’ stresses in 8the following portions shall be calculated: 1 The stress of concrete extreme fiber in the compression zone of normal section and the amplitude of stress for longitudinal tensile reinforcements; 2 ‘The shearing stress of concrete in the neutral axis of section and the range of stress for stimups. Note: Checking calculation of fatigue may nat be necessary for longitudinal compression stee] reinforcement. 7.9.4 Fatigue stress in the nommal section of reinforced concrete flexural members shall conform to the following requirements: Onn < fe (7.9.4-1) Aol: < Af (7.9.4-2) Where o£ yaa-——when in the checking calculation of fatigue, the compressive stress af concrete at extreme fiber in compression zone of section may be calculated according to the e- quation (7.9.5-1) of the codes shen in the checking calculation of fatigue, the range of stress for the i layer lon- Act gitudinal steel reinforcements in tension zone of section may be calculated according to the equation (7.9.5-2) of the codes (fi-—design value of axial compression fatigue strength of concrete may be determined by the Clanse 4.1.6 of the code; Afi—limit value for fatigne amplitude of stress for sieél reinforcements may be adopted according to the Table 4,2.5-1 of the code. Note: When the longitudinal tension steel reinforcements belong to the eame type of steel, only the amplitude of stress for the outmost layer steel reinforcement may be checking calculated, 7.9.5 The compressive stress of concrete for normal section of reinforced concrete flexural members and the range of stress for steel reinforcements shall be calculated according to the following equations: 1. Stress in concrete at extreme fiber of compression zone OS = Minto (1.9.5-1) th 2 amplitude of stress of longitudinal tension steel reinforcements Aa’; = 0% me ~ FE,nin (7.9.5-2) Ohi min = Meal y= 20) = #0) (7.9.5-3) i A Oi ame = af Moni = 20) (7.9.5-4) Where MM... M‘j,———when in the checking calculation of fatigue, the maximum value, minimum value of bending moment respectively caused by corresponding load combination on the same section; OS seins Fesma——8t0ess in i layer longitudinal steel reinforcements for tension zone of corresponding section caused by bending moment Mix, Minin respectively a{-—the value for ratio of elastic modulus of steel reinforcement to modulus of fa- 79tigue deformation for concrete: af = E/E‘; xg—when in the checking calculation of fatigue, the transformed depth for compression zone of section corresponding to bending moments Mf, and Mia in the same direction; ho ——distance from the edge for compression zone of section to the sectional centroid of the i layer longitudinal reinforcements in tensile zone, when corresponding to Mig. and Mis, in the same direction. When the bending moment M‘,,, is opposite to the bending moment Mt,,, in direction, then the hoi» xo and Tf in the equation (7.9.5-3) shall be substituted by A}, and /§ of the section in opposite position . 7.9.6 When in the checking calculation of fatigue for reinforced concrete flexural members, the depth of transformed section in the compression zone x9, 2% and the moment of inertia If, § for the transformed section shall be calculated by the following equations: 1 Rectangular section, ‘T-shaped section with flange in the tension zone beh “Ft EAL 49 ~ a4) ~ abAs(g ~ x0) = 0 (7,9.6-1) 5 th = BBs abAsCay~ 04)? + bldg ~ x0)® 7.9.6-2) 2 L-shaped section, T-shaped section with flange in the compression zone 1) When xp > hj(Fig.7.9.6) bsg = Wao ia 2 , “3 — Wea bo HO" ohana - a)? + afA(ho - x0)? (7.9.6-4) ‘T: abA,(hg ~ x) = 0 (7.9.6-3) + abi (ap — a’ Fig. 7.9.6 Calculation of normal section fatigue stress in reinforced conerete flexural member 2) When xo f,, that the af A’, in the equation of this Clause shall be replaced by SAl/o\, where J isthe design value of strength for compression stel reinforcement, of is the concrete stress at the point for resultant of forces of longitudinal compression steel reinforcements, 7.9.7 The checking calculation of fatigue for reinforced concrete flexural members and distribution of shearing forces shall conform to the following stipulations: 1 When the shearing stress at the neutral axis of the reinforeed concrete flexural member conform to the following conditions: of 0.6ff (7.9.7-1) then all the tensile stress in this zone may be sustained by concrete, meanwhile the stirrups may be provided according to detailing requirements Where +'——the shearing stress at the neutral axis of section may be calculated according to the Clause 7.9.8 of the codes ‘the design value for axial tensile fatigue strength of concrete may he determined according to the Clause of 4.1.6 in the code. 2. For portion where the shearing stress at the neutal axis of section does not comply with the e- quation (7.9.7 - 1), the shearing stress shall be sustained jointly by stirrups and concrete. Mean- while, the amplitude of stress of the stirrups Ao', shall conform to the following stipulations: Aol, < Af, (7.9.7-2) Where Az!,——the amplitude of stress for stimaps may be calculated according to the equation (7.9.9-1)5 Aff——the limit value for fatigue amplitude of stress for stimups may be adopted according to the Af, in the Table 4.2.5-1 7.9.8 The shearing stress at the neutral axis of the reinforved concrete flexural member shall be calculated by the following equation: 5 Vins = Som 1.9) earcnee (7.9.8) Where Vigc--—value of maximum shearing force in checking calculated section of member under the effects of corresponding load combination, used for checking calculation of fatigues 4—widih of rectangular section and web width of T-shaped, T-shaped sections; %g7——distance from the point for resultant of forces in compression zone to the point for resultant of forces of tensile steel reinforcements; meanwhile, the depth of compression zone sto may be calculated according to the equation (7.9.6-1) or (7.9.6-3). 7.9.9 The amplitude of stress for stimups on inclined section of reinforced concrete flexural member shall be calculated by the following equation: (7.9.9-1) 81AV oe = View — Visi -2) = AVi/ Vows 3) Where AVi,.—value for maximum amplitude of shearing force in checking calculated section of member, used for checking calculation of fatigues Vi~-——value for minimum shearing force in checking calculated section of member under the combination of corresponding loads, used for checking calculation of fatigues 7—maximum relative amplitude of shearing force; s-—spacing between stimupss Ag—total sectional area of all stirrup limbs provided within the same section. 7.9.10 When checking calculation of fatigue of prestressed concrete flexural member, the stresses in the following positions shall be calculated: 1. Stresses in concrete extreme fiber on the tension and compression zones of normal section, as well as the amplitude of stress for longitudinal prestressed, non-prestressed steel reinforcements in the tension zones 2. Principal tensile stress in concrete at positions such as the centroid of the section, as well as the acute change in the width of section. Note: The checking calculation of fatigue for prestressed longitudinal stee! reinforcements in the compression zone may not be required 7.9.11 Fatigue stress in normal section of prestressed concrete flexural member shall conform to the following stipulations: 1. Stresses in concrete extreme fiber of the tension zone or the compression zone 1) In case of coinpressive stress Sree < fe (7.9.1) 2) In case of tensile stress Frau 15 taking $= taining repeated load, taking y = 15 the stress of longitudinal steel reinforcement in reinforced concrete member or the ¢- 3 for member is directly sus- oar quivalent stress of longitudinal steel reinforcement in prestressed concrete member ealculated in consideration of the characteristic combination for effects of loads may be calculated according to the Clause 8.1.3 of the codes |_——Blastie modulus of steel reinforcement may be adopted according to the Table 4.2.4 of the code ¢——distance (mm) from the outer edge of tensile steel reinforcements in the outmost layer when ¢>65, taking to the bottom edge of tension zone: when ¢ <20, taking ¢ c= 65; y-—tatio of steel reinforcement for tensile stee! reinforcements calculated according to effective tension sectional area of concrete; in the calculation of maximum crack width, when p.,<0.01, taking Oy =0-015 ‘Ay-—elfective tension sectional area of concrete: for axial tension member, taking sectional area of the members for flexural, eccentric compression and eccentric tension members, taking Ay =0.5bh + (br~ b) hp, here, be, feedenote the width, depth of tension flanges sectional area of non-prestressed longitudinal steel reinforcement in tension zone; 87Ay—sectional area of longitudinal prestressed steel reinforcement in tension zones dog ——equivalent diameter (mm) of longitudinal steel reinforcement in tension zones 4, ng ——~numbers of Type i longitudinal steel reinforcements in tension zone; nominal diameter (mmm) of Type i longitudinal steel reinforcement in tension zones ¥%—relative cohesion coefficient of Type i longitudinal stecl reinforcement in tension zone, may be adopted according to the Table 8.1.2-2. for flexural member, which is under crane load, may not need forthe checking calculation of fatigue, the calculated maximum erack width ean be multiplied by coctficient 0.855 2 for eccentric compression member, with ¢/ho<0.55, the erack width may not be checking ealeulated. Table 8.1.2-1 Stressed Characteristics Coefficient of Members ‘Type oO Reinforced concrete members Prestressed concrete members Flexural, eccentric comprescion 2a 17 Becentric tension Axial tension 27 2.2 ‘Table 8.1.2-2 Retative Cohesion Coefficient of Stoel Reinforcements tee Pre-tensioned prestressed Post-tensioned prestressed eel icee | stee] reinforcements stee)reinforements | ; | Seats Blain | rite | it eo ‘ined | Ribhed phin a a ee oa wine | stand % o7 | 10 | to | os | o6 | os | 03 | oa Note: for ribbed steel reinforcement with epoxy resin coating, the relative cohesion coefficient shall be soultiplied by 0.8 8.1.3 Under the characteristic combinations for effects of loads, the stress of longitudinal steel reinforcement in tension zone of reinforced concrete member or the equivalent stress of longitudinal steel reinforcement in tension zone of prestressed concrete member may be calculated according to the following equations: 1 Stress of longitudinal steel reinforcement in tension zone of reinforced concrete member 4) For axial tension member (8.1.3-1) 2) For eccentric tension member (8.1.3-2) 3) For flexural member 88My on (8.1,3-3) 4) For eccentric compression member Nile = 2) Ou = eae) (8.1.3-4) 1y{ bo)” z = [0.87 - 0.1241 - vo(*) ] to (8.1.3-5) e= net * (8.1,3-6) aks Ore Whe 8.1.3-7 vs Big ¢ ) a L(y? 7 n=l + mia?) (8.1.3-8) Where A,——sectional area of steel reinforcement in tension zone : for axial tension members taking the total sectional area of longitudinal steel reinforcements; for eccentric tension member, taking the sectional area of longitudinal steel reinforoements at compara tive lange tension sides for flexural, eccentric compression members, taking the sectional area of longitudinal steel reinforvements in tension zones e'—distance from the acting point of axial tensile force to the point for resultant of forces of the longitudinal steel reinforcements at the compression zone or at the comparative small tension sides e—distance from the acting point of axial compressive force to the point for resultant of forces of the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements; z-——~distance from the point for resultant of forces of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements to the point for resultant of forces of section in compression zone and not more than 0.87 ios ‘7, —enhancement coefficient of eccentricity for the axial compressive force at service stages when [p/h <14, taking 7, = 1.05 distance from centroid of section to the point for resultant of forces of the longitudinal Ye tensile steel reinforcements; Y-—value for ratio of sectional area of compression flange to effective sectional area of webs b|,h-—width, depth of flange in compression zone respectively: in the equation (8.1.3-7), when hi >0.2ho, taking hy =0.2ho; Ny, My-——values for the axial force, the bending moment respectively, calculated according to the characteristic combination for the effects of loads. 2 equivalent stress of longitudinal steel reinforcement in tension zone of prstressed concrete member 1) For axial tension member 89(8.1.3-9) Ay + Ae 2) For flexural member My + Mz - No(z - e,) ae (8.1.3-10) : (A, + Ade ene, + ham (8.1.3-11) ‘0 Where A,—sectional area of longitudinal prestressed steel reinforcement in tension zone: for axial tension member, taking the total sectional area of longitudinal prestressed steel reinforcementss for flexural members, taking the sectional area of the longitudinal prestressed steel reinforcement in tension zones distance from the point for resultant of foices of the longitudinal non-prestressed and prestressed steel reinforcements in tension zone to the point for resultant of forces of sectional compression zone may be calculated according to the equation (8.1.3-5), in which e is calculated according to the equation (8.1.3-11); e¢-——when the normal prestress of concrete equals zero, distance from the acting point for the resultant of forces Np of the total longitudinal prestressed and non-prestressed steel reinforcements to the point for the resultant of forces of the longitudinal prestressed and non-prestressed steel reinforcements in tension zones Mz——sub-bending moment in the member of post-tensioned prestressed concrete statically indeterminate structure, may be determined according to the stipulations in the Clause 6.1.7 of the code. ‘Note; in the equations (8.1.3-10) and (8.1.3-11), when the M, and Mj acted on the same direction, taking the plus sign; when the M, and M, acted on the opposite direction, taking the minus sign. 8.1.4 Under the characteristic combination or the quasi-permanent combination for the effects of loads, the checking calculation of crack resistance for the normal stress in the edge of concrete shall be calculated according to the following equations 1 For axial tension member, (8.1.4-1) (8.1.4-2) 2 For flexural member, (8.1.4-3) (8.1.4-4) 3. For eccentric tension and eccentric compression member, 90(8.1.4-5) ou = (8.1.4-6) Where Ng. Mj—arial force value , bending moment value respectively calculated in acoordance with the quasi-permanent combination for effects of loadss Ay—transformed sectional area of members Wy——elastic resisting moment for tension edge of transformed section. ‘Note: The right items in the equations (8.1.4-5) and (8.1.4-6) when the sscial foree is tensile foree, taking phos signs when the axial force is compressive force, taking minus sign. 8.1.5 The principal tensile stress of conczete and the principal compressive stress of concrete in the section of prestressed concrete flexural member shall be checking calculated respectively ; 1 Principal tensile stress of concrete 1) Class I - For member in which crack is strictly not allowed, the following stipulation shall be conformed: Fp <0.85fy (8.1.5-1) 2) Class H- For member in which crack is generally not allowed, the following stipulation shall be conformed: op <0.95fx (8.1.5-2) 2. Principal compressive stress of concrete For member in whi shall be conformed: crack is either strictly or generally not allowed, the following stipulation Fey < 0-6f, (8.1.5-3) Where ¢4y.0,-—principal tensile stress, principal compressive stress of concrete respectively, de~ termined according to the Clause 8.1.6 of the code. ‘Meantime, the section at the unfavorable position in the span shall be selected, and checking calculation shall he carried out at the centroid of the transformed section for selected section, as well as at the position where the sectional width suddenly change. Note: For erane girdor in which erack is allowed, the stipulations in equations (8.1.5-2) and (8.1.5-3) shall be conformed in static calculation 8.1.6 Principal tensile stress and principal compressive stresses of concrete shall be calculated according to the following, equations: % a j-stere [2 *2) ae (8.1.6-1) ol 2 NN 2 My Oy = Opt ee (8.1.6-2) lo o - Ua= Raped sings) So es Lob 1Where ,——nonmal stress in conerete at the calculated fiber is cansed by prestressing force and bending moment My; -vertical compressive stress in concrete is caused by characteristic value of concentrated load Fs r—shearing stress in concrete at the calculated fiber caused by value of shearing force Vi. and prestressing force of hent-up prestressed steel reinforcement; when torsional oy moment is acting on the calculated section, the shearing stress induced by torsional toinent shall still be counted; for member of post-tensioned prestressed concrete stati- ally indeterminate structure, wheri shearing stress is calculated, the secondary shearing stress caused by prestressing force shall still be counted 6y:-—normall stress in concrete at the calculated fiber is caused by prestressing force, after deduction of total losses of prestress, shall be calculated according to the equation(6 1,5-1) or (6.1.5-4) of the codes yo—distance from centroid of transformed section to the calculated fibers Iy——moment of inertia for transformed sections ve So——moment of area for the part of transformed section area above calculated fiber to the value of shearing force calculated ftom characteristic combination for effects of loads; controid of transformed section area of member} op —ellective prestress of prestressed bent-up steel reinforcements e Agr——seetional area of prestressed bent-up steel reinforcement in same bent-up plane on calculated section; included angle between the tangent of prestressed bent-up steel reinforcement and the ap longitudinal axis of member on the calculated section. Note: The values of 2,5 oy» dpe and My yo/ Ig in equations (8.1-6-1) and (8.1.6-2), that the postive value may be substituted for tensile stress; the negative value may be substituted for compressive stress. 8.1.7 For prestressed concrete crane ginler in the range of both side of 0.6/ length from the acting point of concentrated force, the simplified distribution of vertical compressive stress and shearing stress caused from the characteristic value of concentrated load Fy may be detenmined according to Fig. 8.1.7 and its maximum value of stress can be calculated by the following equations: = 26F, 7 Syma = pp (8.1.7-1) (8.1.7-2) (8.1.7-3) MiSo 7 Tob (8.1.7-4) Where r!,c°—shearing stress in the sections at 0.6h length from the left, right sides of the acting points for characteristic value of concentrated load Fy, respectively: 92ty-—shearing stress on the acting section for characteristic value of concentrated load Fs Vi. Wi—charac tic value. of shearing force in the sections at the left, right sides of the ‘acting points for characteristic value of concentrated load Fy respectively. (e) oe () Fig. 8.1.7 Sitese disuibution near to the acting point of concentrated force for prestessed concrete crane girder (a) sections (+) ditbation of verti] compressive sess 3, (o) distribution of chewing ses ©. 8.1.8 When the checking calculation for the normal section, inclined section at the end of pre-tensioned prestressed concrete member, the variation of the actual stress values in the range over the transmission length ly of prestress for prestressed steel reinforcement shall be considered. ‘The actual stress of prestressed steel reinforcement may be inereased according to the linear regularity, at the end ‘of member equals ze10, the value of effective prestress ope may be taken at the end of the transmission longth (Fig 8.1.8), the transmission length of prestress for prestressed steel reinforcement 1, shall be determined according to the Clause 6.1.9 of the code. cCUTTTT: Wi ie Fig. 8.1.8 Variation for the value of effective prestress in the range of the transmission length for prestressed steel reinforcement 8.2. Checking Calculation for Deflection of Flexural Member 8.2.1 Deflection of reinforced concrete and prestressed concrete flexural members under serviceability limit states may be calculated according to the rigidity of member using the structural mechanics method. In member with constant section, it may be assumed that the rigidity remains unchanged in the 93portion of member with same sign bending moment, and the rigidity at the position with maximum bending moment in that portion can be adopted. when in the calculated span, the sectional rigidity at support is not great than twice or is not less than one helf the sectional rigidity at mid-span, then the calculation of this span can also accord to the calculation of the constant rigidity member, the rigidity of maximum bending moment section can be taken as the rigidity of this member. Deflection of flexural member shall be calculated according to the rigidity B, which is on the basis of the characteristic combination for the effects of loads and considering the influence of long-term action, the calculated value of the deflection shall not exceed the limit values stipulated in the Table 3.3.2 of the code. 8.2.2 Rigidity B of rectangular, -shaped, inverted T-shaped, and I-shaped sections flesurall members may be calculated by the following equation: My WAo- 13M, (8.2.2) Where My —bending moment is calculated acoarding to the characterstic combination for the effects of loads, taking the maximum value of bending moment within calculated portion; M,-——hending moment is calculated according to the quasi-permanent combination for the Be effects of loads, taking the maximum value of bending moment within the calculated portion; B,———short-term rigidity of flexural member under the characteristic combination for the effects of loads, may be calculated by the equation in Clause 8.2.3 of the codes 6—— influence coefficient considering the increase of deflection due to the effect of long- term action, can be taken from the Clause 8.2.5 of the code. 8.2.3 Short-term rigidity B, of flexural member under the characteristic combination for the effects of Joads may be calculated by the following equations: 1. For reinforced concrete Hexural member 2 By = PAs __ (8.2.3-1) 6azp 1.15 + 0.2 + 143.575 2. For prestressed concrete flexural member 1) For member in which crack is not allowed B, = 0.85E sly (8.2.3-2) 2) For member in which crack is allowed _ 0.85 Belo 8 BL = ae ea (8.2.3-3) Mg iB Ke = ye (8.2.3-4) 0.21 = (1.04 2:21 a aw =( 0 + C2) (1 40.457) -0.7 (8.2.3-5) Me = (60 + Ufa) Vo (8.2.3-6) 94(8.2.3-7) Where ¢-——non - uniform coefficient for strain of longitudinal tensile reinforcement between cracks , determined according to the Clause 8.1.2 of the codes ag-—value for ratio of elastic modulus of steel reinforcement to the elastic modulus of con ereterap= E/E,5 -—tatio of reinforcement for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement: For reinforced concrete flexural member, taking ¢ = A,/( bho); for prestressed concrete flexural member, taking p = (A, + A,)/(bho)s Ip~—moment of inertia for transformed section; ¥-—value for ratio of sectional area of tension flange to effective sectional area of webs bevhy-—width, depth of flange respectively in tension zones kcg—value for ratio of the cracking bending moment M., to the bending moment Aj for the normal section of prestressed concrete flexural member, when kq-> 1-0, taking t= 1.05 Gpy——pre-compression stress in concrete caused by prestressing force at the edge for checking calculation of crack resistance after deducting the total losses of prestresss y-—plastie influence coefficient for sectional resisting moment of conerete member, may be determined according to the Clause 8.2.4 of the code. Note: For member where cracks occur in pre-ension zone at time of pre-compression, B, shall be reduced by 10% 8.2.4 Plastic influence coefficient for sectional resisting moment of concrete member can be calculated according to the following equation: pe (0 T+ Dr, (8.2.4) Where ¥,—the basic value of the plastic influence coefficient for sectional resisting moment of concrete member may be determined on the assumption that the normal section strain may keep plane and taking the concrete stress diagram in tension zone is trapezoid and the ultimate tensile strain at the tension edge of concrete is 2fy/ Es for sectional shapes in common use, value of 7 can be taken from the Table 8.2.4, h——depth of section (mm): when h <400, taking h = 400; when h > 1600, taking = 1600; for circular, ring-shaped seotions, taking h =2r, where r is the radius of circular section or the radius of external ring of ring-shaped section. 8.2.5. The influence coefficient @ considering the long-term action of loads on the inerement of deflection can be taken according to the following stipulations: 1 Reinforced concrete flexural members when o'=0, taking 9 =2.0; when p’ =e, taking @ = 1.6; when 0 is the intenmediate value, the 6 may be taken according to the linear interpolation method. Here, p’ = A',/( bho) p=AJ/(bho) 95For inverted T-shaped section, the flange is located at tension zone, the @ shall be increased 20%. 2 Prestressed concrete flexural members, 4 = 2.0 may be taken Table 8.2.4 Basic Value 7, of Plastic Influence Coefficient for Sectional Resisting Moment Items 1 2 3 4 5 Inverted "T-shaped seotion with lange located at tension zone Symmetrical T-shaped ‘T-sheped | section or box section Section section with Circular and flange locat- ring-shaped pe section | ed at com | b/b<2 bb? sections pression zone | hy/h is. by b>? hae/his | b/b>2 atbitrary | Ae/h<0.2| arbitrary | y/h<0.2 value value Yn 1.55 1.50 145 1.35 1.50 1.40 [1.6 -0.24r,/7 Natd:1) for L-shaped ssétion wheré’b;> Be, the valles ay be adopted according to the values between item 2 and item 3; for Fshaped section where B’e< bys the values may be adopted according fo the values between item 3.and item 45 2 For box section, & denotes to the sum total of the width of rbss 3 ry denotes the radius of the inner ring of ting-shaped section, ry is zero for eirular section. 8.2.6 The inverted arch value due to the presstressing force in service stage of the prestressed concrete flesural member, can be calculated using the structural mechanics method according to the rigid ty Elo, and considering the influence for action of long-term pre-compressive stress, the calculated inverted arch value due to the prestréssing force may be multiplied by thé enhancement coefficient 2.05 in the calculation, the total losses of prestress in the stresses of prestressed steel reinforcements shill be deducted. Note:1 ‘The long-term inverted arch value of the important or special prestressed concrete flexural members may be termined through spécial experimental analysis or by the analysis adopiing reasonable shrinkage dnd cxeep caleulation methods: 2 For member with comparative small permanent load, hence the unfavorable influence for use of member due to the oversize of inverted arch shall be taken into consideration. 96,9 Stipulations for Detailing Requirements 9.1 Expansion Joint 9.1.1 Maximum spacing of expansion joint for reinforced concrete structure may conform to the stipulations in Table 9.1.1. Table 9.1.1 Maximum Spacing of Expansion Joint for Reinforced Concrete Structure(m) ‘Types of structure Indoor or on in soll] Outdoor Bent stracture Fabricated 100 70 Fabricated 5 30 Frame structure Cast in-situ 55 35 Fabricated 65 40 Structural (shear) wall structure Fe SESE e Cast in-situ 45 30 Structural types of Retaining Fabricated 40 30 wall and hasement wall, ete. Cast in-situ 30 20 Note: 1. Spacing of expansion joint for fabricating integrated structurel buildings may accord to the values of cast in- ‘situ in the Table; 2. Spacing of expansion joint for frame-structural (shear) wall structural building or frame -core tube struc- ‘tural building may adopt the values between frame structure and structural (shear) wall structure in the Table, according to actual arrangement situations; 3.1n case there is no thermal insulation or heat preservation measures on the roof, spacing of expansion joint ‘of frame structure and structural (shear) wall structure may adopt the values of outdoor column in the ‘Table. 4. Spacing of expansion joint for exposing structures such 2s cast in-situ eaves soffit and canopy ele. , may not be greater than 12 m. 9.1.2 Under the following conditions, the maximum spacing of expansion joint in the Table 9.1.1 of the code may be reduced accordingly: 1 Column height (calculated from top surface of foundation) of bent structure is lower than 8m 2 Bent structure without thermal insulation or heat preservation measures on the roofs 3 Structures located in the dry climate area, the sweltering hot weather in summer and frequent rainstorms or the structures are usually under the high temperature effects; 4° Struatural (shear) wall structure adopted the slip-form type construction technology 5 5. Shrinkage of materials is comparatively large and indoor structures exposed time for construc tion is relatively long 9.1.3. Under the following conditions, if the sufficient basis and the reliable measures are available, 97the maximum spacing of expansion joint in the Table 9.1.1 of the code may be increased appropriately: 1 In casting concrete adopts sectional construction of rear-pouring zones 2 Special measure for prestressing force is adopted 3. Measures for reducing the variation of temperature or the shrinkage of concrete are adopted. Whei the spacing of expansion joint is increased, the influence for variation of temperature and ill be considered. 9.1.4 For bent structure ot frame structure with independent foundation, when installing the expan- shrinkage of concrete on the structure may sion joint, the foundation for double-cclumns may not be broken off. 9.2 Concrete Cover 9.2.1 Minimum thickness of concrete cover for longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements (distance from the outer edge of steel reinforcement to the surface of concrete ) shall not be smaller than the nominal diameter of steel reinforcement, and shall still conform to the stipulations in tie Table 9.2.1. ‘Table 9.2.1 Minimum Thickness of Concrete Cover for Longitudinal Stressed Steel Reinforcements (mmm) Environmental ‘Stab, Wall, Shell Beam Column categories C20) €25- C45 > C50] < C20] €25- C45 | 2 C50, < C20] C2s- C45] CO I »| ws [as | | 2 | | 3 | 30 =|» [wo f—[- 9 |p]. i en [-[ 3s |w{/-[ xs |w»|—-| » E -[ » [s[—| » [s|—| wo Note: the thickness of concrete cover for the longitudinal tensioned steel reinforcements in the foundation shall not be less than 40mm; when there is no bedding course, the thickness shall not be less than 70mm. 9.2.2 For member precast in factory and located in category [ environment, when the strength grade of the concrete is not less than C20, the thickness of the coneret cover may be reduced by Stam from the stipulations in the Table 9.2. lof the code, but the thickness of the concrete cover for the pre~ stressed steel reinfoercement shall not be less than 15mm; for precast members located in category [I environment, when the elfective protection measures are taken, the thickness of the concrete cover may be adopted according to the values for category [as stipulated in the Table 9.2.1 of the code. “The thickness of the conerete cover for the steel reinforcement ends of the precast reinforced concrete flexural members shall not be less than 10mm; the thickness of the concrete cover for steel reinforcement in principal rib of precast ribbed slab shall accord to the values for beams. 9.2.3 The thickness of the concrete cover for distribution steel reinforcement in slab, wall, shell shall not be less than the values stipulated in the Table 9.2.1 minus 10mm, and shall not be less than 10mm; the thickness of the concrete cover for steel reinforcements of detailing requirments and stirrups in the beam, column shall not be less than 15mm. 989.2.4 When the thickness of the concrete cover for the longitndinal stressed steel reinforcements in beam, column is greater than 40mm, the effective anti-crack detailing measures shall be taken for the cover. Effective protective measures shall be taken for the upper surfaces of the cantilever slab in catego- ty I], I environments. 9.2.5 For buildings with fire protection requirements, the thickness of the concrete caver shall still conform with the requirements of relevant current national standards. ‘The thickness of concrete cover for buildings situated in category IV , V environments shall still comply with the requirements of relevant current national standards. 9.3 Anchorage of Steel Reinforcement 9.3.1 Incalculation, tensile strength of stecl reinforcement may be utilized sufficiently, the anchoring length of tensile steel reinforcement may be calculated in accordance with the following equations: Ordinary steel reinforcement ead (9.3.1-1) Prestressed steel reinforcement (9.3.1-2) Where 1-———Anchoring length of tensile steel reinforcement; Syrfyy——Design value for tensile strength of ordinary steel reinforcements and prestressed stee} reinforcements respectively, may be adopted according to the Table 4.2.3-1 and 4.2. 3-2 of the codes ——Design value for axial tensile strength of concrete, may be adopted according to the ‘Table 4.1.4 of the code; when the grade of concrete strength is higher than C40, the values of C40 may be adopted; d——Nominal diameter of stee] reinforcements; a—Appearance coefficient of steel reinforcements, may be adopted aceording to the Table 9.3.1 Table 9.3.1 Appearance Coefficient of Steet Reinforcements Type obateel [a gar| Pibbed steel | Indented | Spiral ribbing | 3-sheins T-skeins reinforcements bar tee] wire wire strand strand a 0.16 0.14 0.19 0.13 0.16 0.17 Note:Plain steel bar refers to the stecl bar of Grade HPB235, the end of such stecl ber shall be made into 180° hook, the length of the straight sector behind hocking shall not be less than 34, however, when it is used as ‘compression stl reinforcement, the hook may not be made; ribbed steel bar refers to the steel bars of Grade HIRB335, HIRB400 and the waste heat treated stee! bar of Grade RRB400. ‘When the following conditions are satisfied, the calculated anchorage length shall be amended: 991 When the diameter of steel bars of Grade HRB335, Gmde HRB400 and Grade RRB400 are greater than 25mm, their anchorage length shall be multiplied by the amendment coelficient 1.1; 2. The anchorage length of the epoxy resin coated steel bars of Grade HRB335, Grade HRB400 and Grade RRB40O shall be multiplied by the amendment coefficient 1.255 3° When the steel reinforcement is easily disturbed daring construction (such as, slip form eon- struction), the anchorage length shall be multiplied by the amendment coefficient 1.1; 4° When the thickness of the concrete cover in the anchorage zone of the steel bars of Grade HRB335, Grade HRB400 and Grade RRB400 is greater than 3 times of the steel bar diameters and provided with stirrups, the anchorage length of them shall be multiplied by the amendment coefficient 0.85 5 Besides the anchorage length is required for detailing requirements, when the actual area of the provided longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements is greater than the design azea, if sufficient bases or reliable measures are available, the anchorage length may be multiplied by the value for vatio of the design calculated area to the actual provided steel reinforcements area. However, for structural members, which are fortified for the earthquake-resistant requirements and directly undertake the dynami load, this amendment ean not be adopted. 6 When the suddenly relaxed construction technology for prestressed steel. reinforcements is adopted, the anchorage length for pre-tensioned prestressed steel reinforcements shall be calculated at beginning of apart 0.251, fiom the end of the member; here the ly, is the transmition length of prestress may be determined according to the Clause 6.1.9 of the code. ‘The anchorage length after ahove nientioned amendment shall neither be less than 0.7 times of the -1) and (9.3. 1-2), nor Jess than calculated anchorage lengths according to the equations (9.3. 25010. 9.3.2 When the end of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements of Giadé HRB335, Grade HRB400 and Grade RRB400 adopt mechanical anchoring measures, the anchorage length including additional anchored end may adopt 0.7 times of anchorage length calculated according to the equation (9.3. 1-1) of the code. 2 see ey | -=—= i wy (a) () Fig. 9.3.2. Form and detailing requirements for mechanical anchoring of stecl reinforcement (a) End with 135° hook; (5) Punctured plug weld hetween end and steal plates (2) Bian king weld between end sneha tel ifooemest Form of the mechanical anchoring and detailing requirements may be adopted according to the Fig. 9.3.2. When the mechanical anchoring is adopted, the stirmps within range of anchorage length shall not 100be less than 3 pieces, and its diameter shall not be less than 0.25 times the diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcements, the spacing shall not be greater than 5 times the diameter of longitudinal steel re- jnforcement. When the thickness for concrete cover of longitudinal steel reinforcement is not less than 5 times the nominal diameter of steel reinforcement, above mentioned stirrups may not be provided . 9.3.3 When the compression strength of longitudinal steel reinforcements is sufficiently utilized in calculation, its anchorage length shall not be less than ().7 times the tensile anchorage length stipulated in the Cause 9.3.1 of the code. 9.3.4 For precast structual member under repeated load, the end of longitudinal non-prestressed tensile steel reinforcements shall be welded on the steel plate or angle steel, which shall be reliably anchored in concrete. The size of steel plate and angle steel shall be determined according to calculation and the thickness may not be less than 10mm. 9.4 Connection of Steel Reinforcements 9.4.1 The connection of steel reinforcements may be divided into two classes: binding lapped splice; mechanical connection or weld. The type and quality for mechanical connection joint or welding joint shall confor to the stipulations in the relevant current national standards. ‘The joint of stressed steel reinforcements shall be set at the place where the stressed! quantity is smaller. The joint on a same steel reinforcement may be reduced to the minimum 9.4.2 The binding lapped splice joint can not be adopted for the longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements in the axial tension and sinall eccentric tension members (such as the tension rod of truss and arch) When the diameter of the tensile steel reinforcement is d > 28mm or when the diameter of the compressive steel reinforcement is d > 32mm, binding lapped splice joint may not be adopted. 9.4.3 The neighbouring binding lapped splice joints of the longitudinal stressed steel reinforeements in a same structural member may be staggered the joints off. The length of connection sector for the steel reinforcements binding lapped splice joint is 1.3 times the length of lapped splice, all the lapped splice joints, their midpoint locate within this length of connection sector, belong to the same connection sector. In the same connection sector, the percentage of area for lapped splice joints in longitndinal steel reinforcements is the value for ratio of the sec~ joints to the total sectional areas of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements in this connection sector (Fig .9.4.3) . tional areas of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements with lapped spl ‘The percentage of area for lapped splice joint in longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements at a same connection sector: for structural members of beam, slab and wall types may not be greater than 25% ; for structural member of column types may not be greater than 50% . When it is really necessary in the practical engineering to increase the percentage of area for lapped splice joint in longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements, for structaral member of beam type may not be greater than 50% ; for structural members of slab, wall and column types the requirement can be relaxed according to the actual situa tion. ‘The length of lapped splice for binding lapped splice joint in longitudinal tensile steel reinforce- 1011.34, Fig. 9.4.3 Binding lapped splice joints for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements in a same connection sector. Note: ‘There ae two pisses of lengitnal tensile reinforcements with lapped splice joints in same camecton sector as shown in Figure. When the diameters of sel reinforements are the sane, the percentage of are fr Tappa splice join in teal veieorooment in 5086. ‘ments shall be calculated according to the following equation, on the basis of the percentage of area for lapped splice joint in steel reinforcement located within a same connection sector: b= (9.4.3) Where ly —length of lapped splice for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements 1, —Anchotage length of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement, determined according to the Clause 9.3.1 of the codes amendment coefficient for length of lapped splice for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements, adopted according to the Table 9.4.3. In any case, all the length of lapped splice of binding lapped splice joint for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements shall not be less than 300mm. Table 9.4.3. Amendment Coefficient for Longitudinal Tensile Stoel Reinforcements Percentage of area for lapped splice 225, 50 100 {ein in longitudinal stel reinforcements( % ) = c 1.2 14 1.6 9.4.4 When the lapped splice connection is adopted for the longitudinal compressive steel reinforce ment in structural member, the compression length of lapped splice shall not be less than 0.7 times of the tension length of lapped splice for the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement stipulated in the Clause 9.4.3 of the code, and shall not be less than 200mm in any case. 9.4.8 Stimmaps shall be provided within the range for the length of lapped splice in longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements with its diameter shall not be less than 0.25 times the relative larger diameter of lapping steel reinforcements. When the steel reinforcement is in tension, the spacing of stirrups shall not be greater than 5 times the relative smaller diameter lapping steel reinforcements, and shall not be greater than 100mm. When the steel reinforcement is in compression, the spacing of stir rups shall not be greater than 10 times the relative smaller diameter of lapping steel reinforcements and 102shall not be greater than 200mm , When the diameter of compressive steel reinforcement > 25mm, the two pieces of stimaps shall still be provided within the range of 100mm beyond the two end faces of lapped splice joint. 9.4.6 Mechanical connection joints ‘of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements may be staggered each other. The length of connection sector for mechanical connection joints in steel reinforcements may be 35d(d denotes the relative greater diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements). All the mechanical connection joints the midpoint of joints located within the length of this connection seetor, belong to a same connection sector When mechanical connection joints are provided at the greater stressed position, the percentage of area for the joints in the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements located within a same connection sec tor may not be greater than 50% . ‘The percentage of area for the joints in the longitudinal compressive steel reinforcements may not be restricted. 9.4.7 For the mechanical connection joints which sustain directly dynamic Joad in structural memher, besides the design requirements for the property of fatigue resistance shall be satisfied, that the perceniage of area for joints in longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements located within a same connee- tion sector may not be greater than 50%. 9.4.8 Thickness of concrete cover for the connecting pieces of mechanical connection joints may meet with the requirements for the m ‘mam thickness of concrete cover for the longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements. Net horizontal spacing between the connecting pieces may not be less than 25mm, 9.4.9 Weld joint of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements may be staggered each other. ‘The length of connection sector of weld joints may be 35d(d denotes the relative greater diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements) and may not be less than 500mm. All the weld joints, which the midpoint of joints located within the length of this connection s 1, are belong to a same connection sector. ‘The percentage of area for the weld joints of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements located within a same connection sector, as for the joints of longitudinal tension steel reinforcement, may not be greater than 50% . While the percentage of area for the joints in longitudinal compressive steel reinforcements may not be restricted. Note: 1 Weld joint in the longitudinal stressed reinforcements at the connecting position of fabricated structural members may not be restricted as above; 2 For simply supported flexural members under uniformly distributed load, such as roof-slab, floor slab and purlin te., when the number of Jongitudinal stressed steel reinforcement provided in tension zone are Jess than 3 pieces, a weld joint may be set within one-fourth span range spart from two ends of span. 9.4.10 For the structural member is need for checking calculation of fatigue, its longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements may not adopt either the binding lapped splice joint or the weld joint. It is strictly prohibited to weld any accessories (except end anchorage) on the steel reinforcements. ‘The weld joint, which must be adopted for the longitudinal tensile steel reinforoements in the reinforoed concrete crane girder, roof beam and bottom chord of roof truss under the direct erane load, 103shall conform to the following stipulations: 1 Flash butt welding must be adopted and the spew and hem may be removed; 2 Percentage of area for weld joint in the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements at @ same connection sector shall not be greater than 25% , meanwhile, the length of connection seetor for weld joint shall adopt-45d(d denotes the relative greater diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements) . 3. The checking calculation of fatigue shall conform to the stipulation in the Clause 4.2.5 of the code, and the limit value for the amplitude of fatigue stress at position of welding joint may be deducted. 9.5 Minimum Ratio of Reinforcement for Longitudinal ‘Stressed Steel Reinforcements 9.5.1 The ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements in the reinforced concrete structural members shall not be less than the values stipulated in the Table 9.5.1. ‘Table 9.5.1 Minmum Ratio of Reinforeement for Longitudinal Stressed Steel Reinforcements in reinforced concrete structural members (%) Stressed type Minimam ratio of reinforcement All longittinal steel reinforcements 0.6 Compression member One sido of longitudinl steal reinloroements 02 One side of tensile reinforcements for exural member, Relative greater value eccentric tension, axial tension members | between 0.2 and 45f/f, Note: Minimum ratio of reinforcement for all longitudinal steel reinforcements in compression member, when the steel bars of Grade HRBA00, Grade RRB4OO are adopted, 0.1 may be deducted from the stipulation in the Table; When the strength grade of concrete is C60 and above, 0.1 may be inoseased from the stipulation in the Tables 2, Compressive steel reinforcements in the eocertrc tension menibery shall be considered acconting to the one side of longitudinal steel reinforcements in the compression members 3. The ratio of reinforcement fr the all longitudinal steel reinforcements and the one side of longitudinal steel reinforcements of the compression member, as well as, the ratio of reinforcement forthe one side of longit- 4linal steel reinforcements ofthe ail tension member and the small eccentric tension membery shall be calculated according tothe full sectional arcas of members; the ratio of reinforcement for the one side of longitudinal steel reinforcements of the flexural member and the lage eccentic tension member, shall be caleulated accarding to the sectional area after the fll sectional areas minus the compression area of flange (b ~ 5) hs 4. When the sled reinforcements are ranged slong the sectional perimeter of structural member, “one side of longitudinal steel reinforcements” denotes in the two opposite sides along stressed direction, the longitudinal steel reinforcements re arranged at one side ofthis two opposite sides. 9.5.2 For concrete slab is horizontal bedded on foundation, the minimum ratio of reinforcement for the tensile steel reinforcements in slab may be appropriately decreased, but shall not be less than 1040.15%. 9.5.3 Ratio of reinforcement for the longitudinal tensile steet reinforcements in the prestressed concrete flexural member shall conform to the following requirement: Me > Ma (9.5.3) Where, M,——Designed value of flexural load - bearing capacity for the normal section of structural member, may be calculated according to the equations (7.2.1 - 1), (7.2.2-2) or (7.2.5) of the code, however, equal sign may be adopted and M may be replaced with My. Mz-—Value of cracking bending moment for the normal seetion of structural member, may be calculated by the equation (8.2.3 - 6) of the code. 9.6. Stipulations for Detailing Requirements of Prestressed Concrete Structural Members 9.6.1 When it is difficult to provide the pre-tensioned prestressing steel wires in single piece, hence the providing way of the combined steel wires with same diameter may he adopted. ‘The equivalent diameter of the combined steel wires shall adopt the 1.4 and the 1.7 times the diameter of single steel wire for the double combined steel wires and the triple combined steel wires respectively. ‘The equivalent diameter shall be considered to the conerete cover, the length of anchorages the transmission length of prestress and the checking calculation of serviceability lim ined steel wires. Note: When the way of the combined steel wir adopted for the strand and the heat-treated steel bars, the reliable measures of detailing requirements shall be avilable. states for the com- 9.6.2 Net spacing between pre-tensioned prestressing steel reinforcements shall be determined on the basis of the requirements of pouring concrete, exerting prestressing force and anchorage of steel reinforcement etc. Net spacing between prestressing steel reinforcements shall not be less than 1.5 times its nominal diameter or equivalent diameter, and shall comply with the following stipulations: shall not Jess than 1Smm for heat-treated steel bars and steel wires; shall not less than 20mm for three-skeins strand and shall not less than 25mm for seven-skeins strand. 9.6.3 For the pre-tensioned prestressed concrete structural members, the concrete around the end of prestressed steel reinforvements shall adopt the following strengthening measures: 1 For the prestressed steel reinforcement is provided singly, hence the spiral steel reinforcement ‘vith length not less than 150mm and with spiral ring not less than 4 circles may be set at end; when the reliable experiences is available, the spiral steel reinforcement can be replaced by inserted steel reinforcement in the bearing plate of support, however, the number of inserted steel reinforcements may not he Jess than 4 pieces with its length may not less than 120mm; 2 For the prestressed stecl reinforcements are provided in multiple and scattered, hence the 3- 5 pieces of steel mesh perpendicular to prestressed steel reinforcements shall be set within the range of 10d(d denotes nominal diameter of the prestressed steel reinforcements) at the ends of structural members 1053. For the thin-slab is provided with prestressed steel wire, hence the transverse steel reinforvements shall be densified properly within the range of 100mm at the end of slab. 9.6.4 For the channel slab type members, the additional transverse steel reinforcements shall be provided along the face of member within the range of 100mm at the ends of member. The number of such reinforcement may not be less than 2 For the precast ribbed slab, the transverse xib may be set to reinforce its integrity and transverse rigidity. Stressed steel xeinforcement in the end transverse rib shall be bent into longitudinal rib, When the prestressed concrete ribbed slab is produced hy pretensioning long-line method, the effective measures for the prevention of cracking on the end transverse rib at relaxing prestressing force shall be adopted in the stage of design and production. 9.6.5 At the position nearing the support of prestressed concrete roof heam member, crane giver member ete. , where the inclined prineipal tensile stress is relative greater, hence the partial prestressed sleel reinforcements may be hent-up. 9.6.6 For the flexural member with prestressed steel reinforcements all bent-up al. the ends of member or for the pretensioning member with all straight-line steel reinforcements, when their lower parts for ends of members are welded on the supporting stmetures,, hence the adequate non-prestressed longitudinal detailing steel reinforcements may be provided at the position for ends of members, where the cracking might occur due to the unfavourable influences of the shrinkage and creep of eonerete as well as the variation, of temperature. 9.6.7 Form and quality of anchorage, which are used for the post-tensioned prestressed steel reinforcements shall comply with the stipulations of national current relevant standard. 9.6.8 Preset ducts of the post-tensioning prestressed steel wire bundle and strand bundle shall comply with the following stipulations: 1 For precast structural member, the horizontal net spacing between ducts may not be less than 50mm. the net spacing from duct to edge of member may not be Jess than 30mm and may not be less than half of the diameter for duct; 2 In frame girder, net spacing of preset ducts in vertical direction may not be less than outer diameter of ducts, and net spacing in harizontal direction may not be less than 1.5 times of outer diameter of ducts thickness of concrete cover counted from duct wall may not be less than 50mm at the bottom of girder and 40mm at the side of girders 3. Inner diameter of preset duct shall be 10-15mm greater than outer diameter of prestressed steel wire bundle or strand bundle and the outer diameter of connector which are need to pass through the duet 4 Pouring or exhaust holes shall be set at both two ends and in the middle span of the members, the distance hetween holes may not be greater than 12m 5 When the preset arched is required during the fabricating members; hence the preset duct may be arched simultaneously with the member 9.6.9 For the end anchorage zone of post-tensioned prestressed concrete structure members, the indirect steel reinforcements shall be provided according to the following stipulations 1061. Local compression load-bearing capacity shall he calculated according to the stipulation of the: section 7.8 of the code and provided with indirect steel reinforcement, its volumetric ratio of reinforee- iment may not be less than 0.5% . 2 In addition to the providing zone of local com- 2 pression indirect steel reinforcements, in the range for the providing zone of additional steel reinforcement, which in: cluding the length of the end past of member J may not be "= less than 3¢ (¢ denotes the distance from the point for resultant of forces of prestressed steel reinforcements at upper f+ or low i ci ri jacent 7 or lover portion of sectional centroid line to the adjacent — 9.6.9 Range of providing tel reinforcements for preventing tional depth of the end part of member) and the depth may cleavage crack along duct edge of section ) but not greater than 1.2/(h denotes sec- be 2e, shal) uniformly provide additional stirrups or steel 1—Providing zone of los) compression indirect eel meshs, their volumetric ratio of reinforcement may not be ‘infocements; Jes than 0.5% (Fig. 9.6.9). 2—Providing one of wlditonl ste sinferoementss 3-Bad fae of monber 9.6.10 The steel reinforcements at the end anchorage “A mm zone of post-tensioned prestressed concrete structural members may be arranged according to the follow= ing stipulations: 1A part of prestressed steel reinforcements may be bent-up near the support portion, the bent- up prestressed steel reinforcements may be arranged uniformly along the end part of member 2. When the prestressed reinforcement at the end part of member needs to be concentrated ar ranged in the lower portion of section or in the upper and lower portion, hence the additional vertical welded steel mesh reinforcement, closed stirrup or other detailing reinforcements shall be provided within the range of 0.2h (le denotes the depth of section at the end part of member) at the end part of members 3 Additional vertical reinforcement may adopt ribbed steel bar and its sectional area shall comply with the following requirements: When e<0.1h Ay 20.3 (9.6.10 -1) When 0.1h0.2h, detailing reinforcements can be provided properly according to the actual condition. Where N,—Resultant of forces for the prestressed steel reinforcements acting, at upper or lower portion of sectional centroid line in the end part of member can be caleulated according to the relevant stipulations of the Chapter 6 of the code, however the itemized coefficient 1.2 shall be multiplied, here only the value for loss of 107prestress before pre-compression of conerete may be considered €——Distance from the point for resultant of forces for prestressed steel reinforcements at upper or lower portion of sectional centroid line to the adjacent edge of the section; Design value for tensile strength of additional vertical steel reinforcement may be adopted according to the Table 4.2.3 -1 of the code, When the prestresed steel reinforcement may he provided in both the upper and Jower portions of ‘end part section, then the total sectional area of additional vertical steel reinforcements shall adopt the superposed value resulting from the calculated values according to the resultant of forces for the prestressed steel reinforcements at upper portion and at lower portion respectively. 9.6.11 When the local concave may be adopted at the end portion of member, hence the folded detailing steel reinforcements (Fig 9.6.11) or other effective detailing steel reinforcements shell be added. 9.6.12 When the speci post-tensioned prestressing concrete member, then the finite-element method can be used for design Fig. 9.6.11 Providing detailing steel reinforoe- ‘ments at concave end por requirements are needed for the end portion of 9.6.13 In the post-tensioning prestressed concrete members, the radius of curvature for curved prestressed steel wire bundle and strand bundle may not ae be less than 4 m; for the folded steel reinforcements members, the radius of 1--Felded doting se min curvature at the bend-folding portion of prestressed steel reinforcement may forest he reduced properly. 2—-Venicadetaiting ee re infoecenent 9.6.14 In the pretension zone and precomperssion zone of post-tensioning prestressed conerete member, the longitudinal non-prestressed detailing, steel reinforcements shall be placed; the stirrups shall be densified at the bend-folding portion or the steel mesh shall be placed along the bend-folding portion. 9.6.15 The dimensions for end part of member shall consider the arrangement of anchorage, the dimension of stretching device and the requirements of local compression, if necessary, the diamensions shall be increased properly ‘The pre-embedded steel bearing plate shall be provided under the anchorages for prestressing steel reinforcements and at the supporting parts for stretching devices, as well as, the indirect steel reinforvements and additional detailing stee! reinforcements may be provided according to the stipulations in Clauses 9.6.9 and 9.6.10 of the code. Reliable rust-proof measures shall be taken for exposed metal anchorages. 10810 Fundamental Stipulations for Structural Members 10.1 Slab 10.1.1 Thickness of cast-in-situ reinforced concrete slab shall not be less than the values stipulated in the Table 10.1.1 ‘Tabel 10.1.1 Minimum Thickness of Cast-in-situ Reinforced Concrete Slabs(mm) ‘Type of slabs Minimum thickness Roof-slab 0 | Civil architecture floor slab oo ‘One way slab 0 80 80 Ribbed dla || |} a Spacing, of ribs is greater than 700mm 50 Cantilever length of slab is less than or equal to 500mm. Cantilever Slab [|] ' Cs cer length of slab is greater than 500mm Floor slab without beam 150 10.1.2 Concrete slab shall be calculated in accordance with the following principles: 1. lab supported by two opposite sides shall be calculated according to one-way slabs 2. slab supported by four sides shall be calculated according to the following stipulations : 1) When the ratio of longer side to shorter side of slab is less than or equal to 2.0, it shall be ealculated according to pvo-way slabs 2)When the ratio of longer side of slab to shorter side is greater than 2.0 and less than 3.0, it may be caleulated according to two-way slab; if it is calculated according to the one-way slab, which is stressed in direction along shorter side, hence the sufficient detailing steel reinforements shall be placed along longer sides 3)When the ratio of longer side to shorter side is greater or equal to 3.0, it may be calculated according to one-way slab, which is stressed in direetion along shorter side: 10.1.3 When the separate providing form of steel reinforcements may be adopted by multi-span one- way slab, multi-span two-way slab, all the steel reinforcements for positive bending moment in mid- span may extend into supports; the steel reinforcements for negative bending moment of support may extend toward inner span, its length shall cover the drawing of negative bending moment in diagram and satisfy the requirements for anchoring of steel reinforcements. 10910.1.4 Spacing of stressed stee] reinforcements in the slab may not be greater than 200mm in case the slab thickness hk < 150mm; may not be greater than 1.5 hand also not grester than 250mm in case the slab thickness h > 150mm, 10.1.5 Anchoring length of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements in the lower portion of simply cupported slab or continuous slab extending into support shall not be less than Sd, where d denotes the diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements at the lower side. When the shrinkage stress due to temperature is greater, the anchoring length, which extends into support, may be increased properly. 2B Biot 10.1.6 When the stressed steel reinforcements for 4 4 Castin-situ concrete slab is parallel to beam, hence the ‘upper portion detailing steel reinforcement, which is, vertical to beam with the spacing not greater than 200mm, shall be provided along direction of bean length, the diameter of de not be léss than’8mm, the total sectional area within unit Jength may not be less than 1/3 of sectional area of vertical to beam in eastin-citu slab I girder;2—beam;, idth of slab oe aaa ga ‘The length for extending into slab of detailing steel rein- steel reinforcement may L Fig. 10.1.6 Detailing steel reinforcements stressed steel reinforeements within unit 4--wpe pation deteing steel bar forcements starting from each side of beam may not be less than 1/4 of calculating length of span Jp for slab (Fig. 10.1.6). 10.1.7 For the cast in-situ concrete slab i8 integrally casted with bearing structure or is fixed in the bearing masonry wall, hence the upper portion détailing steel reinforcéments with diameter not less than 8mm and spacing not greater than 200mm shall be provided along periphery of bearing carrier, and the following stipulations shall also be conformed. with: 1 For one-way slab or two-way slab. is integrally casted. with concrete beam or concrete wall along peripheral side of cast in-situ building floor, hence the detailing steel reinforcements shall be provided at upper portion of slab and vertical to slab side with sectioned area not less than 1/3 sectional area of longitudinal steel reinforcements in comesponding direction to mid-span of the slabs the length of these steel reinforcements extending into slab from beam side or wall side may not be less than, in one-way slab, 1/5 of calculated span in direction of stressed slab and in two-way slab, 1/4 of caleulated span. in direction of short span of slabs at the slab comer, these steel reinforcements shall be arranged along two verti tive comer of wall projecting in slab with greater dimension, the detailing steel reinforcements shall be sal directions or arranged in radial status; when the column comer or posi- provided also along column side or positive comer side of wall, the length of these detailing steel reinforcements extending. into slab shall be counted starting from coluinn side. or positive comer side of wall, Above upper portion detailing steel reinforcements shall be anchored into beam, wall or column as like tensile steel reinforements. 2 For cast-in-situ concrete slab is fixed in masonry wall, the length of detailing steel reinforcements, which is vertical to slab side and at upper portion of slab, extending into slab shall not be less 110than 1/7 of span of shorter side of slab starting from wall side; for slab comer fixed into wall at two sides, the two-way detailing steel reinforcements shall be provided at upper portion, the length of these steel reinforcements extending into slab from wall side may not be less than 1/4 of the shorter side span of slabs the upper portion detailing steel reinforcements are provided along the stressed direction with the sectional area may not be less than 1/3 of sectional area of stressed steel reinforeements in the direction of mid-spans the upper portion detailing stee! reinforcements provided along non-stressed direction may be reduced properly according to practical experiences 10.1.8 When designed according to one-way slab, other than the stressed stee! reinforcements shall be provided along stressed direction, the distributing steel reinforcements shall also be provided in vertical stressed direction. Sectional area of distributing steel reinforcements on unit length may not be less than 159% of sectional area of stressed steel reinforcements on unit width and also shall not be less than 0.15% of sectional area of the slab in this directions spacing of distributed steel reinforcements may not be greater than 250mm and their diameter may not be less than Grams In case of greater concentrat- ‘ed loading, the sectional area of distributing steel reinforcements shall be increased properly with their spacing not greater than 200mm Note: If practical experiences and reliable measures are available, the distributing steel reinforcements of precast one-way slab can not be restricted by this Clause. 10.1.9 Within the range of cast-in-situ slab reigon where the temperature, shrinkage stress are greater, spacing of the steel reinforcements may take as 150-—200mm, and temperature, shrinkage steel reinforcements shall be provided on the without steel reinforcement slab surface. The ratio of reinforcement at both upper and lower surfaces along longitudinal and transverse directions of slab may not be Jess than 0.19. ‘Temperature, shrinkage steel reinforcements can be either arranged to link up thoroughly with the original steel reinforcements or to provide the detailing steel mesh, which can be lapped with the original steel reinforcements according to the requirements of tensile steel reinforcements or can be anchored in the peripheral members. 40.1.10 When the resisting punching shear stirrup or the bent-up steel reinforcement may be provided in the concrete slab, the following detailing requirements shall be conformed with: 1 Slab thickness shall not be less than 150mm 2 Stimup and corresponding erection steel reinforcement, which are requised in calculation, shall be provided within the range of intersection for 45° punching shear failure truncated cone surface, and the distribution length from the acting surface of concentrated load or from outside of column section shall not be Jess than 1.5ho(Fig. 10.1.10a); closed stirrup shall be used with diameter not be Jess than Gmun, and spacing shall not be greater than ho/3s 3 Bent-up angle of the bent-up steel reinforceinent, which is required in calculation, can be selected in a range between 30° ~ 45° according to the thickness of slab the inclined poition of bent- up steel reinforcement shall intersect with punching shear failure truncated cone surface (Fig. 10.1 108), the intersection point shall be within the range of the acting surface of concentrated load or the outside of column section (1/2 ~ 2/3) A. The diameter of bent-up steel bar may not be less than iuss () Fig. 10.1.10 Arrangement for steel reinforcements of resisting punching shear in slab (a) Simap is used as steel reinfrunet of tesiing punching sears (8) Bert-up steel reinforcer ie weed ae sel reinforcement of reising punching hear Nate: dimensional uit in the Fig. mim. punching shear fae raed; 2—ereton steel bar 5 3--simup; 4~benbup sel bar 12mm, and the number of bent-up steel bar may not be less than 3 pieces in each direction 10.1.11 For the foundational raft slab is horizontally laid on the subgrade, when its thickness is h> 2m, other than the longitudinal, transverse steel reinforcements shall be provided along the upper, lower surfaces of slab, that the detailing steel mesh reinforements parallel to slab surface shall be placed along direction of slab thickness with the spacing is not greater than 1 m, the diameter of mesh steel bar is not less than 12mm and the spacing of mesh steel bars in both longitudinal and transverse directions may not be greater than 200mm 10.1.12 When the welded steel mesh is adopted in the slab, the stipulations in the national relevant current standard shall be conformed. 10.2 Beam 10.2.1 The diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcement for reinforced concrete beam shall not be less than 10mm, when the depth of bean 300 mm and shall not be less than 8mm, shen the depth of beam h < 300mm, Net spacing (minimum distance hetween outer edge of steel reinforeements) between the upper portion longitudinal steel reinforcements in horizontal direction shall not be Jess than 30mm and 1.5d(d is the maximum diameter of steel reinforcement) ; net spacing between the lower portion longitudinal steel reinforcements in horizontal direction shall not be less than 25mm and d. When the lover portion longitudinal steel reinforcements of the beam may be provided more than 2 layers, hence the center-to-center distance in horizontal direstion of steel reinforcements above two layers shall be increased by 2 times the center-to-center distance in lower two layers. Net spacing 112between steel reinforcements of each layer shall not be less than 25mm and d ‘The number of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements extending into the range of beam support when the beam width b> 100mm, may not be less than 2 pieces; when b < 100mm, may be | piece. 10.2.2 For longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements at lower portion of reinforced concrete simply supported heam and simply supported end of continuous beam, their anchoring length inserting into the range of beam support Z(Fig.10.2.2) shall comform with the following stipulations: 1 When V<0.7f,bho IgeSd 2 When V>0.7fibho Ribbed steel bar 1,,> 12d Plain steel bar 1,2 15d Where, d denotes the diameter of longitudinal stressed steel bars. If the anchorage length for longitudinal stressed steal rein- | forcement inserting into the range of beam support is not in accor 777 4 dance with above requirement, the effective anchoring measures, such as an additional steel anchoring plate slab is welded on the tea steel reinforcements or the ends of steel reinforcements is welded to Fig. 10.2.2 Anchorage for longi embedded parts in the beam end eic., shall be adopted Cone reaaegg ae eee FFor reinforced concrete independent beam vihich is supported on serting ito simply supporting support masonry wall, at least two stitmups shall be provided within the range of beam of anchorage length J,, of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements, their diameter may not be less than 0.25 times the maximum diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements and their spacing may not be greater than 10 times the minimarn diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements when mechanical anchoring measure is taken, the spacing of stirrups shall not be greater than 5 times the minimom diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements ‘Notes For simply supporting end of simply supported heam and continuous beam with concrete strength grade as C25 or below, vwhen the concentrated Josd is acting within the range of 1.5h fiom edge of support, and V > 0.7f,bho, in which the additional anchoring measures may be adopted for the ribbed steel bar, or the anchorage length 1,,215d may be taken. 10.2.3 Longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements of reinforced concrete beam in the support section with negative bending moment may not be cut at the tension zone. When they are necessary to cuts the following stipulations shall be conformed with: 1 When V<0.7/;bho, the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements shall be cut after they have been extended to the place outside the section, where have no need of these steel reinforcements according to the calculation of nomnal section flexural load-bearing capacity, not less than 20d, and the extension length of these steel reinforcements from the section, where the strength of these steel reinforcements are fully utilized, shall not be less than 1.2 1,; 2. When V>0.7f;bho, the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements shall be cut after they have 43been extended to the place outside the section, where have no need of these steel reinforcements according to the calculation of normal section flexural load-bearing capacity, not less than fig, and not less than: 20d and the extension length of these steel reinforcements from the section, where the strength of these steel reinforcements are fully utilized, shall not be less than 1.21, + hos i located in the tension zone of negative bending moment, hence the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements shall be cut after they have been extended to the place outside the section, where have no need these reinforcements, according to the calculation of normal section flexural load-bearing capacity, not less than 1.3 ho and not less than 20d and the extension length of these steel reinforcements from the section, where the strength of these steel reinforcements are fully utilized shall not be less than 1.21, + 1.7hg. 3. If the cut points determined according to above stipulations are 10.2.4 In the reinforced concrete cantilever beam, at least two-pieces of the upper reinforcements shall_be extended to outside end of the cantilever beam and bent-downward not less than 12d the other steel reinforcements shall not be cut at upper portion of beam but bent-downward at the bent-up point position according to the stipulations in the Clause 10.2.80f the code and anchored at the lower side of bean according, to the stipulations in the Clause 10,2:7 of the code. 10.2.5 The ratio of reinforcement for torsional longitudinal steel reinforcements shall comply with the following stipulations: bu B.6, (40.2.5) iF, When 1/(Vb) >2.0, taking 1/(Vb).=2.0 Where oy-—ratio of reinforeeméit for tomsidial Longitudinal steel reinforcements: 1 = fa, width of shearing section, adopted according to the stipulations in the Clause 7.6. 1 of the code. ‘Aqr—tolal sectional area of torsional longitudinal steel reinforcements arranged along the pe~ riphery of section Spacing of torsional longitudinal steel reinforcements arranged along the periphery of section shall not be greater than 200nun and the length for shorter side of beam section; with the exception of the torsional longitudinal steel reinforcements is provided at four comers of beam section, all the other torsional longitudinal steel reinforcements may be symmetrically and uniformly provided along the periphery of section. Torsional: longitudinal steel reinforcements shall be anchored into support as the tensile steel reinforcements. In the flexural shearing torsional member, the sectional area of longitudinal, stressed steel reinforcements, which are provided at the flexural tension side of section, shall not be less than the sum of the sectional area of stee! reinforcements, which are calculated by the minimaurn ratio of reinforcement for tensile steel reinforcements of flexural member according to the stipulation in the Clause 9.5.1 of the code and by the ratio of reinforcement for torsional longitudinal steel reinforcements with distributed to the flexural tension side according to the stipulation in this Clause. For the member of box section, b in this clause shall be replaced by by 11410.2.6 When the beam end is actually restricted partially however calculated according to simply supported beam, hence the longitudinal detailing steel reinforcements shall be provided at upper portion of supporting zone, their sectional area shall not be less than 1/4 of sectional area necessary for the calculation of longitudinal stressed steel zeinforcements in mid-span lower portion of beam, and number of this longitudinal steel reinforcements shall not be less than 2 pieces the length of this longitudinal detailing steel reinforcements extending to inner span starting from the edge of support shall not be less than 0.20. Here, Jy denotes the calculating span of this span. 10.2.7 In the concrete beam, the stirrup may be adopted as the bearing steel reinforcement for shearing force. ‘When the bent-up steel reinforcement is adopted, the bent-up angle shall take 45°or 60°; anchorage lengih parallel to axial direction of beam shall be reserved beyond bent terminal of bent-up steel reinforcement, its length shall not be less than 20d at tension zone and 10d at compression zone, here, d denotes the diameter of bent-up steel reinforcement; the comer portion steel reinforcements at bottom layer steel reinforcements of beam shall not be bent-up and the comer portion steel reinforcements at top layer steel reinforcements of beam shall not be bent-downward 10.2.8 In the tension zone of concrete beam, bent-up point of ber up steel reinforcement can be provided in front of the section, where needs not this steel reinforeement, according to calculation for flex- tural load-bearing capacity of nomal section; however, the intersection point of the bent-up steel reinforcement and the central line of beam shall he located at outside the section, where needs not this steel reinforcement (Fig 10.2.8); meanwhile, the distance between the bent-up point and the calculated section, where this steel reinforcement is fully utilized, shall not be less than he/2. Fig. 10.2.8 Relationship between bent-up starting point of When the bent-up steel reinforcements _be-upseafrcement ard bending moment dgram 1 beatp set in tesion soe have need to be provided according to the sou he ens fn the benteup 2m veisz de ioonn "¥"soonSng cans ealeulation, the distance from the bent-up 5 ssgcam of sormal section lerura lai-bearing capacity; “4~sealon where the strengh of seal reinforcement "2 oF “5” is ily of rear row shall not be greater than the uilied scoring to aelations point of front row to the bent terminal point maximum spacing of stimups which is stip 5~seton nels so sel inrcement “a” accaring to clans lated in V > 0.7f;bhg +0.05Njo column 6 eH! line of beam at the Table 10.2. 10 of the eode Bent-up steel reinforcement shall not adopt floating steel reinforcement. 510.2.9 For the beam needs no stirrup according to calculation, when the depth of section h > 300mm, the stirrups shall be provided along the full length of beam; when the depth of section h = 150.~ 300mm, the stirrups can be provided only within the range of 1/4 span at both ends of members however, when concentrated load is acting within the range of 1/2 span at the middle part of member, the stirrups shall be provided along the full length of beams when the depth of section h < 150mm, no stirrup is necessary to be provided. 10.2.10 Spacing of stirrups in the beam shall comply with the following stipulations : 1 The maximum spacing of stirrups in the beam shall comply with the stipulations in the ‘Table 10.2.10, when V>0.7/,bho +0.05Nyp, the ratio of reinforcement for stirrup Poy Pe = Agy/(b5)) shall still not be less than 0.24f/fy3 2 When the longitudinal stressed compressive steel reinforcement is provided in need of beam according to calculation, the stirrup shall be made in closed typesmeanvhile, the spacing between stir- tups shall not be greater than 15d (d denotes the minimum diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcement) and also not be greater than 400mm in same time; when the number of longitudinal stressed steel reinforoerents in one layer are more than 5 pieces and their diameters are greater than 18mm, spacing of stirrups shall not be greater than 10d; when the width of beam is greater than 400mm and the number of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements in one layer are more than 3 pieces, or when the width of beam is not greater than 400mm but the number of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements are more than 4 pieces, composite stirup shall be provided. 3. The spacing of stirrups in the range of the lapping length of longitudinal steel stressed reinforcements in beam shall comply with the stipulations in the Clause 9.4.5 of the code, ‘Fable 10.2.10 Maximum Spacing of Stirups in Beam (ram) Depth of beam ft V>0.7f,bhp +0.05 Nin V<0.Tfibhy + 0.050 150< 300 150 20 | SESSESEES 300 800 | 300 400 10.2.11 For the beam of which the sectional depth h > 800mm, the diameter of the stirrup shall not be less than 8mm For the beam of which the sectional depth h<800mm, the diameter of the stirrup shall not be less than 6mm. When the longitudinal stressed compressive steel reinforcements is provided in need of beam according to calculation, the diameter of stirrup shall still not be less than 0.25 times the maximum diameter of longitudinal stressed compressive steel reinforcements 10.2.12 In the flexural shearing torsional member, the ratio of reinforcement for stirrups 2.y( Pm Ag/(bs)) shall not be less than 0.28/;/f;.‘The spacing of stirrups shall comply with the stipulations in the Table 10.2. 10 of the code, in which the stirrup, which is in need for torsional, shall be made in closed type, and shall be provided along the periphery of section; when the composite stirrup is adopted, which is located inner portion of the section, shall not be counted into the area of stirrup due to need of torsion; the end portion of stirrup due to need of torsion shall be made a hook with an angle ‘of 135°, the length of straight sector at the end of bent hook shall not be less than 10d (d is the diam- 116eter of stip) In indeterminate structure, for the stirrups are provided in consideration to coordination of tor sion, the spacing shall not be greater than 0.756, here, B is adopted according to the stipulation in the Clause 7.6.1 of the code. For box section member, b in this Clause shall all be replaced by by. 10.2.13 Concentrated load, which locates in the range of lower portion of beam or sectional depth of beam, shall he sustained hy additional transverse steel reinforcements (stirrups, suspension steel reinforcements) . Additional transverse steel reinforcements may adopt stirrups . The stirrups shall be arranged within the range of length s, here,s=2h; +3b (Fig. 10.2.13). When the suspension steel reinforcement is adopted, its bent-up postion shall extend up to upper edge of beam and the length of horizontal end sector shall not be less than the stipulations in the Clause 10.2.7 of the code. 1 (a) ) Fig. 10.2.13 Amrengerment of additional transverse stee) reinforcements when concentrated load acts on the range within sectional depth of beam (a) additional stisraps; (6) additional suspension steel reinfoccesnents ote: dimensional unit in ht Fig. is im 1 potion fr tansiting conceited lads 2--olliond stimpe; 3aitonal sespenson sel eiixcements ‘Total sectional area, which have need for additional transverse stee} reinforcements, shall comply ‘with the following stipulations: Eg " ® Fsina Where A,——total sectional area of additional transverse steel reinforcements which have need to sustain concentrated load; when additional suspension stecl reinforcements are adopt- A, (10.213) ed, Ay, shall be the sum of sectional areas of right and left bent-up portions; F—design value of concentrated load acts on the range within the Tower portion of beam or the sectional depth of beams a—included angle between additional transverse steel reinforcement and axial line of beam 10.2.14 When the inward folding angle of structure is located in tension zone, the stirrups shall be added (Fig. 10.2.14). These stimups shall be able to sustain the resultant of forces for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements, which are not anchored in compression zone, and under any eases, they 117shall be able to sustain not less than 35% of the resultant of forces for all longitudinal steel reinforcements. The resultant of forces for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements which are sustained by stirups, can be calculated according to following formulae: Hy, Fig. 10.2.14 Steel reinforcements at inward folding angle of reinforced concrete beam 1 Resultant of forces for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements which are not anchored in compression zones Na = 2f,Auoos -$ (10.2. 14-1) 2 359% of resultant of forces for all longitudinal steel reinforcements: Na = 0.7f,As00s 5 (10,2.14-2) Where A, sectional area of all lon Ay—sectional area’ of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcetients which are not anchored in idinal tensile steel reinforcements compression zones @—inward folding angle of member: Stirmups which are obtained in accordance with above conditions, shall be provided within the range of length s,here, s = htan(3a/8) 10.2.15 , For the diameter of the erection steel reinforcements in beam may not be Jess than 8mm, ‘when the span of beam is less than 4m ; and may not be less than 10mm, when the span of beam is 4~6 ms when the span of beam is greater than 6 m, the diameter may not be less than 12mm 10.2.16 When the web depth of beam Ay2=450mm, the longitudinal detailing steel reinforcements shall he provided along the depth for both sides of beam, the sectional area of longitudinal detailing steel reinforcements (not including the stressed steel reinforcements and. the erection steel reinforcements at upper and lower portion of beam) at each side not less than 0.1% of sectional area of web Yh and their spacing not greater than 200mm, Here, web depth hy is adopted according to the stipulations in the Clause 7.5.1 of the code 10.2.17. For the reinforced concrete thin webbed girder or reinforced concrete beam has need of fa~ tigue checking calculation, the longitudinal detailing steel reinforcements with diameter of 8 ~ 14mm and spacing of 100 ~ 150mm shall be provided along both sides of the web at one-half for the lower portion of beam depth, and they shall be arranged, in the form of densely in lower and dispersively in upper. In the web at one-half for the upper portion of beam depth, the longitudinal detailing steel rein- 1sforcements can be provided according to the stipulations in the Clause 10.2.16 of the code. 10.3 Column 10.3.1 Longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements in column shall conform with the folloving stipulations: 1 The diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements may not be Jess than 12mm. ‘The ratio of reinforcement of all longitudinal steel reinforcements may not be greater than 5% ; longitudinal steel reinforcements in circular column shall be provided uniformly along periphery of the column, the number of reinforcements may not be less than 8 pieces but shall not be less than 6 piecess 2 When the depth of section of eccentric compression column A % 600mm, the longitudinal datailing steel reinforcements with diameter of 10~ 16mm shall be provided at the sides of column, and composite stirups or tie steel reinforcements shall be provided comesponding! 3 Net spacing of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements in column shall not be less than ‘SOmun; for horizontally casted precast column, its minimum net spacing of longitudinal steel reinforeements can be adopted according to the relative stipulations, which are concemed with beam, in the Clanse 10.2.1 of the code. 4 In eccentric compression column, the longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements. on the side perpendicular to the acting plane for bending morsent of column and in axial compression column, the longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements on each side of column, their center-to-center distance may not be greater than 300mm 10.3.2. Stimups in column shall conform with the following stipalations 1 Peripheral stizrups in the column and other members shall he made in closed type. For the stirrup in circular column, its lapped splice length shall not be Jese than the anchoring length stipulated in the Clause 9.3.1 of the code and its end shall be bent into 135° hook the length of straight sector at end of bent hook shall not be less than 5 times diameter of stirrup 2 The spacing of stirrups shall not be greater than 400mm as well as the shorter side for section ‘of member, and shall not be greater than ISd. d denotes the minimum diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements; 3. The diameter of stirrup shall not be less than d/4 and 6mm, d denotes the maximum diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcementss 4 When the ratio of reinforcement for all longitudinal stressed stec! reinforcements in calumn is greater than 3% , the diameter of stirrup shall not be less than 8mm and its spacing shall not be greater than 10 times the minimum diameter of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcement and shall not be greater than 200mm; the stimup end shall be bent into 135° hook and the length of straight sector at end of Dent hook shall not be less than 10 times the diameter of stirrup; stirrup can also he welded into closed ring types 5 When the dimension of shorter side of column section is greater than 400mm and the number of longitudinal steel reinforcements at each side is more than 3 pieces, or when the dimension of shorter side of column section is not greater than 400mm and the number of longitudinal steel reinforcements at 19each side is more than 4 pieces, composite stirrup shall be provided; 6 The spacing of stirrups within the range of lappe splice length of longitudinal stressed stecl reinforcements in column shall conform with the stipulations in the Clause 9.4.5 of the code. 10.3.3 In the column provided with spiral or welded ring type indirect steel reinforcement, if the effect of inditect steel reinforcement is considered in calculation, then the spacing of indirect steel reinforcements shall not be greater than 80mm and d.s,/5 (dx, denotes the diameter of core section determined according to inner surface of indirect steel reinforcement) , and may also not be less than 40mm; the diameter of indirect steel reinforcement shall conform with the stipulation in the Clause 10.3.2 of the onde. 10.3.4 For [-shaped section column, the thickness of flange may not be less than 120mm and the thickness of web may not be less than 100mm. When the web has opening, 2~ 3 pieces of strengthening steel reinforcements with diameter not Jess than Sm may be provided at each side along periphery of opening, the sectional area of strengthening steel reinforcement in each direction may not be less than the sectional area of steel reinforcement being cut in this direction. 10.3.5 For I-shaped section column has opening in web, when the transverse dimension of the opening is less than one-half for depth of section and the vertical dimension of the opening is less than the net spacing hetween adjacent two openings, the rigidity of the column can be éalculated according to solid web column of I-shaped section, however, the weaken part of the opening shall be deducted in caleulation of load-bearing capacity. When the dimension of opening exceeds the stipulations mentioned above, the rigidity and load-bearing capacity of the column shall be calculated as of double-limb column. 10.4 Nodal Point of Girder and Column 10.4.1 The anchorage length of longitudinal steel reinforcement in upper portion of frame girder, which extends into end nodal point of middle storey and using the linear anchoring formation, shall not be Jess than J, and the length extending over center line of column may not be less than Sd, here d denotes the diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcement in upper portion of girder. When the dimension for section of column is not sufficient, longitudinal steel reinforcement in upper portion of girder shall extend to the opposite side of nodal point and bent-downward. Its hori- 5 zontal projection length including the bending are sector shall not he less than 0.4 1. Vertical projection length including the bending are sector shall take 15d (Fig. 10.4.1). 1, denotes the anchorage length of tensile steel reinforcement stipulated in the Clause 9.3.1 of the code. fe pean cr Anchorage requirement for longitudinal steel reinforce- the end nodal point of intermediate ment in lower portion for girder of frame at the end nodal story of the frame point is similar to the anchorage requirement of longitudinal 120steel reinforcement in Jower portion of girder at intermediate nodal point of the stipulations in the Clause 10.4.2 of the code, 10.4.2 Longitudinal steel reinforcement in upper portion for girder of frame or continuous beam shall run through the range of intermediate nodal point or intermediate support (Fig. 10.4.2). ‘The eut position of these steel reinforcements from nodal point or support edge extending to mid span shall comply with the stipulation in the Clause 10.2.3 of the code. Longitudinal steel reinforcement in lower-postion of frame girder or continuous beam at intermediate nodal point or intermediate support shall comply with the following anchoring requirements; 1 When the strength of these steel reinforcements are not utilized in caleulation, its anchorage length extending into nodal point or support shall comply with the stipulation for V>0.7f,bho in the Clause 10.2.2 of the codes 2 When the tensile strength of these steel reinforcements are sufficiently utilized in calculation, the longitudinal steel reinforcements at lower portion shall be anchored into the nodal point or support. Tin this case, linear anchorage formation can be adopted (Fig. 10.4.2a) with the anchorage length of steel reinforcements shall not be less than the anchoring length 1, of tensile steel reinforcement determined in the Clause 9.3.1 of the code; longitudinal steel reinforcements at lower portion can also adopt anchoring formation of 90° bending (Fig. 10.4.26). Here, vertical straight sector may be bent- up and its horizontal and vertical projection length of anchored end shall not be less than the stipulation for anchoring reinforcing bar in upper portion of girder with 90° bending as stipulated in the Clause 10.4.1 of the codes Iongitudinal steel reinforcements in lower portion can also extend over the range of nodal point or support and the lapped splice joint can be provided ai the place where bending moment of the girder is smaller (Fig. 10.4.2c). 3 When the compressive strength of these steel reinforcements are sufliciently utilized in caleulation, the longitudinal steel reinforcements at lower potion shall be anchored into the intermediate nodal point or support es of compression steel reinforements, here, its linear anchorage length shall not be less than 0.7 [45 longitudinal steel reinforcements at lower portion can also extend over the range of nodal point or support, and the lapped splice joint can be provided at the place where bending moment in the beam is smaller. =e | L_sr > 1 Phy @ oy © Fig. 10.4.2 Anchorage and lapped splice of longitudinal steel reinforcements in lower postion of girder within the range of intermediale nodal point or intermediate suppor (Ca) linear ancesing in etal point (6) bending anchoring in nods) points Ce) lapped splice ot outside the range of natal point or support 42110.4.3 Longitudinal steel reinforcements for column of frame shall run through intermediate nodal point intermediate storey and end nodal point in intermediate storey. The joint of longitudinal reinforcements of column shall be provided at outside the zone of nodal point. Longitudinal steel reinforcement of column at intermediate nodal point of top storey and longitudinal steel reinforcement of inner side column at end nodal point of top storey can be anchored into nodal point of top storey with linear anchoring formation, their anchorage length starting from datum level of girder bottom shall not be less than the anchorage length 1, stipulated in the Clause 9.3. 1 of the code’, and the longitudinal steel reinforcements of the column must extend up to column top. When the seotion depth of beam at nodal point of top storey is insufficient, the longitudinal. steel reinforcements of the column shall extend up to column top and then bent horizontally inward to nodal point. When the tensile strength of longitudinal steel reinforcement of the column is sufficiently utilized, the vertical projection length at anchoring sector of longitudinal steel reinforcement of column before bent shall not be less than 051+ and the horizontal projection length after bent may not be less than 12d. When the cast-in-situ slab is available on the top of column and the thickness of the slab is inot less than 80mm, strength grade of concrete is not lover than C20, the longitudinal steel reinforcement of column can be also bent toward outside, the horizontal projection length after bent may not less than 12d. Here, d denotes the diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcement. 10.4.4 At end nodal point of top storey of frame, corresponding portions of longitudinal steel reinforcements outside of column can be bent into girder used as the steel reinforcements of upper portion of girder, or the longitudinal steel reinforcements of upper portion of girder can-be lap spliced with longitudinal steel reinforcement in outer side of column at the end nodal point of top storey and adjacent position, This lapped splice ean adopt following formations: 1. Lapped splice joint can be arranged along outer side of end nodal point of top storey and top portion of girder end (Fig. 10.4.4a), the lapped splice length shall not be less than 1.5/4, here, the sectional area of longitudinal steel reinforcements from outer side of coluran inserted into the girder may not be less than 65% of total section area of longitudinal steel reinforcements in outer side of column; the longitudinal steel reinforcements in outer side of column beyond the range of girder width may insert into inner side of column along top portion of nodal point, when the longitudinal steel reinforcements of column locate in the first storey of column top, they may be cut after bent-downward at the inner side of column not less than 845 when they locate in the second story of column top, the longitudinal steel reinforcements of column can not he hent-downward. When the cast-in-situ slab is available swith the thickness not less thai 80min and strerigth fitadé of concrete not Toiver thiin C20, the longitudinal steel reinforcements for the outer side of column beyond the range of girder width can insert into cast in-situ slab with the length same as that of longitudinal steel reinforcements of column which insert into gitder. When the ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal steel reinforcements in outer side of column is greater than 1.2%, the longitudinal steel reinforcements of colimn, which insert into girder, shall satisfy the above stipulations and they may be cut in two batches. The distance between cutting points may not be less than 20d. Longitudinal steel reinforcements at upper portion of girder shall be cut after extending to outer side of nodal point and bent- downward with the height to lower edge of girder Here, 122d is the diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcements outer side of column. iS ne Bare @) Fig. 10.4.4 Lapped splice of longitudinal steel reinforcements in upper parton of girder and longitudinal steel reinforcements Jn outer side of column at end nodal point of top storey (Ce) bent lapped splice joint looted atone side of del point ane op pation of ginler ens (5) linear lapped splice joint lested at outer side of column top 2 Lapped splice joint can also be arranged along outer side of column top (Fig. 10.4.4). In this case, vertical sector of lapped splice length shall not be less than 1.71,. When the ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal steel reinforeements for upper portion of girder is greater than 1.2%, the longitudinal steel reinforcements for upper portion of girder which bent into outer side of column shall satisfy the lapped splice length as stipulated above and they may be cut in two batches, the distance between cutting points may not be less than 20d. d denotes the diameter of the longitudinal steel reinforcements for upper portion of girder. Longitudinal steel reinforcements at outer side of column may he bent horizontally toward inside of nodal point fier extending to column top, the horizontal projection length of bent sector may not be less than 12d. d denotes the diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcements in outer side of column. 10.4.5 Sectional area A, of longitudinal steel reinforcement in upper portion of girder at end nodal point on top storey of frame shall comply with the following stipulations: Als es a ‘abu (10.4.5) j Where —b,——width of girder web; b—elfective depth of girder section ‘The inner radius of bent are for the longitudinal steel reinforcement in upper portion of girder and the longitudinal steel reinforcement in outer side of column at the angle part of nodal point, when the diameter of the steel reinforcement d<25mm, may not be less than 6d; when d > 25mm, may not be less than 8d. 10.4.6 Horizontal stirrup shal! be provided in the nodal point of frame, such stirrups shall comply with the detailing stipulations for stirrups in column as stipulated in the Clause 10.3.2 of the code, however, the spacing between stirrups may not be greater than 250mm. For the intermediate nodal 123point connected with girders along four sides, rectangular stirrups can be provided only in the nodal point along peripheries. When the lapped splice joint of the longitudinal steel reinforcement in upper portion of girder and the longitudinal steel reinforcement in outer side of column are provided at the end nodal point of top storey, hence the horizontal stirrups in the nodal point shall comply with the stipulations in the Clause 9.4.5 of the code 10.5 Wall 10.5.1 When the longer side (length) of member section is greater than 4 times its shorter side (thickness), the member may be designed according to the requirements of wall. Strength grade of concrete for wall may not be Jess than C20. 10.5.2 The thickness of reinforced conerete structural (shear) wall shall not be less than 140mms for the structural (shear) wall structure, the thickness may still not be less than 1/25 of the storey height; for the frame-structural (shear) wall structure, the thickness of wall may not be Jess than 1/20 of the storey height. ‘When precast floor slab is adopted, the wall thickness for the supporting length of precast slab on the wall and the requirement for vertical steel reinforcements running through the wall shall be considered. 10.5.3 Under the effects of horizontal load and vertical oad parallel to wall surface, the normal section load-bearing capacity of reinforced concrete structural (shear) wall may be calculated respectively for eecentrie compression and eccentric tension in accordance with intemal force resulting from structural analysis and relevant stipulations in the Sections 7.3 and 7.4 of the eode, and for the caloulation of inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity in accordance with the stipulations in the Clause 10.5.4 - 10.5.6 of the code. At the place acted by concentrated load, the local compressive load-bearing capacity shall still be calculated in accordance with the stipulations in the Clause 7.8 of the code. In calculation of load-bearing capacity, calculating width of flange for structural (shear) wall ean adopt the smallest value among the four values: the spacing of structural (shear) walls, the width of flange wall between door and window openings, the thickness of structural (shear) wall plus 6 times the thickness of flange wall each of two side, and the 1/10 of total height of wall limb of structural (shear) wall. 10.5.4 Shear section of reinforced concrete structural (shear) wall shall comply with the following conditions: V < 0.25B.fobho (10.5.4) Where V—Design value of shearing forces B—inlluence coefficient for strength of concrete, determined according to the stipulation in the Clause 7.5.15 b——width of rectangular section or width of web for T-shaped and I-shaped section (wall thickness) 5 ho—ellfective depth of section. 124.10.5.5 Inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity of reinforced concrete structural (shear) wall under eecentrie compression shall comply with the following stipulations: 1 Ay As saa 0-shoho + 0.139 4s) «fy “ho (10.5.5) Where V-—design value of axial compression corresponding to the design value V of shearing force, when N>0.2f,bh, taking NV =0.2/.bh; A——-sectional area of structural (shear) wall, herein, effective area of flange can be determined according to the calculating width of flange stipulated in the Clause 10.5.3 of the codes A,—sectional area of web for T-shaped and I-shaped section structural (shear) wall, for Jructural (shear) wall, taking Ay = Ag——Total sectional area of horizontal distribution steel reinforcements provided in the same Ve reetangular sect : horizontal section; sy——vertical spacing of horizontal distribution steel reinforcements; A—~tatio of shear span to depth of calculated section: A = M/(Vh,)3 when &<1.5, taking A= 1.53 when &>2.2, taking 4 =2.2; here, M denotes the design value of bending moment comesponding to the design value V of shearing force; when the distance between calculating section and wall bottom is Jess than ty/2, A shall be caloulated by the values of bending moment and shearing force at the place of ho/2 from ‘wall bottom. ‘When the design value V of shearing force is not greater than first item at the right side of equation in (10.5.5), horizontal distribution reinforcements shall he provided according to the detailing re quirements in the Clauses 10.5. 10 to 10.5.12 of the code. 10.5.6 Inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity of reinforced concrete structural (shear) wall under eccentric tensile forve shall comply with the following stipulations: 1 A 53 (0.5pth - 0.13049) + fy, Hho (10.5.6) When the calculated value at right side of above equation is less than fo Sythe. s ho, taking equal to Where N——design value of axial tensile force comesponding to design value of shearing force V3 A—tatio of shear span to depth of calenlated section, determined according to the stipula~ tion in the Clause 10.5.5. 10.5.7 For the tie beam at the openings of reinforced concrete structural (shear) wall, its normal section flexural load-bearing capacity can be calculated in accordance with the stipulations in the Sec~ tion 7.2 of the code. Shear section of the tie beam at the openings of structural (shear) wall shall comply with the stipulations in the Clause 7.5.1 of the code. When the span-depth ratio 1,/h >2.5, its inclined seetion shearing load-bearing capacity shall comply with the following stipulation: 125Vc 0.7fbhy + fy, “tho (10.5.7) Note: For the tie beam at the openings with span-depth ratio 1,/h<2.5, the control conditions of shear section, the calculating method for inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity and the detailing requirements for steel reinforcements can be determined according to the special stipulations. 10.5.8 Vertical stressed steel reinforcements shall be provided at the two ends of structural (shear) wall limb and can be used together with vertical distribution steel reinforcements in the wall for the cal: culation of normal section flexural load-bearing capacity of this wall. ‘The number of vertical stressed steel reinforcements at each end may not be less than 4 pieces of steel reinforcement with diameter of 12mm or 2 pieces of steel reinforcement with diameter of 16mm; tie steel reinforcement with diameter not less than 6mm and spacing of 250mm may be provided along the direction of these vertical steel reinforcements. Horizontal longitudinal steel reinforcements at upper and bottom sides of openings on structural (shear) wall, other than satisfying the requirement for normal section flexural load-bearing capacity of tie beam at openings, shall still be provided with steel reinforcements not less than 2 pieces with diam- ter not less than 12mm; sectional area of the steel reinforcements may not be less than the elf of total sectional area of horizontal distribution steel reinforcements, which are. cut at side of openings. The length of longitudinal steel reinforcements extending into wall from side of opening shall not be less than the anchorage length of tensile reinforcement as stipulated in the Clause 9.3.1 of the code. 10.5.9 The ratio of reinforcement for horizontal and vertical distribution steel reinforcements of reinforced conerete’ structural (shear) ‘wall pat Pin = 4s, i, dérites the ‘spaciig of horizontal distribution steel reinforcement) and ae Pav = de, sy denotes the spacing of vertical. distribution steel reinforce " ment) shall not be less than 0.2% . Far structural (shear)’wall'at imporiant parts in structure, the ratio of reinforcement for horizontal and vertical distribution reinfordémetis may be raised properly. For the portions of structural (shear) wall, where temperature, shrinkage stress are greater, the ratio of reinforcement for horizontal distribution reinforcements may be raised properly 10.5.10 The diameters of horizontal and vertical distribution steel reinforcements in reinforced concrete structural (shear) wall shall not be less than 8mm and its spacing shall not be grester than 300mm. 10.5.11 Structural (shear) walls with their thickness greater than 160mm shall provided with the double-layer distribution steel mosh; for the structural (shear) wall is located at important parts of structure, when its thickness is not greater than 160mm, the double-layer distribution steel meshs may also be provided. ‘The double-layer distribution steel meshs shall be provided along two side surfaces of the wall and connected by tie steel reinforcement; the diameter of tie steel reinforcement may not be less than 6mm and spacing may not be greater than 600mm 10.5.12 Horizontal distribution steel reinforcement of structural (shear) wall shall extend to wall end and be cut after bent inward horizontally for 10d, d denotes the diameter of horizontal distribution 126reinforcement. ‘When there is flange wall or comer wall at the end of structural (shear) wall horizontal distribution steel reinforcement in the two sides of inner wall and the inside of outer wall shall extend to outside of flange wall and comer wall, then be cut respectively after bent toward two sides horizontally, the horizontal bent length may not be less than 15d. At the comer wall, horizontal distribution steel reinforcement in outside of outer wall shall be bent into flange wall at the outer wall comer and then lapped splice with horizontal distribution reinforcement at outside of flange wall. The lapped splice Tength shall comply with the stipulations in the Clause 10.5. 13. For structural (shear) wall with side rim, its horizontal and vertical distribution steel reinforce~ ments shall nin through column, beam or be anchored into column, beam 10.5.13 Lapped splice length of horizontal distribution reinforcement of structural (shear) wall shall not be less than 1.2 1,. Net spacing between the lapped splice joints of horizontal distribution steel reinforcements in a same row, as well as, between the lapped splice joints of adjacent upper, lower horizontal distribution steel reinforcements in horizontal direetion may not be less than SOmm. Vertical distribution steel reinforcements of structural (shear) wall can be lapped splice at a same height, the lapped splice length shall not be less than 1.2 1,. 10.5.14 Tie beam at opening of structural (shear) wall shall be provided with stirrups along full length, the diameter of the stirrup shail not be less than 6mm and the spacing shall not be less than 150mm Within the range of anchorage length that longitudinal steel reinforcements of tie beam at opening, on top storey insert into wall, the stimups with spacing of not greater than 150mm shall be provided, the diameter of the stirrup may be same as that of stirrup in span of the tie beam. Meanwhile, vertical steel reinforcements-at the side of door and window openings shall be anchored within the height range of tie beam on top storey according to tensile steel reinforcement. 10.5.15 When the welded steel reinforcement mesh is adopted in the wall, the stipulations in the national current relevant standards shall be conformed 10.6 Superposed Flexural Member 10.6.1 For the superposed flexural member has no sustaining during the construction stage, the su- exposed member and its part of precast member shall be calculated separately: the part of precast member shall be calculated according to the stipulations for flexural member in Chapter 7 and 8 of the codes and the superposed member shall be calculated according to the Clauses 10.6.2 to 10.6.13 of the code. For the superposed flexural member has reliable sustaining during the construction stage, the member can be calculated as the calculation of ordinary flexural member, however, the inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity of superposed member and the shearing load-bearing capacity of superposed face shall be calculated in accordance with the Clauses 10.6.4 and 10.6.5 of the code. When hy/h<0.4, reliable sustaining measures shall be taken daring construction stage. Here, hy is the section depth of precast member and fh is section depth of superposed member. 12710.6.2 For the superposed flexural member has no sustaining during the construction stage, its intemal force shall be calculated respectively according to the following two stages: 1. First stages itis the stage that before the strength for late pouring conerete superposed course hhas not reached the design value. At this time, the loads are home by precast member, which may be calculated as a simple supported member; the loads include the self-weight of precast member, the self-weight of precast floor slab, the self-weight of superposed course and the construction live loads at this stage. 2 Second stages it is the stage that after the strength for superposed layer concrete has reached the design value. The superposed member can be calculated as a integral structure. At this time, the loads can be considered as the following two conditions and the greater value is taken: 1) Construction stage: the loads include the self-weight of superposed member, the self-weight of precast floor slab, the self-weight of face course, suspended ceiling ete. and the construction live loads at this stage. 2) Service stage: the loads include the self-weight of superposed member, the self-weight of precast floor slab, the self-weight of face course, suspended ceiling ete. and the variable loads during service stage. 10.6.3 Norizal section flexural load-bearing capacity of precast member and superposed member shall be calculated according to the stipulations in the Clause 7.2.1 or Clause 7.2.2 of the code. Here, design value of bending moment shall be adopted according to the following stipulations Precast member, My = Mig + Mig (10.6.3-1) Positive bending moment sector of superposed member M = Mig + Mag + Mag (10.6.3-2) Negative bending moment sector of superposed member M = Mae + Mag 3 Where My¢——Design value of bending moment in calculated section is produced by the self-weight of precast member, the self-weight of precast floor slab and the self-weight of superposed courses ‘Mzg—Design value of bending moment in calculated section is produced by the self-weight of face course; the suspended ceiling, ete. in second stages ‘Myg—Design value of bending moment in calculated section is produced by construction live loads in first stages Mzg——Design value of bending moment in calculated section is produced by variable loads in second stage, the greater value among design values of bending moment in caleulated section, which are produced by the constraction live loads in this stage and the variable loads at service stage, may be taken. In calculation, strength grade of concrete at positive bending moment sector can be taken accord ing to the value of superposed course; at negative bending moment sector can be taken according to the 128actual conditions for the compression zone of section 10.6.4 Inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity of precast member and superposed member shall be caleulated according to the relevant stipulations in the Section 7.5 of the code, here, design value of shearing force shall adopt according to the following stipulations Precast member Vi = Vic + Vig (10.6.4-1) Superposed member V = Vig + Vac + Vag (10.6,4-2) Where Vic-——Design value of shearing force in calculated section is produced by the self-weight of precast member, the self-weight of precast floor slab and the self-weight of superposed courses Vag—Design value of shearing force in-calculated section is produced by the self-weight of face course, the suspended ceiling, etc. in second stage: Vig-——Design value of shearing force in calculated section is produced by construction live Toads in first stages Vaq—Design value of shearing force in calculated section is produced by variable loads in second stage, the greater value among design values of shearing force in calculated section, which are produced by the construction live loads in this stage and the variable loads at service stage, may be taken. In calculation the design value Ve. of shearing load-bearing capacity of concrete and stirrup on in- lined section of superposed member shall be calculated by adopting the lower grade of concrete strength in superposed course and precast member, and may not be lower than the design value of shearing load-bearing capacity of precast member; for prestressed concrete superposed member, the fa- vorable effect of prestressing to shearing load-bearing capacity is not considered, taking V, = 0. 10.6.5 When the superposed beam conforms with the detailing requirements in the Clauses 10.2. 10, 10.2.11 and 10.6, 14 of the code, the shearing load-bearing capacity of superposed face shall comply with the following stipulations: Ve L.2fibhy + 0.85f,, “hy (10.6.5-1) Here, design value of tensile strength of conc te frinay take the lower value between the value of superposed course and precast member For the superposed slab has not to be provided with stimups, when the slab conforms to the detailing requirements in the Clause 10.6.15 of the code, the shearing strength of superposed face shall comply with the requirements of following equation: Y 20.4 (N/mm?) (10.6.5-2) thy 10.6.6 For the prestressed conerete superposed flexural member, its precast member and superposed member shall carry out the checking calculation for crack resistance of nonnal section. Mean- while, under the characteristic combination of load effects, the tensile stress of concrete at the extreme 129fiber of tension zone in checking calculation of crack reisitance shall not be greater than the characteristic value fy. for concrete tensile strength of precast member, ‘The nonnal stress of concrete at the ex treme fiber for the checking calculation of crack resistance shall be calculated according to the following equations: Precast member = Me cas We (10.6.6-1) Superposed member 2 Me , Me - a A (10.6.6-2) Where Myc ——Bending moment value in calculated section is produced by the characteristic value of self-weight of precast member, the self-weight of precast floor slab and the self- ‘weight value of superposed courses My-—~Bending moment. value in. calculated. section is produced under the characteristic combination of load effects in first stage, taking, My= Myc, + Mygy here, Mig, is the bending moment value in ealculated section, which is produced by the characteristic value of construction live loads in first stages ‘Ma—Bending moment value in caleulated section is produced under the characteristic combination of load effects in second stage, taking. M2 Mag, + Maox, here, Magu is the ending moment value in calculated seotion which is produced by the characteristic value for the self-weight of face course, the self-weight of suspented ceiling etd. Magy is the bending mornent vahie in calculated section which #8 pro- dbiced by the chiracteristié ‘value of variable Toad at service stages Wo—Elastic section modulus of the tension extreme fiber on transformed section of precast structures Wo-—Elastic section modulus ofthe tension extreme fiber on transformed section of super posed member, meanwhile, the concrete sectional area of superposed course shall be transformed into concrete sectional area of precast member according to the ratio for modulus of elasticity. 10.6.7 For prestressed conerete superposed member, the inclined section checking calculation of crack resistance shall be carried out in accordance with the stipulations in the Clause 8.1.5 of the codes the principal tensile sttess and the principal compression stress of concrete shall consider to the stressed characteristics of superposed member and shall be calculated in accordance with the stipulations in the Clause 8.1.6 of the cade. 10.6.8 For reinforced concrete superposed flexural member under the characteristic combination of Toad effecs, its stress of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement shall comply with the following stipula~ tions: oa < 0.9f, (10.6.8-1) 130Fu = Fak + Fak (10.6.8-2) Under the action of bending moment Mick» the stress ¢,y0f longitudinal tensile steel reinforeement of precast structure can be calculated according to the following equation : Mice 0k = TBTA, hos (10.6.8-3) Where ho—~effeetive depth of section for precast member Under the action of bending moment Mz,, the stress increment 2, in longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement of superposed member can be calculated according to the following equation: 0.5(1 + 2) My OSTA. ho (10.6.8-4) oak = When Mic, <0.35 Mia, the value of 0.5( 1 +4) of equation (10.6.8-4) shall take equal to 1.05 here, Myy is the design value of normal section flexural load-bearing capacity of precast member, it shall be calculated in accordance with the stipulations in Clause 7.2.1 of the code, however, the e- qual sign shall be adopted in this equation, and M shall be replaced by Mi. 10.6.9 Reinforeed concrete superposed member shall carry out the checking calculation of erack ck width tqass which is calculated according to the characteristic combination of Toad effects and considering the effect of long-term action, shall not exceed the limited value of maximum crack width as stipulated in the Table 3.3.4 of the code. The maximum crack width wm. according to the characteristic combination of load effects and width. The maximum er considering the effect of long-term action can be calculated according, to following equations: d ten, = 2. 2 Hen + om) 1.9¢ +. 0.08 al (10.6.9-1) B. Prt p= 11-2 fa (10.6.9-2) Put Fatk + Pwd ak Where —dag——equivalent diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcements in tension zone, calculated in accordance with the stipulations in the Clause 8.1.2 of the code: but sPy—Tatio of reinforcement of longitudinal tensile reinforcements, calculated according to the effective tension sectional area of concrete for precast member, superposed member respectively; fay—characteristic value of tensile strength of concrete for precast member, adopted ae- cording to the stipulations in the Clause 4.1.3 of the code 10.6.10 Superposed member shall be carried out the checking calculation of the deflection under the serviceability limit states according to the stipulations in the Clause 8.2.1 of the code, here, the rigidity of the superposed flexural member, according to the characteristic combination of load effects and considering the influence for the actions of long-term loads, may be calculated according to the following equations: 131(10.6.10-1) My = Mice + Max (10.6.10-2) My = Mica + Mace + $4Moqu (10.6.10-3) Where §-—influence coefficient considering the influence of the actions of long-term loads on the increase in deflection, adopted according to the stipulations in the Clause 8.2.5 of the codes My—value of bending moment for superposed member calculated according to the characteristic combination of Joad effects; M,—value of bending moment for superposed member calculated according to the quasi-permanent combination of load effects; short-term rigidity of precast member, adopted according to the stipulations in the Clause 10.6. 11 of the codes Ba-—short-term rigidity of superposed member in second stage, adopted according to the stipulations in the Clause 10.6.11 of the codes g—coefficient of quasi-permanent value for variable load in second stage. 10.6.11 Short-term rigidity under the characteristic combination of load effects can be calculated according to the following stipulations: Ba thin sector of positive hending moment for superposed flexural member 1 Reinforced concrete superposed member 1) Short-term rigidity B, of precast member can be calculated according to the equations in (8.2.3-1) of the codes 2) Short-term rigidity of superposed member in second stage can be calculated according to the following equation: (10.6.11-1) Where a;—ratio of elastic modulus of steel reinforcement to elastic modulus of conerete for superposed course: ag = E/Ea 2 Prestressed concrete superposed member 1) Short-term rigidity By of precast member can he calculated according to the equation (8.2.3- 2) of the codes 2) Short-term rigidity of superposed member in second stage can be calculated according to the following equation: Bg = 0.7Ealy (10.6.11-2) Where y—elastic modulus of conerete precast members Jy——moment of inertia for the transformed section in superposed member, here, sectional area of concrete for superposed course shall be converted to sectional area of concrete 132for precast member by ratio of elastic modulue’. 10.6.12 short-term rigidity Bg within the negative bending moment sector of superposed flexural member under the characterstic combination of load effeets in second stage can be calculated according to the equation in (8.2.3 - 1) of the code, here, the ratio of elastic modulus may be takens as ag = E/Ea 0.6.13 Prestressed counter-arch value of prestressed concrete superposed member in service stage can be calculated according to the rigidity of precast member by the method of structural mechanics. In calculation, the stress of prestressed steel reinforcement shall deduct the total losses of prestress; in consideration of the influence upon long-term actions of prestressing, hence the calculated prestressed counter-arch value can be multiplied by enhancement ooefficient 1.75. 10.6.14 Beside in accordance with the detailing requirements for ordinary beams, the superposed beam shall still comply with the following stipulations: 1. All stirrups of precast beamn shall extend into superposed course and the length of straight line of each limb extending into superposed course may not be less than 10d (d is the diameter of stirrup) . 2 In the superposed beam, which mainly bears the statistic loading, the superposed face of precast member can adopt natural rough surface with convexo-concave not less than 6mm. 3 ‘Thickness of concrete superposed course may not be less than 100mm and strength grade of concrete for superposed course shall not be lower than C20. 10.6.15 The surface for precast slab of superposed slab shall be made into artificial rough surface ‘with convexo-concave not less than 4mm. The strength grade of concrete for superposed course shall not be lower than C20. For the superposed slab, which bears greater load, the detailing steel reinforeement extending into superposed course shall be provided in the precast slab. 10.7 Deep Flexural Member 10.7.1 The simply supported reinforced concrete single-span beam or the simply supported continu cous multi:span beam in which [o/h <5. may be designed as the deep flexural member. Here, the simply supported reinforced concrete single-s)n beam in which Zp/ <2 and the simply supported re~ inforced concrete multi-span continuous bea’ in which [p/h <2.5 are called deep beam, besides it shall conform to the general stipulations of deep flexural member, the deep beam shall still comply with the stipulations from the Clause 10.7.6 to 10.7.13.of the code, Here, fis the depth of beam section; [p is the calculating span of beam, which can adopt the sinller value from the value of distance between center lines of supports and the value of 1.157,(J, denotes the net span of beam) . 10.7.2. Sectional design of the simply supported reinforced concrete single-span deep beam, its intemal force can be calculated using ordinary method; sectional design of reinforced concrete multi-span continuous deep beam, its intemal force shall be calculated through two-dimensional elastic analysis. 10.7.3 Normal section flexural load-bearing capacity of the reinforced concrete deep flexural member shall comply with the following stipulations: Mx fAe (40.7.3-1) z= aglho — 0.52) (10.7.3-2) 133ay = 0.80 + 0.04 2 (10.7.3-3) When p<, taking arm of intemal force z = 0.61) Where 1—sectional depth of compression zone, calculated according to the equation (7.2. 1-2) of the codes when x <0.2ho, taking x =0.2 hos hg——efective depth of section: ho= h—a,, here, h denotes the depth of sections when Ip/h<2, section for the middle of span a,, taking 0.1h, section of support a, , taking 0.2h; when Jp/h >2, a, can adopt the actual distance from the section centriod of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements to the edge of tension zone. 10.7.4 Shear section of reinforced concrete deep flexural member shall comply with following conditions: When hy/b<4 Ve gine bo/h) Befobho (10.7.4-1) When hy/b=6 Ve a + Ig/h)Befcbhg (10.7.4-2) When 4 < h,/b <6, according to linear interpolation method Where ¥——design value of maximum shearing force on inclined section of members Ig—cealeulating span, when Ip <2h taking [y= 2h} b——width of rectangular section end web thickness of T-shaped, L-shaped sections; hi ho-—depth of section, effective depth of section respectively hy——web depth of section; for rectangular section, taking effective depth ho; for the ‘T-shaped section, taking effective depiti déduets depth of flange; for the T-shaped section, taking net depth of webs for strength of concrete, adopted according to stipulations in the Clause 7.5.1 of the code. 10.7.5 For deep flexural members with rectangular section, T-shaped section and I-shaped section, tunder the action of uniformly distributed load, when the vertical and horizontal distributing steel reinforcements are provided, the inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity shall comply with the fal- influence coeffici owing stipulations; Ve 0.7 B= fh) fon, 41.95 (lo (5 Jb, Aig (10,7,5-1) For deep flexural member under the action of concentrated load, (including actions of various loads, and where on the condition for the value of shearing fore produced by the concentrated load on the section of support amounts to more than 75% of the total shearing force), the inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity shall comply with the following stipulations: 134(o/h = (5 a Vibho + AnD fete pO hn ho (10.7.5-2) Where A——calculated ratio of shear span to depth: when lo/h=<2.0, taking 4 =0.255 when, 2.0 < lo/h< 5.0, taking A= a/ho, here, a is the horizontal distance from concentrated load to support of deep flexural member; the upper limited value of 2 is (0.92Jo/h ~ 1.58) and lower limited value Ais (0.42%5/h ~ 0.58); ig/h-——span-depth ratio, when [o/h <2.0, taking lo/h = 2.0. 10.7.6 Reinforced concrete deep beam, which is required no appeamee of inclined crack in general, shall comply with following conditions: Vy < 0.5fabho (10.7.6) Where Vi—the value of shearing force calculated according to characteristic combination of load effects. In this case, the calculation of inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity may not be re~ quired, however, the distributing steel reinforcements shall he provided according to the stipulations in the Clauses 10.7.11 and 10.7.13 of the code. 10.7.7 At the parts, where the reinforced conerete deep heams sustain the actions for reaction of supports as well as the actions of concentrated load, the calculation of local compression load-bearing, capacity shall be carried out according to the stipulations in the section 7.8 of the code. 10.7.8 Sectional width of deep beam shall not be Jess than 140mm. When [o/h 1,h/b may not be greater than 253 when [o/h <1, h/b may not be greater than 25. ‘The grade of concrete strength for deep beam shall not be lower than C20, When the deep beasn is supported on reinforced concrete column, the column may be extend to the beam top. The top portion of deep beam shall be connected reliably with horizontal members such as floor slab, etc. 10.7.9 Longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement of reinforoed concrete deep beam may adopt smaller diameter and may be arranged sccording to following stipulations: 1 Lower portion longitudinal steel reinforcements of single-span deep beam and continuous deep beam may be arranged uniformly within the range of 0.2h above the lower edge of the beam. (Fig. 10.7.9-1 and Fig. 10.7.9-2) 2 Longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements in sections of middle supports for continuous deep eam shall be arranged uniformly within the corresponding range of depth according to Fig. 10.7.9-3 stipulated the range of depth and the proportion of providing with steel reinforcements. For the continuous deep beam of [p/h<1.0, the ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal steel reinforcements within the range of depth from 0.2 lp to 0.6 lp above the bottom surface of middle supports may not be less than 0.5%. Horizontal distributing steel reinforcements can be used as the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements on the upper portion of support parts, if not sufficient, the additional horizontally distibuting sieel reinforcements can be supplemented, the length of additional horizontal distributing reinforoements extending from support toward span center may not be less than 0.4 lo. (Fig. 10,7.9-2). 10.7.10 Longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements at the lover portion of deep beam shall be sll inserted into the support, and shall not be bent or cut at span eentre. At the support of simply-supported 135Fig. 10.7.9: Providing with steel reinforcements of single-span deep beam Ilo portion lngtatinl tensile steel reinforcements and their bent bar anchorages 2—harzntal snd vertical dstibuting steel reinforcements; Sie steel bass 4 densifie zone of te steel bars Fig.10.7.9-2 Providing with stee! reinforcements of continuous deep beam over portion longittina tesile se! reinforcements; 2--tovinonil isting steal reinfreemens; ‘3—vevialdsututng sel ceiaercements tie see hanes S~densfed tae af te steel bars; (uitvonl hrizotal tee rinforements a upper potion for section of suppot single-span deep beam as well as the support of simply supported continuous deep beam end, the lon~ gitudinal tensile stec! reinforcements shall be anchored by bent bar anchorage along the horizontal direction (Fig. 10.7.9-1), its anchorage length shall adopt as the anchorage length 1, of tensile steel reinforcement stipulated in the Clauses 9.3.1 of the code multiplying with coefficient 1.1; when the requirement for above anchorage length may not he satisfied, the effective measures, which a anchor 136nal § wal & 3 M4 2 sale aaa) 3 @) o ic) Fig.10.7.9-3 Distribution proportion for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements in ‘middle support section of continuous deep beam at the different depth ranges (a) 15 hi/2 s = by+2hy (10.7. 12-2) Where b,——sectional width of member which transmits the concentrated load 137hy ——sectional depth of member which transmits the concentrated load; hy ——height from lower edge of deep beam to the bottom side of the member whicl the concentrated load. I Cory @) w transmits Fig. 10.7.12 Additional hanging steel bars of deep beam eustaning, the action of concentrated load (2) veel ging ol a (4) inn ng bars Rete: ei mn in this igi rm, When the vertical hanging steel bars, which stall be provided along two sides ofthe beam by extending from beam bottom to top; shall be made into closed type at top aid bottom. Total sectional area A,, of additional hanging steel bars shall be calculated according tothe equs- tions in (10.2..13) of the code. However, design strength f,, of hanging steel har shall be multiplied with additional coefficient 0.8 for ealeulation of load-bearing, capacity 10.7.13 | The ratio of reinforcement (a= 4) for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements, the ra- to of senfreement for horizontally dstebuting steel reinforcements pa( par = 42, 5, denotes the spacing of horizontal distributing steel reinforcements) and the ratio of reinforcement for vectical dis- Ay os tributing reinforcements en{ An = Fe.+ sv denotes the spacing of the vertical distributing steel rein- i forcements) of deep beam may not be less than the values stipulated in the Table 10.7. 13. ‘Table 10.7.13 Minimum Ratio of Reinforcement for Stee! Reinforcements in ‘Deep Beam (9% ) ‘Type of steel Longitudinal tensile | Horizontal distributing | Vertical distsibuting reinforcements steal reinforement steel reinforcement ‘steel reinforcement HpB235 0.25 0.25 0.20 ‘HRB335, HRB400, RRBOO 0.20 0.20 0.15 Note: When the concentrated load acting within the range of 1/4 depth at upper portion of continuous deep beara and lo/h > L.S, the minimum ratio of reinforcement of vertical distibuting steel reinforcement shall be increased by 0.05% 10.7.14 For all deep flexural members other than deep beam, the detailing requirements stipula- 138tions of the longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements, the stirrups and the longitudinal detailing steel reinforcements are same as ordinary beams, however, the longitudinal detailing steel reinforcements, which are arranged within the ranges of the one-half depth of lower portion section and the one-half depth of upper portion section of middle support, may he more strengthened than ordinary beams. 10.8 Corbel 40.8.1 The dimension for section of column corbel (when a< ho) shall comply with the following requirements (Fig. 10.8.1): 1 Requirements for controlling cracking of eorbel F Fy < p{1- 0.5 fi) fatto (10.8.1) Fig. 10.8.1 Configuration and steel reinforcements arrangement of corbel Note: Unit of dimension in this Fig.is ram. upper columns lower column; S—-hentup sel reinforementss horizontal stirs Where Fy——value of vertical force acting on top of corbel calculated according to characteristic combination of load effectss Fyy—value of horizontal tensile force acting on top of corbel calculated according, to charactetistic combination of lad effects; coefficient of controlling eracking: for corbel sustaining crane girder taking 0.653 for other corbels, taking 0.85 a~——horizontal distance from the acting point of vertical force to the edge of lover column, here, the installation deviation of 20mm shall be considered; when the acting point 139of vertical force after consideration to installation deviation of 20mm is still located within section of lower column, taking a = 03 b——width of corbel. ho——ellfective depth of the vertical section at the joint of corbel and lower column: hg =hy~ a,+c.tan a, when @ > 45°, taking @ = 45°, ¢ denotes the horizontal length from lower coluinn edge to outer edge of corbel. 2 Depth of outer edge of corbel A, shall not be less than h/3 and not less than 200mm. 3 On the compression surface of corbel top, the local compression stress caused by vertical force Fy shall not exceed 0.75 f.. 10.8.2. The total sectional area of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements in a corbel combining with the sectional area of tensile steel reinforcements which sustain the vertical force and the sectional area of anchoring steel reinforcements which sustain the horizontal tensile force, shall comply with the following stipulations: Fya * 7 0.85 /,ho * Here, when a <0.3 ho, taking a =0.3 ho. Where F,-——design value of vertical force act Fy——design value of horizontal tensile forte acting at the top portion of corbel. 10.8.3 Longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements provided along the top portion of corbel may adopt steel bars of Grade HRB335 or Grade HRB400. All longitudinal stressed and bent-up steel bars may he cut after they inserted downward into the lower column for 150mm along outer edge of the corbel (Fig. 10.8.1). Anchorage length of longitudinal stressed and bent-up steel bars inserting into the up- Per columm using straight line anchorage shall not be less than the anchorage length J, of tensile steel A (10.8.2) ig at the top portion of eorbel; reinforcement stipulated in the Clause 9.3.1 of the code 5 when the dimensions of upper column is not sufficient, the anchoring of steel bar shall comply with the stipulations in the Clause 9.3. 1 of the code for the 90°bending is taken in the anchoring of upper portion steel bars of beam at the end nodal point in the intermediate storey of frame. In this case, the anchorage length shall be calculated starting from inner side of upper column. ‘The ratio of reinforcement for the longitudinal stressed reinforcements which have need to sustain the vertical force shall not be less than 0.2% and 0.45 f/f, and not greater than 0.6% calculated according to the effective section of eorbel, the number of steel bars may not be less than 4 pieces with their diameter may not be less than 12mm, When the corbel is set on the column top, the outer side longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements of column at opposite to the corbel may be along column top horizontally bent into the corbel, which can be used as the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements of corbel; when the longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements in the upper portion of corbel and the longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements at ‘outer side of column at opposite to corbel are provided separately, then the longitudinal tensile steel reinforeements in the upper portion of corbel shall be bent into outer side of column, and shall comply With the stipulations for related to lapped splice in the Clause 10.4.4 of the code (Fig. 10.4.46). 14010.8.4 Horizontal stirrups shall be provided in the corbel, the diameter of the horizontal stirrup may be 612mm, with spacing of 100-150mm. And the total sectional area of horizontal stirrups within the range of 2 hg/3 at upper portion may not be less than one-half ofthe sectional area of tensile reinforwe- ‘ments which sustain the vertical force When the ratio of shear span to depth for corbel a/le2=0.3d, bent-up steel bar may be provided. Bent-up steel bar may adopt the Grade HRB335 or Grade HRB400. The point of intersection for the bent-up steel har and the linked line, which is between the acting point of concentrated load to the lower end point for inclined side of corbel, may be located within the range of 1/6 to 1/2. at upper portion of eorbel, J denotes the length of linked line (Fig. 10.8.1), the sectional area of bent-up bars tay not be less than one-half of sectional area of tensile stee] reinforcements for sustaining the vertical force, the number of the bent-up steel bars may not be less than 2 pieces with the diameter of bent-up bar may not be less than 12m. The longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement shall not be used as bent- up steel bar. 10.9 Embedded Parts and Hanging Ring 10.9.1 ‘The stressed embedded parts are composed by the anchor plate and the symmetrically provided straight anchor steel reinforcements, the total sectional area of anchor steel reinforcement A, shall comply with the following stipulations (Fig. 10.9.1): 1 When the shearing force, the normal tensile force and the bending moment act in concert, they shall he calculated according to the following two equations and the larger value is adopted: 5 il bt bo Fig. 10.9.1 Embedded parts compeced of anchor plate end straight anchor ste] reinforcements 1 anchor plate; 2—strnight anchor steel reinforcements v N M Mat UBa Ft Tava he (10.9.1-1) wv a A> TBov ht Odasav he (10.9.1-2) 2 When the shearing foree, the normal compressive force and the bending moment act in concert, they shall be calculated according to the following two equations and the larger value is adopted: = 0.4Ne ane Ay 1 3a,ay fre (10.9.1-3) M —0.4Nz 7 10.9.1-4) a ye ; > 141When M<0.4Nz,taking M=0.4Ne. Coefficient a,, xy in shove equations shall be calculated according to the following equations: a= (4.0- 0.084), [fe (10.9. -5) When a,>0.7, taking a, =0.7. ay = 0.640. 254 (10,9. 1-6) When the measures for preventing the flexural deformation of anchor are adopted, taking a= 1.0, Where f,—design value of tensile strength of anchor steel reinforcements , adopted according to the Table 4.2.3-1 of the code, but shall not be greater than 300N/mns V—design value of shearing forces N—design value of normal tensile force or nonmal compressive fore, the design value of normal compressive force shall not be greater than 0.5 fA. here, A denotes the area of anchor plates M——design value of bending moments ay influence. coefficient for number of courses of anchor steel reinforcements; when the anchor steel reinforcements are arranged in equidistant spacing; taking 1.0 for two courses; taking 0.9 for three courses ; taking 0.85 for four courses; ay a: a4—~reduction coefficient for flexural deformation of anchor plate; 1——thickness of anchor plates ‘distance between the centre lines for the most outer courses of anchor steel reinforce- shearing load-bearing capacity coefficient of anchor steel reinforcements diameter of anchor steel reinforcements * ‘ments along the acting direction of shearing force. 10.9.2 The embedded parts of which the shearing forée is sustained in concert by the anchor plate and the symmetrically provided bent anchor steel reinforcements as well as the straight anchor steel reinforcements (Fig. 10.9.2), the sectional area Aq, of bent anchor steel reinforcement shall comply with the following stipulations: i Coefficient a in equation is adopted according to stipulations in the Clause 10.9.1 of the code. When the straight anchor steel rein- “* Bl Ay = 14> - 1.250,A, (10.9.2) Sy forcement is provided according to the detailing requirements, taking hes ie) A,= 0. Note: The included angle between the bent anchor steel reinforcement and the Fig.10.9.2 Embedded parts com- steel plale may not be les than 15°, but not greater than 45°. posed of anchor plate and bent an- 10.9.3 Anchor steel reinforcement of stressed embedded parts ‘hor steel reinforcements as well as shall adopt the steel bars of Grade HPB235, Grade HRB 335 or “ight anchor steel reinforcements 142Grade HRB400. The cold-processed steel bars are strictly prohibited to use. 10.9.4. Stressed straight anchor steel reinforcements of embedded parts may not be less than 4 pieves and may not be more than 4 courses; its diameter may not be less than 8mm and may not greater than 25unm, Two pieces of straight anchor steel bars can be used for embedded parts to sustain shearing force. “Anchor steel reinforcements of embedded parts shall be located at inner side of outer course of main steel reinforcements 10.9.5 Anchor plate of stressed embedded parts may adopt steel of Grade Q235. Straight anchor stecl reinforcement and anchor plate shall adopt the T-type welding. When the diameter of anchor steel reinforcement is not greater than 20mm, the pressure hidden-are welding may be adopted. When the diameter of anchor steel reinforcement is greater than 20mm, the perforated filling welding may be adopted. When manual welding is adopted, the height of weld seam may not be Tess than 6mm and 05d (for stee) bar of Grade HPB235) or 0.64 (for steel bar of Grade HRB335, Grade HRB400), 4 denotes the diameter of anchor steel reinforcement. 10.9.6 The thickness of anchor plate may be greater than 0.6 times the diameter of anchor steel reinforcements . The thickness of anchor plate for tension and flexural embedded parts may be greater than 5/8, b denotes the spacing of anchor steel reinforcements (Fig. 10.9.1). The distance from the centre of anchor steel reinforcements to the edge of anchor plate shall not be less than 2d and 20mm. For the tension and flexural embedded parts, the spacing of anchor steel reinforcements b, bi, ‘and the distances from the anchor steel reinforcement to the edge of member ¢ and cy shall not be less, than 3d and 45mm (Fig. 10.9.1). For shear embedded parts, the spacing and by of the anchor steel reinforcements shall not be reat than 300mm, and shall not be less than 6d and 70mm; the distance; from the anchor steel reinforcement to the edge of the member shall not be less than 6d and 70mm, b and c shall not be Jess than 3d and 45mm (Fig. 10.9.1) 10.9.7 Anchorage length of tensile straight anchor steel reinforcement and bent anchor steel reinforcements shall not be less than the anchorage length of tensile steel reinforcement stipulated in the Clause 9.3.1 of the code, when the anchor steel reinforcements adopt steel bar of Grade HPB235, it shall still comply with the slipulations in the Clause 9.3.1 of the code. When the requirement for anchorage Iength can not be satisfied, hence the other effective anchoring measures shall be taken. "Anchorage length of shear and compression straight anchor steel reinforcements shall not be less than 15d. d denotes the diameter of anchor stee] reinforcements. 40.9.8 Hanging ring for precast member shall be made by steel bar of Grade HPB235, the cold-processed stee! bars are strictly prohibited to use. ‘The depth, that hanging ring is embedded into concrete, shall not be less than 30d and hanging ring shall be welded or bound on the skeleton of stee! bars. Under the action of characteristic value of self-weight of the member, the hanging ring stress of each hanging ring calculated according to 2 sections shall not be greater than SON/mm?; when 4 hanging rings are provided on one member, only 3 banging rings shall be taken in the calculation of design. 14310.10 Connection of Precast Structural Members 10.10.1 The form of connecting joint for precast members shall be designed according to the bearing property of the structure and the conditions of construction, which shall still be simple in the structural formation and direct in the transmission of loading. For the rigid joints which are able to transmit bending moment and other internal forces, hence, the sectional rigidity at the joint portion shall be designed close to the rigidity of precast member adjacent to the joint. 10.10.2 When the joints between column and column, beam and column, beam and beam are designed by rigid connection, that the assembled monolithic joint, in which the steel reinforcements are joined by mechanical connection or welded connection, may be adopted. For the assembled structure in the process of installation shall consider the unfavorable factors such as the temperature difference and the shrinkage of concrete during in construction and service stages ete., and it shall be strengthened with detailing steel reinforcements appropriately on the basis of cast-in-situ. structures, meanwhile, it shall also avoid the concentration of stresses caused by local weaking of the structure, When the steel reinforcements adopt welded connection, attentions is to be paid for the welding procedure and the choice of reasonable structural formation so as to reduce the influence of welding stress. When the structure of joint and the measures for construction can ensure to reach the requirements for force transmission performance of connecting joint, then the steel reinforcements of assembled monolithic joint can also adopt other connecting methods. 10.10.3 Design of assembled monolithic joints shall meet the requirements for load-bearing eapacity, stability and deformation during the construction and service stages. 10.10.4 When the column adopts assembled tenon joint, the load-bearing eapacity of section in the range adjacent to the joint may be 1.3~ 1.5 times the load-bearing capacity needed in calculation of the section (all calculated according to the axial compression load-bearing capacity). In this case, the ‘measures such as adding the transverse steel reinforcement mesh in the concrete of joint and its adjacent portion, increasing the strength grade of post-pouring concrete and providing the additional longitudinal steel reinforcements ete. can be taken. 10.10.5 The longitudinal steel reinforcement of the column in the assembled monolithic nodal point, shall be run through the all nodal points, and the longitudinal steel reinforcement of the beam shall be anchored in the nodal point according to stipulations in the Clause 10.4.1 of the code. 10.10.6 For the joint of the assembled member which is considered to transuit the internal forces in the calculation, the strength grade of fine stone concrete may not be less than’C30 grouting to the gap at joint, and the measures for reducing the shrinkage of grouted concrete shall be taken. Width for the sp of joint hetween beam and columm may not be less than 80mm: For the joint of member which is not considered to transmit the internal forces in the calculation, the strength grade of fine stone concrete shall not be less than C20 grouting to the gap at joint. 10-10.7 For single storey house or multi-storied house with, the height not greater than 20 m, the sides of the assembled precast floor slab and roof slab may be made as double cogged side or other 144forms that could transmit the shearing foree. ‘The gap at joint between slabs side shall be grouted by the fine stone concrete of not lower than C20, the width of upper mouth of the jointing seam may not be less than 30mm. For assembled floors and roofs have need of to transmit the horizontal lead, as well as, the assembled floors and roofs for the multi-storied house with the height greater than 20 m, the ‘measures to raise their integrity sball be taken. 14511 Earthquake-resistant Design of Reinforced Concrete Structural Members 11.1 General Stipulations 11.1.1 Concrete structural members with requirement of earthquake-resistant, besides shall comply with the requirements from Chapter 1 to Chapter 10 of the code, shall still be on the basis of earthquake-resistant design principles specified in the curent national standard “Code for seismic Design of Buildings” CB50011, according to the stipulations in this Chapter to carry out the earthquake-resistant design for structural members 41.1.2 Checking calculations for earthquake-resistant of structure shall comply with the following stipulations: 1 For buildings with fortified intensity of Degree 6, (except for relatively tall buildings built on the Class IV soil), the sectional earthquake-resistant checking calculation may not be carried out, however, they shall comply with the requirements for relevant measures of earthquake-resistant. 2. For higher tall buildings built on the Class WV soil with fortified intensity of Degree 6, building structure with fortified intensity of Degree 7 or above, the sectional earthquake-resistant checking calculation under frequent earthquake action shall be carried out. 11.4.3 Maximum height, which is suitable for cast-in-situ reinforced concrete buildings, shall comply with the requirements in the Table 11.1.3. For the structures with iregular plane and iregular vertical direction or the structures on the Class IV soil, the maximum height suitable for buildings may he lowered properly. ‘Table 11.1.3 Maximum Height Suitable for Cast-in-situ Reinforced Concrete Buildings (m) fortified Intensity Stuctural system - ; 7 8 9 Frame stractre 55 45 25 Frame-structural (shear) wall structure |__30 120 100 50 AIL fall in the ground-based structural F 20 100 ‘Structural (shear) wall structure ~ 2 (shear) wall = | a rartial beaced ructural (shear) ‘not ae Parti frame- structural (shear) | 100 | gy | Sb mt be wall structure: adopted ‘Frame-core tubular structure 150 130 100 70 ‘Tube structure co ‘Tube-in-tube structure 180 150 120 80 146Note:1. The height ofthe building denotes the height from the outdoor ground level tothe top of min roof plate (the Jocal projecting from roof partis not considered) 2. Frame-core tubular structure denotes combined structure of the peripheral scatered columns frame and the core tubes 3. Partial braced frame- structural (shear) wall stucture denoies a combined structure of the braced frame at first storey or at two stories on bottom part of building and the fal in the ground-based structural (shese) wall: 4.-For Class A building, its maximum height of building shall be determined in accordance with increasing the Jocal regional fortified intensity by one degree, when the local regions] fortified intensity is Degree 9, it shall be in special considered; the maximum heights of Class B and Class C buildings shall be determined according to local regional fortified intensity: 5. The height of building exceeds the heights in the Table shell be designed in comaplianoe with the relevant standard and the effective strengthened measures may be adopted. 11.1.4. Barthquake-resistant design of concrete structural members shall adopt the different Farthquake-resistant Grades in Table 111.4 on the basis of the fortified intensity, the types of structure and the height of buildings, and shall comply with the corresponding calculating requirements and the detailing measures for earthquake-resistant. ‘Table 11.1.4 Earthquake-resistant Grades of Concrete Structures ‘elu eeu Structural system and type ~ 6 8 [9 Becight (m) | <30} >30 > | ats Frame WY) HE) @/ OI I I 1 Frame structure Public buildings with large span such as 1 1 I 1 theatres and gyms, ete. Height (m) <6) >60| <60| >60| <6) >60 <50 Frame-structural {shear} wall Frame Y/| ad] RIO. I I I ae ‘Stractural (shear) wall) Ho) I I I 1 I is < 80 0 ssrocoral(shear)|_—_‘Hseht (™ eos cee i ‘wall structure Structural (shear) wal} | | | K | 1 I ‘Frame in braced jae qe Partial Braced frame storey ayulafais frame-structoral Shall not (shear) wall be adopted | be adopted trocture (Structural (shear) wall) Ho) Lo] Ej w | YT | 147(continued) 1 Single storey industrial plant Binged bent v x | I I structare I Ll Note:1 Earthquake-resistant Grade of Class C building shall be determined directly by this ‘Table aecord- ing to local regional fortified intensity;. for other Classes buildings,. their fortified intensity shall be adjusted in advance according to the stipulations in the current national standard “Code for seismic Design of Buildings "GBSOOLL, then the Earthquake-resistant Grade can be determined according to this tables 2 When the building site is in Class I soil, other than the fortified intensity of Degree 6, it shall be allowed that the earthquake-resistant detailing measures shall be adopted according fo one degree lower than the local regional fortified intensity with corresponding Karthquake-resistant Grade. However, the corresponding calculation requirements shall not be lowered; 3° For feame-structural (shear) wall structure, when the earthquake action is calculated according to the fundamental vibration mode, if the earthquake overturning moment sustained by frame part is greater than 50% of the total earthquake overtuming moment of structure, that the Earthquake-resistant Grade of frame part shell be designed according to comesponding Earthquake-resstant Gratle of frame structure in this Tables 4 In partial braced frame-siructurel (shear) wall structure, the Rarthquake-resistant Grade of the general portion, which is above the strengthed portion of structural (shear) vall, shall be determined according 10 ssruclural (shear) wall in shear vall structure 11.1.5 For the structural (shear) wall of partial braced frame-structural (shear) wall structure, the height of strengthened portion at bottom part may adopt the greater value between the height of braced frame storey plus two stories above braced frame storey and the'1/8 of total height of fall in the ground struetural (shear) wall, however, may not be greater than 15 mj for shear wall of other structures, the hight of strengthened portion at botiom part may adopt the greater value between the 1/8 of total height of wall limb and the height of two stories at bottom part, however, may not be greater than 15m. 11.1.6 For concrete structural members of which the combination of earthquake action is consid- cred, the sectional load-bearing capacity shall be divided by an earthquake-resistant adjustment coefii- cient for load-bearing capacity Yq, which shall be taken from values listed in the Table 11.1.6. {only the combination of vertical earthquake action is considered, the earthquaké-resistant adjustment onefficient for load-bearing capacity shall be taken as Yaz = 1.0 for all types of structural 148‘Table 11.1.6 Earthquake-resistant Adjustment Coefficient for Load-bearing Capacity Calculation of inclined Caleulation of normal sectional load-beerng capacity sectional Tea-bearing | etalon Type of capocty feel eirctral + | conpression rember Al type of | Yoad-bearing Flewral pai an Pnee | ant members and capacity member nodal points ° ber « chum | al : Yar 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.85 0.85 1.0 ‘Note:1. The earthquake-resistant adjustment coefficient for load-bearing capacity of the eccentric compression column with an axial force ratio less than 0.15 may be taken as Yng = 0.75. 2.‘The earthquake-resistant adjustment coefficient for load-bearing capacity in calculation for section of anchor steel bar for embedded parts may be taken as 7xp = 1.0. 11.1.7 For conerete structural members of which the earthquake-resistant fortified measures are quired, the anchorage and connecting joint of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements, other than comply with stipulations in Section 9.3 and 9.4 of the code, shall still comply with the following requirements: 1 Earthquake-resistant anchorage length Jy, of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement may be caloulated according to the following equations: Earthquake-resistant Grade Land II lg = 1.151, (7-1) Earthquake-resistant Grade I 1.051, (11.1.7-2) Barthquake-resistant Grade IV (11.1.7-3) anchorage length of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement, determined according to the Clause 9.3.1 of the code 2. When lapped splice joint is adopted, the earthquake-resistant lapped splice length of longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement lip shall be calculated according to the following equation: lie = Cle: (1.1.7-4) Where, ¢—modifying coefficient of lapped splice length for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcement determined by the Clause 9.4.3 of the code. 3 Connection of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements for reinforced concrete structural members can be classified into two types: binding lapped splices mechanical connection or welded Proper connection may be selected according to different cases. 4 Location of connected joint for longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements may avoid the densi- 149fied portion of stirrups in beam end, column end ; when it is difficult to avoid, that the high quality mechanical connected joint, which can meet the needs of equivalent strength shall be adopted and the perventage for area of steel reinforcements joints shall not exceed 50% . 11.1.8 The end of stirrup may be made into 135°hook, of which the length of straight sector at the end of hook shall not be less than 10 times the diameter of stirrup; the diameter of stinup within the range of lapped splice length of longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements shall not be less than 0.25 times the greater diameter of lapped splice steel reinforcements; the spacing shall not be greater than 5 tinies the smaller diameter of lapped splice steel reinforcements, and shall also not be greater than 100mm. 11.2 Materials 11.2.1 Concrete strength grade of concrete structures with the requirement of earthquake-resistant foruficatioi shall’ comply with the following’ requirements! 1 When the fortified intensity is Degree 9, the concrete strength grade may not exceed C603 When the fortified intensity is Degree 8, the concrete strength grade may not exceed C70 2 For the beam or the column of braced frame, as well as the girder, column and nodal point of frame with the Earthquake-resistant Grade [ , the concrete strength grade shall not be less than C30; for the other type structural members, the concrete strength grade shall not be less than C20 11.2.2 General longitudinal stressed steel reinforcements in structural members may adopt the steel bars of Grade HRB400, Grade HRB3353 the stirrup may adopt the steel bars of Grade HRB335, Grade HRB400, Grade HPB235. In construction works, if the original designed longitudinal stressed steel reinforcement has need to be replaced by steel reinforéemenit of highér strength grade, the replacement shall be carried out according to the principle of equivalent design value of their tensile load- bearing capacity, and the requirements for the serviceability limit states and the detail cearthquake-resistant shall be meet 11.2.3 For longitudinal stresced steel reinforcements in all types of frame, which are designed according to Earthquake-resistant Grade I, Grade IT, when the ordinary steel bars are adopted, the measured strength value obtained through inspection shall comply with the following requirements: 1 The ratio of measured value for tensile strength of steel har to measured value of yield strength of steel bar may not be less than 1.25. 2 The ratio of measured value of yield strength of steel bar to the characteristic value of strength of steel bar may not be greater than 1.3. wg measures of 11.3 Frame Girder 11.3.1 For frame girder in which the combination of earthquake action is considered, the normal section flexural load-bearing capacity shall be calculated according to the stipulations in the Section 7.2 of the code, however, the right side of the equation for calculating flexural load-bearing capacity shall be divided by the corresponding earthquake-resistant adjustment coefficient Yre- 150In calculation, the depth of the concrete compression zone at the girder end, which is counted in the compression steel reinforcement, shall comply with following requirements: Earthquake-resistant Grade | x <0.25h9 (1.3.1-1) Earthquake-resistant Grade I, Grade Il x <0,35h0 (11.3.1-2) Ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal tensile steel reinforcements at the girder end shall not be greater than 2.5% . 11.3.2 The design value of shearing force V,, for frame girder in consideration of the earthquake-re~ sistant Grade shall be calculated according to the following stipulations : 1 For the all types of frame and the frame structure at earthquake-resistant Grade I, with fortified intensity of Degree 9, (Moon * Mia) 5 Voy and may not be less than the V, value obtained according to the equation in (11.3.2-2). 2 Other cases Earthquake-resistant Grade I V,= 11 (11.3.2-1) y= (11.3.2-2) Barthquake-resistant Grade IL Y= 1.2 Wes MD vey (11.3.2-3) Earthquake-resistent Grade il Yel 1 Uh + + Vou (11.3.2-4) For Barthquake-resistant Grade IV, the designed value of shearing force under combination of earthquake action may be adopted. Where Mlua.Minz—the values of bending moment for the left , right ends of the frame girder respectively , corresponding to the normal section earthquake-resistant flexural load-bearing capacity, they are calculated in accordance with the actual sectional area of steel reinforcements, the characteristic values of materials strength and also considering the adjustment coefficients of earthquake-resis- tants the design value of bending moment for the left, tight ends of the frame girder respectively, in consideration of the combination of earthquake action; Vey—the design value of shearing force produced by the representative value of the ‘gravity Joad when the combination of earthquake action is considered, may be determined according to the calculation of simply supported beams MM; 1,——net span of the girder. 151In the equation (11.3.2-1), the sum of Mi, and Aux may be calculated in clockwise direction and countercloclovise direction respectively, and the greater value of the two directions may be taken. ‘The value of Miya for each end may be calculated by the relevant equation of the Section 7.2 of the code, however, the design value of strength of materials in equation may be replaced by the characteristics value of strength in the calculation, and the sectional areas of actual longitudinal steel reinforcements may be taken, and the inequality sign may be replaced with an equality sign, and the right side of the equality sign may be divided by the earthquake-resistant adjustment coefficient of the normal section load-bearing capacity of the girder. In the equations (11.3.2-2) to (11.3.2-4), the sum of Mf, and Mf may he calculated in clock vise direction and in counterclockwise direction respectively, and the greater value ofthe two directions may be taken. For earthquake-resistant Grade I, when the bending moments at two ends are negative, the absolute value of smaller bending moment may adopt zero. 11.3.3. For the frame girder in which the combination of earthquake action is considered, when the span to depth ratio [o/h > 2.5, its shear section may comply with the following conditions We Fg 0-2OBfabho) (11.3.3) Where 2.—influence coefficient of concrete strength: when the concrete strength grade is not over than C50, tking 2,=1.0; when the concrete strength is C80, taking, =0.8; the intermediate values may be determined according to linear interpolation method . 11.3.4. For the frame girder with the rectangular, ‘T-shaped section, I-shaped section in which the combination of earthquake action is considered, their inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity shall be calculated by the following equations: 1. Ordinary frame girder Wwe Fag lOrfibhy + 1.25f5y 2h] (3.441) 5 2 Frame ginder under the effect of concentrated loed (including various loads in which the value of shearing stress produced at the edge of the nodal point by the concentrated load is more than 75% of the tofal value of shearing stress) (11.3.4-2) Where A——ratio of shear span to dépih for calculating section, which can take 2 = a/hg, a de notes the distance from acting point of concentrated load to the edge of nodal poi when 2 < 1.5, taking 2=1.5; when 4> 3, taking d= 3. 11.3.5 Sectional size for frame girder shall comply with the following requirements; 1 Width of section may not be less than 200mm; 2 Ratio of sectional depth to width may not be greater than 4; 3 Ratio of net span to sectional depth may not be less than 4. 11.3.6 Steel reinforcements provided for frame girder shall comply with the following stipulations; 1 Ratio of reinforcement for the longitudinal tensile reinforcements shall not be less than 152the values stipulated in the Table 11.3.6-1. Table 11.3.6-1 Minimam Ratio of Reinforcement for Longitudinal ‘Tensile Reinforcements of Frame Girder ( %) [cation in girder Earthquake-resistant Grade = be Support Mid-span Greater value between 0.4 and| Greater value between 0.3 and eee Bf fy Sf/fy | Greater value between 0.3 and Greater value between 0. 25 and Gade Bib, S8i/f, z Greater value between 0. 25 and Greater value between 0. 2 and Gade HL, W a ae 2 The ratio of sectional areas of longitudinal stressed reinforcements at the bottom portion to the top portion of ends sections for the frame girder, other than it is determined through calculation, shall not be less than 0.5 for earthquake-resistant Grade I , and shall not be less than 0.3 for Grade IL, I. 3. Atends of girder, the length of densified zone for stirrups, the maximum spacing of stirrups and the minimum diameter of stirrup shall be adopted according to the Table 11.3.6 - 2; when the ratio of reinforcement for tensile steel reinforcements at ends of girder is greater than 2% , the minimum diameter of stirrup in this Table may be increased by 2mm. ‘Table 11.3.6-2 Detailing Requirements of Densified Zone for Stirrups at Ends of Frame Girder Earthquake-resistant| Length of . ; : Minimum diameter Grade | densified zome (nam) |S*mm sean of stirs (MI rap (rm) Geter vaiue |, Mima value Deween the 6 reater value times diameter of longitudinal steel Grade T between 2h and) - 0 oe reinforcement, the 1/4 of girder depth and 100 "| Minimum value between the 8 times diameter of longitudinal steel Grade : reinforcement, the 1/4 of girder : depth and 100 | Minimum value between the 8 Greater value i ee 1 Sh ana | Hs OF diameter of longitdinat i between 1, 5/1 an a steel reinforcement, the 1/4 of girder depth and 150 [Minion value between the 8 | times diameter of longitudinal steel Grade W : das 6 reinforcement, the 1/4 of girder | depth and 150 Note: h in the Table denotes the depth of section. 15311.3.7 At least two pieces of the longitudinal steel bars with full length shall be provided along the full length of upper portion and lower portion respectively of the girder, for Karthquake-resistant Grade I, TL, the diameter of steel bars shall not be less than 14 ram, and shall still not be less than 1/4 of the greater sectional area between the sectional, areas of longitudinal stressed steel bars at upper portion and lower portion in the two ends of girder, for Earthquake-resistant Grade II, IV, the diameter of steel bars shall not be less than 12 mr 11.3.8 At the length of the stimup densified zone in girder, the distance between the limbs of stirup: for Earthquake-resistant Grade I may not be greater than the greater yalue between 200 mm and 20 times the diameter of stirrap; for Barthquake-resistant Grade I, Ill, may not be greater than the greater value between 250 mm and 20 times the diameter of stirrups for Earthquake-resistant Grade WV, may not be greater than 300 mm. 11.3.9 The first stirrup in the ends of girder shall be placed at the position where the distance from the edge of frame nodal point is not greater than 50 mm. ‘The spacing of stirrups in non-densified zone may not be greater than 2 times the spacing of stimups in densified zone. The ratio of reinforcement for stirrups along the full length of girder 4, shall comply with the following stipulations: fi Earthquake-resistant Grade 1 320.305 (11.3.9-1) Fe Earthquake-resistant Grade I 20.28 A (1.3.92) Earthuake=resistant Grade [PIV 30:26 (1.3.9.3) 11.4 Column of Frame and Column of Braced Frame 11.4.1 The column of frame and the column of braced frame considering the combination of earthquake action, the earthquake-resistant normal section’ load-bearing cap cordance with the stipulations int the Chapter 7 of the code. But the right side in equations for ealcula- tion of load-bearing capacity shall be divided by the Goesponding, earthquake-resistant adjustment co- city shall be calculated in ac~ efficient ne of the normal section load-bearing capacity. 11.4.2. The design values of sectioial intemal forces, at the top, bottom ends of nodal points on the columns of frame, as well as, at the top, bottom ends of nodal points on the columns of braced frame at intermediate stories considering the combination of earthquake action, shall be calculated according to the following equations: 1. Design value of bending moment at top, bottom column ends in nodal point 1) Varied frames with fortified intensity of Degree 9 and frame structure for earthquake-resistant Grade I SM, = 1.22Miag (1.4,2-1) and shall not be less than the value of Sf, obtained by the equation (11.4.2-2). 2)Other cases Earthquake-resistant Grade T 3M, =1.45M, (114.22) 154Barthquake-resistant Grade IL -2EMy (1.4.23) Earthquake-resistant Grade [I LEM, (11.4.2-4) Earthquake-resistant Grade IV, the design value of bending moment at column ends can adopt the design value of bending moment under the combination of earthquake action. Where M,——sum of design values of bending moments at top, bottom column ends in nodal point, for which the combination of earthquake action is considered; in general case, the design, values of bending moments at top, bottom column ends may be determined by the distribution for the sum of hending moments calculated by the e- quations (11,4.2-1) to (11.4.2-4) according to the ratio of bending moments considering the combination of earthquake action obtained from the elastic analysis of the top, bottom column ends; EMyu—the greater value for the sum of bending moments, which is corresponding to the calculated normal section earthquake-resistant flexural load-bearing capacity of left, right girder ends in same nodal point in accordance with the counter-clockwis or clockwise direction respectively, adopting the actual sectional areas of steel reinforcements with the characteristic values for strength of materials and also considering the earthquake-resistant adjustment coefficients; the value of Mj, for girder end shall be calculated according to the relevant stipulations in the Clause 11.3.2 of the codes =Mj—the greater value for the sum of the design value of bending moment of the left, right girder ends in the same nodal point for whieh the combination of earthquake action is considered in counter-clockwise or clockwise direction respectively; for Earthquake resistant Grade I, when the bending moments at both ends are all minus, the value of bending moment, which absolute value is smaller, shall. adopt zero. ‘When the point of inflexion is beyond the range of storey height of column, the design value of bending moment at column ends of frame for Earthquake-resistant Grade 1, I, Il shall be determined by the design values of bending moments in consideration of the combination of earthquake ae- tion multiplying directly with coefficients of 1.4, 1.2 and 1.1; for the column of frame in the top storey and the ratio of axial compression for column is less than 0.15, the design value of bending mo- ‘ment at column end can adopt the design value of bending moment under the combination of earthquake action. 2 Design value of axial force at top, bottom column ends in nodal point shall adopt the design value of the axial force at each end of column under the combination of earthquake action. 11.4.3 Under the combination of earthquake-action,, the design value of bending moment of the bottom column end section at bottom storey of the frame structure, as well as, the top column end section at top storey and the bottom column end section at bottom storey of the braced frame structure, for Farthqueke-resistant Crade I. I, I], their design value of bending moment considering the combination of earthquake action shall be multiplied by the coefficients 1.5, 1.25 and 1.15 respectively. Longitudinal steel reinforcement of hottom storey column shall be provided according to the unfavorable 155cases of the top, bottom column ends Note: bottom storey denotes the first story above foundation without basement or the first storey above basement 11.4.4 The design value for shearing force V, for column of frame, column of braced frame in consideration of the combination of earthquake action, shall be calculated in accordance with the following, ceqquations: 1. Varied frames with fortified intensity of Degree 9 and frame structure with Earthquake-resistant Grade I 7 ry V, = 1.2 Mine + Men) (11.4.4-1) Ay and shall not be less than the value of V, obtained by the equation (11.4.4-2). 2 Other cases Earthquake-resistant Grade I ‘Me v, = 1.4 Ue + Me) (11.4.4-2) Hy Farthquake-resistant Grade I] (M+ ME) Va = 12s (41.4.4-3) Earthquake-resistant Grade II a 211 GhsM) (11.4.4-4) Earthquake-resistant Grade IV, the design value of shearing force under combination of earthquake action shall be adopted. Where Miya, MGx——value of bending moment at top, bottom column ends of frame respectively comesponding to nonmal section earthquake-resistant load-bearing capacity calculated according to the actual sectional area of steel reinforcement and the characteristic value for strength of material, and in consideration of the earthquake-resistant adjustment coefficients M,,.M?——design value of bending moment at top, bottom column ends of frame respec tively in consideration of the combination of earthquake action and after ad~ justments H,—net height of column. ‘The sum of M!, and MY,,, in equation (11.4. 4-1), shall be caleulated in clockwise and counter-clockwise directions respectively, and the greater value shall be taken. The value of Mi. and ME», may be caleulated in accordance with the stipulations in the Clause 11.4.4 of the code, however, the design value for the strength of materials shall be replaced by characteristic value of strength, the sectional area of actually provided longitudinal steel reinforcement shall be taken, the inequality shall be changed into the equality and the right side of equality shall be divided by the corresponding earth- 156quake-resistant adjustment coefficient f load-bearing capacity; meanwhile, N can adopt the design value of axial compression force produced by the representative value of gravity load. The sum of M! and MY, in equation (11.4.4-2) to (11.4.4-4), shall be calculated in clockwise and counter-clockwise directions respectively, and the greater value shall be taken. ‘The values of MM‘, M? shall be taken according to the stipulations in the Clauses 11.4.2 and 11.4.3 11.4.5 Central line for the column of braced frame may be coincided with the girder of braced frame. When the number for the column of braced frame is more than 10 pieces, the sum of earthquake shearing force sustained by the column of braced frame shall not be less than 20% of earthquake shearing force of this storey; when it is not more than 10 pieces, the earthquake shearing force sustained by each column shall not be less than 2% of earthquake shearing force of this storey. 11.4.6 For the column of braced frame with Fanthquake-resistant Grade I and Il, the additional exial force caused by earthquake action shall be multiplied by the enhancement coefficient 1.5 and 1.2 re-~ spectively; In calculation of axial compression ratio, the enhancement coefficient may not be considered. 11.4.7 For the comer column of frame with Eathquake-resistant Grade I, I, I, the design va- Jues of their bending moment and shearing force, after they are adjusted according to the stipulations in the Clauses 11.4.2 to 11.4.4 of the code, shall be multiplied with enhancement coefficient of not Tess than 1.1 11.4.8 Shear section for the column of frame and the column of braced frame considering the combination of earthquake action shall comply with the following stipulations: Column of frame with ratio of shear span to depth A > 2 V, < 1 (0.28f,bho) (11.4.8-1) TRE Column of braced frame and column of frame with ratio of shear span to depth A<2 V, = 1.(0.158.f.bho) (1.4.8-2) ee 11.4.9. The inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity of the column of frame and the column of braced frame considering the combination of earthquake action shall comply with the following stipulations: V< sl 1D fdha + Sy Ann. « 0.056] (11.4.9) Where A——calculated ratio of shear span to depth for the column of frame and the column of raced frame, taking A= _M/( Vhg)shere, M may adopt the greater design value of bending moment at top, botiom coluran ends considering the combination of earthquake action, V is taking the design value of shearing force corresponding to M, and ho is the effective depth of column section; when the point of inflexion for the column of frame in frame structure is at the range within the height of column storey, it can take H,/(2hg)s here, H, denotes the net height of column; when 2 < 1.0, taking & 0; whend >3.0, takingd =3.0 157N—design value of axial compressive force for the column of frame and the column of braced frame considering the combination of earthquake action, when N'> 0.3f. A, taking W=0.3f,4. 11.4.10 When tensile force occurs in the the column of frame and the cclumn of braced frame, the inclined section shearing load-bearing capacity shall ae) with the following stipulations 142 j : 1S Fhe + fy Ae : o ~ 0.2N] (11.4. 10) When the calculated value in bracket at the right side of above equation is less thang Ah, taking equal to Fo “ho, and the value of Frith shall not be less than 0.36f;bho. Where N——design value of axial tensile force of the column of frame considering the combination of earthquake action. 11.4.1 Sectional size of the colunm of frame may comply with the following requirements: 1 Sectional width and depth of column may not be less than 300 mm; sectional diameter of circular colurm may not be less then 350 mm; 2. Ratio of shear span to depth for column may be greater than 25 3 Ratio of sectional depth to width of column may not be greater than 3. 1.4.12 Placement for steel reinforcements of the column of frame and the column of braced frame shall comply with the following requirements: 1 Percentage of reinforeement for all longitudinal stressed steel bars in the column of frame and the column of braced frame shall not be less than the values stipulated in the Table 11.4.12-1, meanwhile, the percentage of reinforcement at each side shall not be less than 0.2; for higher tall buildings on Grade WV soil, the minimum percentage of reinforcement shall adopt the values in the Table by increasing 0.1; ‘Table 11.4.12-1 Minimam Percentage of Reinforcement for All Longitudinal Stressed Steel Bars in Columns (% ) Earthquake-resstant Grade ‘Type of columns I I ui WV Middle column of frame, sid - 7 10 0.8 07 0.6 fume ecanrien 12 1.0 09 0.8 umn of braced frame I Note; Minimum percentage of reinforcement for all Iangitudinal stressed stel bars in columm, wien the steel bar of Grade HREAO0 is used, shall adopt the’ values in the ‘Table by deducing 0.1; when the grade for strength of concrete is C60 and above, shall adopt the values in the Table by increasing 0.1. 2. Stirrups at top, bottom ends for column of frame and column of braced frame shall be densified. ‘The maximum spacing and minimum diameter of stirrups in densified zone shall comply with the stipulations in Table 11.4.12-2; 158Table 11.4.12-2 Detailing Requirements for Densified Zone of Stirrups at Column Ends Earthquake-resistant a ‘ Minimum diameter Maximum spacing of stirrups (mmm) Puen : Smaller value between 6 times of diameter of lon- 7 gitudinal steel bar and 100 I ‘Smaller value between 8 times of diameter of lon- 8 gitudinal steel bar and 100 1 ‘Smaller value between 8 times of diameter of lon- 8 gitudinal steel bar and 150 (100 at column root) v ‘Smaller value between 8 times of diameter of lon- 6 (8 at column root) gitudinal steel bar and 150 (100 at column root) - ‘Note; Column root of bottom storey column denotes the top surface of basement or foundation surface of building without basement; the length for densified zone of column root shall adopt the value that is ‘not less than 1/3 of net height of column of this storey; when the rigid ground surface is encountered, other than densified zone of stirrup at column end, stirrups shall be still densified within the height range of 500 mm both above and under the rigid ground surface. 3. The stirrups in the column of braced frame and the column of frame with the ratio of shear span to depth 2 <2 shall be densified within full height range of the column, with spacing between stirrups shall not be greater than 100 mm. 4 For the column of frame with Earthquake-resistant Grade I, when the diameter of stirrup is not Jess than 10 mm, distance between limbs is not greater than 200 mm, except col- ‘umn root, stirrups spacing shall allow to adopt 150 mm; when the sectional size of the column of frame with Earthquake-resistant Grade Il is not greater than 400 mm, the minimum diame- {er of stirrup shall allow to adopt 6 mm; when the ratio of shear span to depth for the column of frame with Earthquake-resistant Grade IV is not greater than 2, the diameter of stirrup shall not be less than 8 mm. 11.4.13 Minimum ratio of reinforcement for all longitudinal stressed steel bars in the column of frame and the column of braced frame shall not be greater than 5% . Longitudinal steel bars of column may be provided symmetrically. For the sectional size of the column is greater than 400 mm, the spacing between longitudinal steel bars may not be greater than 200 min, When the design is conducted ac cording to Earthquake-resistant Grade I and the ratio of shear span to depth for column <2, the ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal steel bar at each side of the column may not be greater than 1.2% . 1.4.14 The length for densified zone of stimups in the column of frame shall adopt the maximum value among the longer side for sectional size of column (or diameter of circular section), the 1/6 of net height of column and 500 mm. For the comer columns with eatthquake-resistant Grade I, Grade TL, that the stisups shall be densified along full height of column. 11.4,15 Distance of limbs for stimups in stirrup densified zone of column: it may not be greater than 200 mun for Farthquake-resistant Grade I ; it may not be greater than the smaller value between 250 mm and 20 times the stirrup diameter for Earthquske-resistant Grade Il, Grade If; and it may not 159greater than 300 mm for Earthquake-resistant Grade IV. Furthermore; the stinup or tie bar may be available to bind ini two directions for every piece of longitudinal steel bars when the tie bar is adopt- ced, it may close to longitudinal steel bar and may hook on to enclosed stirup, 11.4.16 The column of frame and the column of braced frame for all varied steuctures with Barth quake-resistant Grade T, Grade I, Grade Il, their force ratio N/f.A may not be greater than the limited value stipulated in the Table 1.4.16. For the higher tall buildings on Grade IV soil, the limited value for axial force ratio of column shall be reduced properly Table 11.4.16 Limited Value of Axial foree Ratio for Column of Brame : Baruake-esstant Grade System of structures 1 1 Frame structure 0.7 0.8 0.9 Frame-struclural (shear) wall 07 | as 0.95 structure, tube structure _ +| Partial braced frame-structural 06 Ae it (ahear) wall structure 3 : Note:1 Axial force ratio 1V/(f,A) denotes the ratio of design velue of axial compression force of the column of 160, frame and the column of braced frame considering the combination of earthquake action iV tothe product of fill sectional area of eohamn A and design value of axial compressive strength of concrete f,+ for the structure is not caried out the calculation of earthquake action, the design value ofthe axial compression force without the combination of earthquake action shall be adopted 2 When the grade for strength of concrete is O65 ~ C70, the limited value of axial force ratio shall adopt the value in the Table by reducing 0.05; when the grade for strength of concrete is C75~ C80, the limited value of axial force ratio shall adopt the value in the Table by reducing 0.10. 3. For the column with the ratio of shear span to depth A.<<2, its limited value of axial force ratio shall adopt the value in the Table by reducing 0.05; for the coluran with the ratio of shear span to depth 2<<1.5, its limited value of axial force ratio shell be specislly studied and the special detailing measures shall be adogted. 4 When the “SE” shaped combined stimup is adopted along fll height of column with the specing of stisrup is not greater than 100 mm, distance between limbs is not greater than 200 mm and diameter is not less than 12 mm, or the combined spiral hoop is edopted along full height of column with thread pitch not treater than 100 mm, distance between limbs isnot greater than 200 mm and diameter isnot less than 12 ‘mm, of the continuous combined rectangular spiral hoop is adopted along full height of column with thread pitch not greater than 80 mm, distance between links is not grester than 200 mm and diameter is nat less than 10 mm, the limited value of axial force ratio can alot the value in the Table by increasing 0.10; the characteristic value for stimip ae hoop reinforeément of above mentioned threé cases 2, shall be determined in for Table 11.4.17 according to the enlarged value of axial force ratio 5. The core column formned by additional longitudinal steel har is to be set atthe cental part of column seetion, and the total area of additional longitudinal steel bar is not les than 0.8% of ares of column section, hence, the limited value of axial foroe ratio can adopt the value in the Table by increasing 0.05. ‘When this measure ie taken in the same time with the measures of above Note 4, the limited value of axial force ratio can adopt the value in the Table by increasing 0.15, however, the characteristic value for stic- rup oF hoop reinforcement A, can still be determined by the requirement of axisl force ratio increasing 0.10. 6 After above strengthened! measures are taken for columns, the ultimate limited valve of axial foree ratio shall not be greater than 1.05.11.4.17 Volumetric ratio of reinforcement for stimaps or hoops in densified zone of column shall comply with the following stipulati 1 Volumetric ratio of reinforcement for stirrups or hoops in densified zone of column shall comply with the following, stipulation: Pr Ba (1.4.17) “fo Where o,——volumetric ratio of reinforcement for stizrups or hoops in densified zone of column, which is calculated according to the stipulations in the Clause 7.8.3 of the code by deducing the volume of overlapping stirmps or hoops; fo——design value of axial compression strength of coneretes when the grade of strength is lower than C35, the value of C35 is adopted; fy—design value of tensile strength of stirrup, hoop or tie bars Ay—tminimum characteristic value for providing stirup or hoop, which shall be adopted according to the Table 11.4.17. ‘Table 11.4,17 Minimum Characteristic Value for Providing Stirrup or Hoop in Densified Zone of Column Ay Earthquake- Axial force ratio ; “Type of stimups 1 resistant eee oho | <0.3] 0.4 | 0.5 | 0.6 | 0.7 | 0.8 | 0.9 | 1.0 | 1.05 dinary timup, Ordinary P+ | 919 | 0.11 | 0.13 | 0.15 | 0.17 | 0.20] 0.23) — | — combined etirupe | Spiral hoop, | | | | Grade T combined | fof ce ominwe 9 a5) oop fot ots 0.8/0.8 | 0.21) —~ combine | S rectangular spiral | | hoops Ondinay stimup, many StemiP> | 9.08 | 0.09 | 0.11 | 0.13 | 0.15 | 0.17 0.24 combined stirups Spiel boop, Grde Tl combined or corsimueus | 0.06 | 0.07 | 0.09 | 0.11 | 0.13 | 0.15 | 0.17 | 0.20] 0.22 ceubined rectangular spiral S is 1 161(continued) Eauthquake- ccampression ratio - ‘Type of straps fetafons siataesbane or hoops <0.3] 0.4 | 0.5 | 0.6] 0.7/0.8) 0.9} 1.0] 1.05 Grade Ordinary sirup, | combined stimupe Spica hoop, Grade I Lectaaes or continuous combined retangular spiral hoops 0.06 | 0.07 | 0.09 | 0.11 | 0.13 | 0.15 | 0.17 | 0.20} 0.22 0.05 | 0.06 | 0.07 | 0.09 | 0.11 | 0.13] 0.15) 0.18} 0.20 Note:1 Ordinary stirrup denotes single rectangular stirrup or single round stirrup; spiral hoop denotes single spiral hoop; combined stirrups denote the strips combining with rectengular, polygonal, round stimups oF tie bar; combined spiral hoops denote the spiral hoops combining with rectangular, polygonal, round stierups or tie bar; and continuous combined rectangular spiral hoops denote the hoops of which all spiral hoops are made of same piece of steel bars i. 2 In caloulating the volumetric ratio of reinforcement for combined spiral hoops, the volume of non-spiral hoops shall be niultiplied with conversion coefficient 0.83 3. For the columns with earthquake-resistant Grade I, I, Ill and IV, the volumetric ratio of reinforce- ‘ment for the stirrups or hoops in densified zone of column shall not be less than 0.8% , 0.6%, 0.4% and 0.4% 5 4 When the grade for strength of concrete is higher than C60, the combined stirrups, the combined spiral hhoops or the continuous combined rectangular spiral hoop may be adopted; when the axial compression ra~ tio is not greater than 0.6, the minimum characteristic value for providing stirrup or hoop in densified zone ‘of column may adopt the value according to the Table by increasing 0.02; when the axial compression ratio is greater than 0.6, then by increasing 0.03. 2° The column of braced frame may adopt the combined spiral hoops or the 3” shaped combined stirrups, its minimum characteristic value for providing stirrup or hoop shall adopt the value according to the Table 11.4..17 by increasing 0.02, while the volumetric ratio of reinforcement shall not be determined less than 1.5% 3° When the ratio of shear span to depth 2<2, the combined spiral hoops or the “3” shaped combined stirrups shall be adopted for the columns with Earthquake-resistant Grade I, II, and the volumetric ratio of reinforcement for stirrups or hoops shall not be less than 1.2% ; when in fortified intensity of Degree 9, the volumetric ratio of reinforcement for stirrups or hoop shall not be less than 1.5%. 11.4.18 Outside the densified zone for stirrups or hoops in column, the volumetric ratio of reinforce- rent for stirrups or hoops shall not be less than one-half of the ratio of reinforcement in densified zones for the earthquake-resistant Grade I , I] , the spacing of stirrups or hoops not be greater than 10d for Grade Ill ,IV, not greater than 15d, here, d denotes the diameter of longitudinal steel bar 16211.5 Column of Hinged Bent J1.5.1. The longitudinal stressed stee] bar and stirrup for column of hinged bent, shall be determined in accordance with the design values of hending moment and shearing force under the combination of earthquake action, and shall be determined through the calculation according to stipulations in the See- tion 11.4 of the code, its detailing requirements shall comply with relevant stipulations in the Chapter 9, 10, the Sections 11.1,11.2, 11.5 of the code. 11.5.2. For the column of hinged bent with fortified requirement of earthquake-resistant, the stirrups densified zone shall comply with the following stipulations: 1. The length of stirrups densified zone 4) For the column top portion, taking 500 mm below the top of column, and it may not be less than the depth of top section of columns 2) For the crane ginler portion, taking from the upper colurmn root to the 300 mm above the surface of the top erane girders 3) For the column root portion taking from the surface of foundation to the 500 mm above the indoor ground level; 4) For the corbel portion, taking the entire depth of the corbel 5) For the nodal point of the connection between the bracing pieces and the columns, as well as, the restricted position for deformation of the column, taking the 300 mm both above and below the nodal point respectively. 2 The maximum spacing of stirrups in stirrups densified zone is 100 mm; the diameter of stimup shall comply with the stipulations in the Table 11.5. Table 11.5.2 Minimum Diameter of Stirrup in Stirrups Densified Zone for Column of Hinged Bent | Earthquake-resistant Grade and Class of Soils ane _| Portions of densified | Grade I | Grade Il | Grade 1, | Grode I, | Grade I, | Grade IV bows All classes |Class IT. IV] Class 1, |Class IN, IV] Clase 1, | All calasses of soils soils TI coils soils T soils | of soils Ordinary column top, col- 8(10) 8 6 um rock portion ‘Top of comer column 0 | ; Crane girder, corbel por- | tion, Braced column root 10 8 : portion Braoed column top por tion, potion where the de- 0 i i formation of column is re stricted 7 Note: The value in bracket of the Table is used for column root. 16311.5.3. When the lateral direction of hinged bent is restricted and the length J from the restricted point to the column top is not greater than two times of the length of column sectional side along this direction (bent plan: 1<2h, vertical bent plan /-<<2b ), and the embedded steel plate in column top and the detailing for stirrups densified zone in column top shall still comply with the following stipulations: 1. The length of the embedded steel plate in column top along the bent plan direction may take the value of the depth h of section at the column top, however, under any circumstance shall not be Jess than h/2 or 300 mm; 2 When the eccentricity of the column top axial force within the bent plan eg, is between the range of h/6 ~ h/4, the volumetric ratio of reinforcement for the stirrups, in column top stirrups densified zone: for Eanhquake-resistant Grade [ may not be less than 1.2% ; for Earthquake-resistant Grade I may not be less than! .0% ; and for Earthquake-resistant Grade Ill, IV may not be less than 0.8%. 11.5.4 Under the action of the vertical and horizontal tensile forces in combination with earthquake action, the coluran corbel supporting the roof structure, such as roof trusses, roof beams for the lower span in industrial building with variable heights, ete., shall still comply with the following require- ‘ments, in addition to the calculations and the steel reinforcements stipulated in the Chapter 10 of the code: 1 The anchor steel bar sustaining horizontal tensile force shall not be less than the pieces speci~ fied below: 2 pieces of stoel bars with diameter of 16 mm for Earthquake-resistant Grade I ; 2 pieces of steel bars with diameter of 14 mm for Earthquake-resistant Grade Il ; 2 picces of steel bars with diameter of 12 ram for Earthquake-resistant Grade Il, IV. 2. Anchoring measures and anchoring length of the longitudinal tensile steel bar and the anchor steel bar in corbel shall comply with the stipulations in the Section 10.8, however, the anchorage length 1, of tensile steel bar shall be substituted by Lar. 3° For horizontal stirrups in corbel, the minimum diameter is 8 mm and the maximum spacing is 100 mm. 11.6 Nodal Point and Embedded Parts for Girder and Column of Frame 11.6.1 Earthquake-resistant shearing load-bearing capacity at core zone of nodal point shall be calculated for frames with Earthquake-resistant Grade 1, IL. For core zone of nodal point for frames with Earthquake-resistant Grade Ill, IV may not be caleulated, however, shall comply with the requirements for the earthquake-resistant detailing measures. The calculating method for the earthquake- resistant shearing load-bearing capacity at nodal point of intermediate stories of braced frame structure and the detailing measures for earthquake-resistant are same as the nodal point of intermediate stories of frame structure 11.6.2 Design value of shearing force V; at core zone of nodal point of frame girder and column shall be calculated according to following stipulations; 1 All types of frame with fortified intensity Degree 9 and frame structure with Earthquake-resis- 164tant Grade I 1) Middle nodal point and end nodal point in top storey (Ma + 3 hig = ay Vy = 115 (11.6.2-1) and shall not be Jess than the value V; obtained according to the equation (11.6.2-3) + 2)Middle nodal point and end nodal point in other stories Hag + Miya) (1 too = 0's vt 1 - fore - iat ( He rm) (11.6.2-2) Y= ras and shall not be less than the value V; obtaining according to the equation (11.6.2-4)s 2 Other cases 1) Earthquake-resistant Grade I Middle nodal point and end nodal point in top storey ME el 5 (0h + MB) (11.6.2-3) hip ~ a, Middle nodal point and end nodal point in other stories 4 ag (Mh + MB) ao ate p= 0s) = 138 ( 7 a (11.6.2-4) 2)Earthquake-resistant Grade I] Middle nodal point and end nodal point in top storey y= 1.2 hs MD (11.6.2-5) hip - 0's Middle nodal point and end nodal point in other stories ith MO(1 _ hig oe) ' ng =e, A= hy (11.6.2-6) Where Migs Mfy———bending moment corresponding to the normal section earthquake-resistant load-bearing capacity of the girder ends in the left, right sides of the frame nodal point respectively, calculated in accordance with the actual sectional area of steel reinforcements, the characteristic values for strength of materials and considering the earthquake-resistant adjustment coefficients Mi, Mi-——design value of bending moment of girder ends in the left, right sides of the frame nodal point respectively, for which the combination of earthquake action is considered hyshy——elfective depth of girder section, depth of girder section respectively, when the depths of girder on either side of the nodal point are different, taking the average values He a—Hlistance between the resultant of forces point of longitudinal compression distance between the inflexion point of the upper column and lower eokumns steel bars of girder to the nearer side of section. The( Miu + Minq)in equations (11.6.2-1),(11.6.2-2) and the( Mi, + M}) in equations (11 1656.2-3) to (11.6.2-6) shall all be adopted according to the stipulations in the Clause 11.3.2 of the code . 11.6.3 Horizontal shear section in the core zone of nodal point for girder and column of frame shal} comply with the following conditions: Vis 10.39 Bf.bjh;) (11.6.3) Ye Where hy—depth of section for the core zone in nodal point of frame, that the depth of section for the column of frame in the checking calculation direction can be taken as hj = hes by——effective checking calculation width of section for the core zone in nodal point of frame, when b= b,/2, taking b; = b,; When b, <,/2, the smaller value between (by +0.5h,) and b, can be taken, If the central lines of girder and column are not coincided, and the eccentricity with ey < b./4, taking the smallest value among (0.5, +0.5b, +0.25h,~ €9),(b,+0.5h,)and be; here, by is the width of section for girder in the checking calculation direction and 6, is the width of section for column in this sides Influence coefficient for the restriction of orthogonal girders to nodal point: when the floor slabs are cast-in-situ, the center lines of girder and column are coincided, the width of sections for all girders at four sides are not less than 1/2 of width of section for column at this side, and the depth of section for orthogonal gitder is not less than 3/4 of the depth of section for higher frame girder, 9; = 1.5 can be adopted; for earthquake intensity Degree 9, ;= 1.25 may be adopted; when the above mentioned restricted conditions are not satisfied, 7; =1 shall be adopted. 11.6.4 The earthquake-resistant shearing load-bearing capacity of the nodal point for girder and col- urn of frame shall comply with the following stipulations: 1 Fortified intensity Degree 9 W ee Vj < L[o.99A5;n + fens M2] (116.441) RE - 2 Other cases _ 6 fare 1 10 Vix F[tanhoi +0. O50 + Synge (11.6.4-2) Where N-—design value of axial foree in the nodal point at lower part of top column, correspond ing to the design value of shearing force considering the combination of earthquake action: When N is compressive force, the smaller value for design value of axial compressive forces is taken, and when N>0.5f.behe» taking N=0.5/.dches when V is tensile force, taking NV = 0; Agj——total sectional area for the limbs of stirrups in the range within the effective checking caleulation width of core zone at same sectional checking calculation directions hg—~elective depth for the section of girder, the average value can be taken, when the depth for the section of girder at two sides of nodal point are unequal . 166.11.6.5 For nodal point of girder and column for circular eoluran frame, when the central line of sirder is coincided with central line of column, the shear horizontal section shall comply with following, conditions : ¥, < 0.3984) (11.6.5) YRe ional area for core zone of nodal point: when the width of beam by2 0.5D ,takingA, =0.8D;when 0.4D 25 mm may not be less than 8d. When the ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal steel bars at upper portion of girder is greater than 1.2% , the upper portion longitudinal steel bars of girder which bent toward outer side of column, other than satisfying the above lapped splice length, may be cut in two batches, its distance between two cut points may not be less than 20d , d denotes the diameter for the upper portion longitudinal steel bars of girder. ‘The anchoring measures for the lower portion longitudinal steel bars of girder in the ends nodal points at top storey are same as that for the upper portion longitudinal steel bars of girder in the ends nodal points at intermediate stories. The anchoring measures for the longitudinal steel bars at the inner 169side of column in the ends nodal points at top storey are same as that for the longitudinal steel ars of column in the middle nodal points at top storey. When the steel reinforcements of column are provided symmetrically, the anchoring requirements for the longitudinal steel bars at the inner side of column in ends nodal points at top storey can he relaxed properly, however, the longitudinal steel bars at the inner side of column shall extend into the top of column. : 5 Longitudinal steel bars of column shall not be cut in the nodal points at all intermediate stories. 11.6.8 Maximum spaci may he adopted acconting to the Table 11..4..12 -2. For the core zone in the nodal point of frame with Earthquake-resistant Grade 1, I, ll, the characteri less than 0.12, 0.10 and 0.08 respectively, and the volumetric ratio of reinforcement for stirrups may not be less than 0.6% , 0.5% , 0.4% respectively. The characteristic value of providing stirrup for core zone in nodal point of frame, with the ratio of shear span to depth for column of framea <2, may and minimum diameter of stirrups at core zone in the nodal point of frame ic value of providing stinup 2, may not be not be less than the’ greater valite among the characteristic. values of providing stirrup for the core zone of top, bottom column ends. 11.6.9. The embedded parts, the sectional area of straight anchor steel bars considering the combination of earthquake action can be caleulatéd according to the Chapter 10'of the’ code, however, the actually provided sectional area of anchor steel har shall be increased by 25% as compared with the caleulated value, and the thickness of anchor plate shall be adjusted correspondingly. Anchorage length of anchor steel har shall be adopted according to the stipulations in the Chapter-10;. when these requirements can not be satisfied, the effective anchoring measures shall be taken. At the place near to anchor plete, a closed stirrup with diameter not less than 10 mm may be set. Straight anchor stee! bar for the embedded parts on the top of hinged bent column shall comply with the following requirements: for Earthquake-resistant Grade I, taking 4 pieces of straight anchor steel bars with diameter of 16 mr ; for Earthqueke-resistant Grade I] , taking 4 pieces of straight anchor steel bars with diameter of 14 mm, 14.7 Structural (Shear) Wall 11.7.1 ‘The structural (shear) wall considering the combination of earthquake action, its the normal seotion earthquake-resistant load-bearing capacity shall be calculated in accordance with the stipulations in the Chapter 7 and the Clause 10.5.3 of the code, however, the right side of the calculating equations for normal section load-bearing capacity shall be divided by the corresponding earthquake- resistant adjustment coefficient 7g: 11.7.2 Design value of bending moment for all wall limb section of structural (shear) wall considering the combination of earthquake action: Far the strengthening portion and the above storey of this portion at the botiom part of structural (shear) wall with the Earthquake-resistant Grade I, shall adopt the design value for bending moment considering the earthquake action at the bottom section of wall limb; for the other parts, can adopt the design value for bending moment considering the combination of earthquake action multiplied the enhancement coefficent 1.2. 17011.7.3. The structural (shear) wall considering the combination of earthquake action, the design va -lue of cheating force V, shall be calculated in accordance with the following stipulations 1. Strengthening portion in the botiom part 1) Fortified Intensity Grade 9 Y= 11 (11.7.3-1) M ‘and shall still not be less than the design value of shearing force V,, obtained through equation in (11.7.3-2)5 2) Other cases Earthquake-resistant Grade I V, = 1.6 (11.7.3-2) Earthquake-resistant Grade V, = 1.4 (11.7.3-3) Farthquake-resistant Grade IIL Vv. = 1.2¥ (11.7.3-4) Design value of shearing foree in combination of earthquake action is taken for Earthquake-resistant Grade Vs 2 Other parts Vee¥ (11.7.3-5) Where Miga-——~Bending moment for the bottom part section of structural (shear) wall corresponding, to the normal section earthquake-resistant flexural load-bearing, capacity, which is calculated in accordance with the actual provided sectional area of steel bars, the characteristic values for the strengh of materials and also considering the earthquake-resistant adjustment coefficient for load-bearing capacity; when the wing wall is available, the longitudinal steel bars within the range for twice as much as the thickness for each side of wing wall shall be counted; M——Design value of bending moment at the botiom part section of structural (shear) wall, considering the combination of earthquake actions V—Design value of shearing force of the structural (shear) wall, considering the combination of earthquake action. ‘The value of My in the equation (11.7.3-1) may be detemmined according to the stipulations in the Clause 7.3.6 of the code by the same method as that used for the calculation of Myys at ends of column for frame stipulated in the Clause 11.4.4 of the code, however, the value of 7g shall take the carthquake-résistant adjustment coefficient for structural (shear) wall nomal section load-bearing capacity. 11.7.4 Shear section of structural (shear) wall considering the combination of earthquake action shall comply with the following conditions: When the ratio of shear span to depth a >2.5 m1Vy < (0.28, bho) (41.7.4-1) Tne When the ratio of shear span to depth A<2.5 Vu < 1(0.158.f.bho) (11.7.4-2) Y Re 11.7.5 When the structural (shear) wall considering the combination of earthquske action is in eccentric compression, its inclined section earthquake-resistant shearing load-bearing capacity shall comply with the following stipulations: (0.4fibho + o.1v 4s) 4 0.87, ito} (1.7.5) s Where V-—the smaller value among design values of axial compression force of structural (shear) wall considering the combination of earthquake action; when NV > 0.2f,bh, taking N .2fcbh A—Ratio of shear span to depth at the section for calculation, 4 = M/( Vig); when A < 1.5, taking A= 1.5; whend >2.2, taking A =2 ending moment corresponding to design value of shearing force Vi when the distance between calculating section and wall botiom is Jess than ho/2, 2 shall be alculated according to design values of bending moment and shearing force at ho/2 apart from wall bottom. 11.7.6 Inclined section earthquake-resistant shearing load-bearing capacity of structural (shear) wall under eccentric tension shall comply with the following stipulations here, M is the design value of Ve ! Ay : O.4f;bho ~ 0.14") « 0.87, 43g} (11.7.6) 4-05 Ske Tee 4 When the calculated value in brackets atthe right side of above equation is loss than 0.8/5.9! 4A ha taking .0.8, Fest Where the greater value from the design values for axial tension force of structural (shear) wall considering the combination of earthquake action 11.7.7 For structural (shear) wall with Earthquake: pacity at the place of horizontal construction joint shall comply with the following stipul ‘When the construction joint sustains axial compression force esistant Grade I, the shearing load-bearing ca- 8: V, < .(0.6f,4, + 0.8N) (uy Tne: When the construction joint sustains axial tension force Ve < 1 (0.6f,4, - 0.8) (11.7.7-2) Yre Where N-—design value of axial force at the place of horizontal construction joint considering the combination of earthquake action; Ay—tolal sectional area of all vertical steel bars at the place of horizontal construction joint 172of the structural (shear) wall, including total sectional area of the vertical distributing steel bars, the additional vertical inserting bars and the longitudinal steel bars of edge member (excluding wing wall at two sides) . 11.7.8 Load-beating capacity of tie beam at the opening of structural (shear) wall shall comply with the following stipulations: 1 Nonnal section earthquake-reisistant flexural load-bearing capacity shall be calculated in ac~ cordance with the stipulations in the Section 7.2 of the code, however, the right side of the equation shall be divided by the load-bearing capacity corresponding earthquake-resistant adjustment coefficient Yes 2. Tie beam with span-depth ratio 1,/h > 2.5 1) Shear section of tie beam shall comply with following conditions: Van < *(0.2f.8.bho) (11.7.8-1) Ye 2) Inclined section earthquake-resistant shearing load-bearing capacity for tie beam of structural (shear) wall shall comply with the following stipulations: 1 Ay Vw = Ho A2f,bho + fy An) (11.7.8-2) Where V.u——design value of shearing force of tie beam, calculated according to the stipulations for the frame girder in the Clause 11.3.2 of the code. Note: For the tie beam with span-depth ratio 1,/h <2.5, the calculation of the controlling conditions of earth- ‘quake-resistant shear section and the inclined section eathquake-resistant shearing load-bearing capacity shall be determined in accordance with the special standaxdes 3° For the tie beam of structural (shear) wall in various structures with Earthquake-resistant Grade I, IL, when the span-depth ratio p/h <2.0, and width of section for tic beam is not less than 200 mm, inclined crossing detailing steel bars may be set in addition to ordinary stirrups; 4 For the tie beam of inner tube and core tube in the tube structures with Earthquake-resistant Grade I , IT, when the span-depth ratio Jo/h<2.0, and width of section is not less than 400 mm, the inclined crossing bidden column reinforcement may be adopted, all shearing forces are sustained by the longitudinal steel bars of hidden ccluran and the stirrups shall be provided in accordance with the detailing requirements for frame girder. 11.7.9 Thickness of structural (shear) wall shall comply with the following, stipulations: 1. Structural (shear) wall structure ‘The thickness of structural (shear) wall for Earthquake-resistant Grade 1, II shall not be less than 160 mm and also not be less than 1/20 of storey heights wall thickness at strengthened bottom part shall not be less than 200 mm and also not be less than 1/16 of storey heights when no end column or wing wall at wall end, the wall thickness may not be less than 1/12 of storey height. For Earthquake- resistant Grade IIL, IV, the thickness of structural (shear) wall shall not be less than 140 mm and shall not be less than 1/25 of storey height. 2. Frame -structural (shear) wall structure and tube structure 173‘The thickness of structural (shear) wall shall not be less than 160 mm and shall not be less than 1/20 of storey height, wall thickness at strengthened bottom part shall not be less than 200 mm and shall not be less than 1/16 of storey height. The wall thickness of strengthened bottom part of tube structure and the one storey above this part shall not be changed. 11.7.10 When the structural (shear) wall thickness is greater than 140 mm, the vertical and horizontal distributing steel hars shall adopt two-row steel bars; the spacing between tensile bar of two-row distributing steel bars shall not be greater than 600 mm with its diameter not be less than 6 mm, At the strengthened bottom part and in the well beyond the edge member, the spacing of tensile har shall be densified properly 11.7.11 Placement of the vertical and horizontal distributing steel bars of structural (shear) wall shall comply with the following stipulations: 1 Ratio of reinforcement for the vertical and horizontal distributing steel bars with Earthquake-resistant Grade 1 , I, It shall not be less than 0.25% ; for Grade IV shall not be Jess than 0.2% , the spacing of distributing steel bars shall not be greater than 300 mm and its diameter shall not be less than 8mins 2 For the strengthened bottom part of structural (shear) wall of the partial braced frame-struc~ tural (shear) wall structure, the ratio of reinforcement for the horizontal and vertical distributing steel bars shall not be less than 0.3% , the spacing between steel bars not greater than 200mm 11.7.12 The diameter of vertical and horizontal distributing steel bars of structural (shear) wall may not be greater than 1/10 of wall thickness. 1.7.13 Axial force ratio of wall limbs N/(f,A) of strenthened bottou part of structural (shear) wall, under the action of representative value of gravity load with Earthquake-resistant Grade I, I, may not be greater than the limited value in Table 11.7.13 Table 11.7.13 Litnited Value for Avial Force Ratio of Wall Limbs Earthquake-resistant Grade Ae Grade T (Class 9) Grade I (Class 8) Grade CfonifedTenesity) oe i Limited value of axial 04 os 06 compre ratio Note: A in axial force ratio N/(f, A) of structural (shear) wall Hinbs is sectional area of structural (shear) wall limb. 11.7.14 Edge member shall be set at the two ends of structural (shear) wall, as well as, the two sides of opening, and shall comply with the following requiresnents: 1 For structural (shear) wall in the structural (shear) wall structure and the frame-stractural (shear) wall structure with Earthquake ue of gravity load, when the axial force ratio of section of bottom wall limb is greater than the stipulation in the Table 11.7.14, the restricted edge member shall be provided st the bottom strengthened parts and the wall limb at one storey above this paris according to the stipullation in the Clause 11.7. 15 of the codes when it is less than the stipulation in Table 11.7.14, the detailing edge member may 74 ant Grade I; IL, under the aétion of representative val-‘be provided in accordance with the stipulations in the Clause 11.7.16 of the code. ‘Table 11.7.14 Maximum Axial Force Ratio of Provided Detailing Bdge Member for Structural (shear) Wall T Eanhquake-esistant Grade ] i (Covtified Intensity) Grade T (Class 9) | Grade I (Class 8) Grade T] ‘Axial force ratio O41 02 0.3 2 In the partial braced frame- structural (shear) wall structure, at the both ends for the bottom strengthened parts of fall to the ground structural (shear) wall and the structural (shear) wall on one storey above this parts, with the earthquake-resistant Grade I , II , that the wing wall or end column, ‘hich conforms with the requirements of restricted edge memher, shall be provided in accordance with the stipulations in the Clause 1.7.15 of the code, also the restricted edge member shall be provided at both sides of the opening. For structural (shear) wall is not fall to the ground, that the restricted edge members shall be provided at the both ends for the bottom strengthened parts and the wall limbs for structural (shear) wall above one storey of this partss 3. For general part of structural (shear) wall in the structural (shear) wall structure and the frame-structural shear wall structure with the Earthquake-resistant Grade 1, I[ , and for strictural (shear) wall in the structural (shear) wall structure and the frame-structural (shear) wall structure with the eacthquake-resistant Grade Il, IV, the detailing edge members shall be provided in accordance with the stipulations in the Clause 11.7.16 of the code. 4) For the core tube of the frame-core tube structure, the inner tube of the tube-in-tube struc ture, other than they shall comply with the requirements in 1 and 3 of this Clause, the edge member at the comer part of tube with the Earthquake-resistant Grade I, II shall be strengthened according to the folloving requirements: for the bottom strengthened parts, the Jength of the restricted edge member a- Jong wall limb shall take 1/4 of the depth of wall limb section, and the stirraps shall be adopted in all the range of the restricted edge member; for within the range of full height above the bottom strengthened parts, the restricted edge member may be provided in accordance with the comer wall in Fig. 11 7.15 of the code. ‘The length of the restricted edge member along the wall limb may still takes 1/4 of the depih of wall limb section. J1.7.15 The restricted edge members (hidden column, end column, wing wall and comer wall) , which are provided at the ends of structural (shear) wall, shall comply with the following requirements (Fig. 11.715): The length J, of the restricted edge member along wall limb and the characteristic value for providing stirrup 2, may satisy the requirements of the Table 11,7.15, reinforcing range of stirups and comesponding characteristic value for providing stirrup 2, and the region of 2,/2 are shown as in Fig. 11.7.15, and the volumetric ratio of reinforcement 9, shall be calculated according to the following equation: (1.7.15) 175Where A, characteristic value for providing stirrup, for the region of A,/2 in Fig. 11.7.15 can be counted into tie bar. 1 —2 , 2 Gf i TH feat: 1, = © «a Fig. 11.715 Restricted edge members of structural (shear) wall Note: the unit of dimension in this Fig. is ram. (a)hidden column, (2) end eolamn, (ec) wing wall (d) comer wall I—Regions where characteristic value of stimup reinforcement is 25 ‘2—-Regone wharo charateiati vale of stimu reinforcement is 2/2 2 Sectional area of longitudinal stecl ars in the restricted edge members of structural shear) wall with the Earthquake-resistant Grade I , II , for the hidden column, the end column, the wing wall and the comer wall shall not be less than 1.2% ,1.0% of shadow area in Fig. 11.7.15 respectively. ‘Fable 11.7.15 Length of Restricted Edge Members Along Wall Limb /, and ‘Its Characteristic Value of Stirrup Reinforcement 4, ee ted Reni | Gmde 1 (Che 9) | Gado 1 (Clase 8) Gnade I eas 0.2 02 “0.2 | Maz. valbe of ‘ix. value of | ‘Mi value of i } Hidden olan | 0.25) 1 Sé,anl 450 | 0.2ho01.5b, and 450 | 0.244155, and 450_| (nm) | Bees Max. value of Max. value of Max. value of bie iE 0.2hys1.5by and 450 | 0.15h,51.5b, and 450) 0.15h,,1.5by, and 450 Note:1 When the length of wing wall is les than 3 times its thicknese, itis regarded as structural (shear) vall ‘without wing wall; when the side length of end column section is Tess than 2 times the thickness of wall, it is regarded as structural (shear) wall without end color; : 2 ‘The length of restricted edge members along, wall limb J,, in addition to satisfying the requirements in the ‘Table 11.7.15, when the eéd column, the wing wall and the comer will aré available, shall still not he less than the thickness of wing wall or the sectional depth of end colum along direction toward wall limb plus 300 mens 3 The spacing of stimups or tie bars in vertical direction ofthe restricted edge mambers shall not be greater than 100 mm for the Barthquake-resistant Grade I, and shall not be greater than 150 mm for the Earth- quake -resistant Grade II ; 4 hy isthe length of wall limb of structural (shear) wall 17611.7.16 The range for the detailing edge members (the hidden column, the end column, the wing wall and the comer wall), which are provided at the end part of structural (shear) wall, shall be adopted in accordance with Fig. 11.7.16, The longitudinal steel bars of the detailing edge members shall still comply with the requirements in the Table 11.7. 16 in addition to satisfying the requirements of calculation, feeb 300 00 asa i | Z { al Na. Ay iE AL ) @) © « Fig. 11.7.16 Detailing edge members of structural (shear) wall (a) hideon column; (6) end column; (e) wing wall (d) corer wall Note: ‘The unit of dimension in this Fig. is mn, Table 11.7.16 Requirements for Detailing Steel Reinforcements of Detailing Bdge Members Betior strengthened part Other pants ae Strap, sie bar “Amour of Stinup, te bar Eanhquake- | minimum steol Maximum | inimmum stee] ‘Maxireum resistant | reinforcements | yfnimum spacing | reinforcements | Minimum spacing cea for diameter = for diameter ae longitudinal | (ram) retical] fongitatinad | (gn) et eae! rection | oat bare dlection (com) (mm) The grester The ester value emong, value among 0.014, and 6 0.0084, and I picces of steel 8 100 | 6 pieces of 8 150 bars with steel bers with diameter of 16 diameter of 14 ‘The greater ‘The greater value among, value among, 0.0084, and 0.0064, and 1 Grpieces of | 8 150 | 6 pieces of 8 200 steel bars with steel bars with | diameter of 14 diameter of 12 177(continued) Bottom strengthened part Other pars poor Siimups tc bar cant of __Stimupte kar Barthquake- | inizmum steel Maximam | xinimum steel Mision resistant | geinforcements | yinimum | SE | reinforcements | yfnimum | 208 one for diameter a for | diameter re Iongitudiond | Geum) | SM |] tongtucing | (nm) Seemed ea i dliection | eel bare direction ce 7 (ra) (0) ‘The greater | the greater valve aniong value among, 0.0054, and 0.0084, and i 4 pieces of 6 150 4 pieces of 6 200 stool bars with steel bars with dismeter of amotat of 12 2mm om ‘The greater ‘The greater value among value among, 0.0054, and 0.0044, and 4 wv 4 pies of 6 200 | pieces of steel 6 250 steel bars with bare with dlismeter of 12 diameter of 12 Note:1 A, is the shadow area shown in Fig. 11.7. 16; 2. For other parts, horizontal spacing of tie bars shall not be greater than 2 times the spacing of longitudinal steel hers, sirup may he provided at the comer; 3° When the end column sustains concentrated load, the requirements for steel reinforcement in coluran of frame shall be satisfied. 11.7.17 Structural (shear) wall in the frame -structural (shear) wall structure shall comply with the following detailing requirements 1 End colummm and beam as the rim shall be provided along the periphery of structural (shear) wall and the sectional size of end column may be same as that for column of frame in same storey, and the requirements for column of frame shall be satisfied; when only column but no beam is available along periphery of wall, the hidden beam shell be provided with its depth taken as 2 times the wall thickness. 2° When the opening is need for structural (shear) wall, hence, the edge member shall be provided at two sides of opening, and the detailing longitudinal steel bars may be provided at the upper and lower edges of opening. 11.8 Prestressed Concrete Structural Members 11.8.1 Prestressed concrete structure can be applied to the regions with the fortified intensity Degree 1786,7, 8, when it is applying to the region with the fortified intensity Degree 9, the sufficient basis shall be available and the reliable measures shall be taken also 41.8.2 The mixed steel reinforcement way of the post-tensioning bonded prestressed steel bars and the non-prestressed steel bars may be adopted for the frame girder. 11.8.3 For post-tensioning bonded prestressed concrete frame girder, the depth of compression zone at girder end in consideration to compression stee] reinforcements shall comply with the following, requirements: Barthquake-resistant Grade 1 x <0.25h9 (11.8.3-1) Earthquake-resistant Grade I, Ill % <0.35h9 (11.8.3-2) and the ratio of reinforcement for steel longitudinal tensile steel bars conversed in accordance with design value of tensile strength of non-prestressed stecl bars shall not be greater than 2.5% (steel bar of Grade HRB400) or 3.0% (steel bar of Grade HRB335) 11.8.4 For post-tensioning bonded prestressed concrete frame girder, its ratio for strength of steel re inforeements of girder end may comply with the following requirements: Barthquake-resistant Grade A todo _ 0.55 (11.8.4-1) SoyAy + feds Earthquake-resistant Grade IL Il finde 20.75 (11.8.4-2) Sop + fds 11.8.5 In ends section of post-tensioning bonded prestressed concrete frame girder, the ratio of seetional area of longitudinal non-prestressed steel bar for bottom side and top side, other than determined by calculation, shall not be less than 1.0 for the Earthquake-resistant Grade I, I, [3 and the ratio of reinforcement for longitudinal compression non-prestressed steel bar shall not be less than 0.2% 179Appendix A Calculation of Plain Concrete Structural Member A.1 General Stipulations A.1.1 Plain concrete member is used mainly as the compression member. Plain concrete flexural ‘member is only used in such conditions as the member is placed on the subgrade, and the member is not subjected to any live loads. A.1.2. The calculation of normal section load-bearing capacity shall be made for the plain concrete structural member; and for the portion sustaining local load, the local compressive load-bearing capacity shall still be calculated. A.1.3/ The calculated length for plain concrete wall and column Jo may be taken from the following stipulations: 1 Two ends supported on the rigid transverse structure, taking Jo = Hs 2° With elastic movable support, taking Ig = 1.25H = 1.5015 3 For free independent wall and column, taking [g = 2H. Where H-is the height of wall or column, measured by storey height A.1.4 The maximum spacing of the expansion joint in plain conerete structure may be taken according to the stipulations in the Table A.1. 4. For monolithie plain concrete wall structure, its expansion joint may be used of the run through type where the foundation is disconnected ‘Table A.1.4 Maximum Spacing of the Expansion Joint in Plain Concrete Strueture(m) T ‘Type of structures Indoor or underground Open sir Assembled structure oad 0 20 Castin-situ structure (with detailing steel re- : iz inforeement) Cestin-sity structure (without detailing steel py Hee a reinforcement) A.2 Compression member A.2.1 For plain concrete compression member, when it is calculated for compressive load-bearing capacity, the work of the concrete tension zone is not considered, and assumed to be that the nomal stress graph for the compression zone is rectangular, with the value of stress equals to the design value of axial compressive strength of plain concrete. In this case, the acting point of the axial force coin- cides with the point of resultant of forces for concrete in compression zone. 180‘The compressive load-bearing capacity of plain concrete compression member shall comply with the following stipulations: 1. For the section of member is symmetzical about the acting plane of bending moment, N< fed’, (A.2.1-1D ‘The depth of the conipression zone « shall be determined according to the following condition: Ce = eo (A.2.1-2) In this case, the distance frem the acting point of the axial force to the centroid of section, ep shall still comply with the following requirement: ey < 0.97% (A,2.1-3) A HP : 2 Fig.A.2.1 Calculation of compressive load-bearing capacity of plain concrete compression member with rectangular section Irotttoid of setions 2-cenuoil axis f etn 2 For rectangular section, (Fig. A.2. 1) N < fecb(b - 2ep) (A.2. 1-4) Where N-——design value of axial comperssive forces g—coefficient of stability for plain concrete member may be taken according to the Table A215 fos—~design value of axial compression strength for plain conerete, it may be taken as the product of the design value for axial compression strength of conorete, f. as stipulated in the Table 4.1. 4, and coefficient of 0.854 A’-—area of the concrete compression zones ec-——-distance from the point for the resultant of forces of the concrete compression zone to the centroid of sections ‘yb-—distance from centzoid of section to the edge of compression zones > h—depth of section When the equation (A.2.1-1) or the equation (A.2.1-4) is used for calculation, detailing steel reinforcement shall be provided in the concrete tension zone for the compression member with ¢9 30.45y’o, and its ratio of reinforcement may not be less than 0.059% of the member sectional area. ‘width of sections If it complies with the conditions obtained from the equation (A.2.2-1) or the equation (A.2.2-2), this detailing steel reinforcement may not be provided 181Table A.2.1 Coefficient of Stability @ for Plain Concrete Member kb | <4} 4] 6] 8} i} 2} wl] wl is | 20{ 2] 4] «6 | 28] 3 hi [ta] t4 | at | 28 | 35 | a2 | 49 | 56 | 63 | 70 | 76| 83 | 90 | 97 | 108 ¢ | 1,00} 0.98] 0.96 | 0.91 | 0.86] 0.82 | 0.77} 0.72| 0.68} 0.63} 0.59] 0.55 | 0.51] 0.47| 0.44 Note: When calculating 1,/b, the value of 6 shall be: the depth of section in the acting plane of hending moment, for eccentric compression members; or the dimension of shorter side of section, for exial compression member A.2.2 For plain conerete compression member in which the cracking is not allowed ( such as the compression members under hydraulic pressure, the parapet, ete.) and when e9-0.45yhs its com pressive load-bearing capacity shall be calculated by the following equation: 1. For section symmetrical about the acting plane of bending moment Ng tek (A.2.2-1) fof 4 ah 2. rectangular seetion Wc go Hath (A.2.2-2) Sealy eo Where fy-—design value of axial tensile strength of plain concrete which may be taken as the product of the design value of axial tensile strength of concrete f,, as stipulated in the Table 4.1.4 of the code, and coefficient of 0.553 ¥—plastic influence coefficient for sectional resisting moment, which may be taken from the value stipulated in the Clause 8.2.4. of the codes W—clastic resisting moment for the tension edge of sections A A.2.3 For eccentric plain concrete compression member, in addition to the calculation of compres- sectional area. sive load-bearing capacity for the acting plane of bending moment, the compressive load-bearing capacity, perpendicular to the acting plane of bending moment shall be also checking cale compression member. In this case, the effect of bending moment may not be considered, but the coef ficient of stability g shall he taken into account. das an axial A.3. Flexural Member A.3.1 The flexural load-bearing capacity for plain concrete flexural member shall comply with the following stipulations: 1 For section symmetrical about the acting plane of bending moment M <2%.W (A3.1-D 2 rectangular section Ue bh? Me (A.3.1-2) 182Where M-—design value of bending moment A.4 Local Detailing Steel Reinforcement 'A.4.1 Under the following conditions, the detailing steel reinforcements shall be provided in plain concrete structure: 1. Parts where the dimension of the structural section varies acutely; 2 Parts where the height of wall varies (provided in a range that is not less than 1m) 3 Parts around the openings in conerete wall Note: After the local detailing steel reinforcement is provided, the spacing of expansion joint shall still be adopted according to the value of requirements for cast-in-sta structures without detsiling steel reinforcement as given in the Table A 1.4 of the code. A.5 Local Compression |A.5.1 The local compressive load-bearing capacity for plain concrete member shall comply with the following stipulations: 1. Only the local load acting on the local compression plane Fis oft focAt (A.5.1-1) 2 Non-local load acting yet on the local compression plane Fr < oBi foe — 0) Ar (A.5.1-2) Where F;-——design value of local load or local compressive force acting on the local compression planes Ay——local compression area; co—oefficient considering the influence for distribution of loads: when the load on local compression plane is distributed uniformly, taking @ = 1.03 when the local load is distributed non-uniformly, (such as the end supporting plane of the beam, the lintel, ect. ) taking » =0.753 o—concrete compressive stress produced by the design value of non-local loads (Py-—coefficient for the increase of strength when concrete is locally compressed, it may be calculated according to the equation (7.8.1-2) of the code 183Appendix B Nominal Sectional Area, Calculated Sectional Area and Theoretical Weight of Steel Reinforcements ‘Table B.1 Calculated Sectional Area and Theoretical Weight of Steel Bars Nominal Calculate sectional ares forthe different number of pieces of steel hars( mm?) ace a cite for (mm) | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7] 8 9 [Piece of steal bar kg/m) 6 sv] ss | us | a [i | ie [26 | 255 | om [6.5 13 19 | 22 | 265 | 299 | 0.260 8 201 wo | 32 | am | 453 | 0.395 8.2 21 ai7_ | 370 | a3 | as | 0.4 10 aid an_| 530 | os | 107 | oi7 2 452 om_| 7 | sot | 1017 | 0.388 14 os oa | ion | | es [ia | 16 sot | e056 | 1407 | 1608 | 180 | 1.58 _| 18 soy_| 703 | tir | 2 | asx | vei | 2036 | 2290 | 2.00 20 cos] 902 | 1056 | 1570 | 1884 | 2109 | 53 | aeer | 2.47 2 aoa iso zm eam ser SC 25 seo | 1473 | 1964 | 2454 | 2005 | 3036 | a7 | is | 3.05 2 aso | asa | 2403 | 3079 | 3605 | asio | a4oa6 | ssi | 4.8 2 eee i i 36 1017.9 | an36 | 30s | aaa | soso | stor | 712s | sia | oie: | 7.99 40__| 1256.6 | 2513 | 370 | so27_| 2x3 | 7520 | s796 | 10083 | 11310) 9.87 50 | 1964 | 398 | 3002 | 7aso | 9mm | trea | ists | sna | vee | 15.42 ‘Note:The calculated sectional area and theoretical weight in the row of nominal diameter d the heat treated steel bar with longitudinal rib, Table B.2 Nominal Diameter, Nominal Sectional Area and Theoretical Weight of Strands 2tnm only apply to a Nominal diameter Nominal sectional area Theoretical weight (ex) (nm?) (ke/m) z 8.6 _ ara 0.295 1x3 10.8 9.3 0.465 29 85.4 [0.61 9.5 54.8 0.432 1x7 I it 74.2 580 standard type 27 98.7. TH I 15.2 139 : 1.101 184Table B.3 Nominal Diameter, Nominal Sectional Area and Theoretical ‘Weight of Stee! Wires ‘Nominal diameter (nam) Nominal sectional area (ram?) ‘hereotical weight (kg/m) 4.0 22.57 0.069 50 Serre ages 0.154 6.0 28.21 0.72 1.0 38.48 0.302 fee sio 50.26 0.394 9.0 aa 0.499 7 185Appendix C Multi-axial Strength and Constitutive Relation of Concrete C.1 General Principles C.1.1 The multi-axial strength and the constitutive relation of concrete shall be determined by the following methods 1 The test specimens are made and measured through test 2. Selecting the mathematical model with reasonable form, in which the values for required pa rameters can be determined by test; 3. The feasible mathematical model which has been verified by test or by engineering experiences, can be adopted. C.1.2 All mathematical models, which have been given in this Appendix, are applicable to the following conditions: the grade of concrete strength C20-C80; the mass density of concrete 2200-2400kg/m?; in normal temperature and humidity circumstances; with normal loading velocity. C.1.3 The stress-strain curve and multi-axial strength of concrete in this Appendix are given according to the relative value of o/ft .¢/ee.0/fi s¢/eu.fa/ft and f,/fe » where the denominators denote single-axial strength of conerete(/? or f° )and corresponding peak value of strain(e, or €,). On the basis of the requirements for method of structural analysis and checking calculation of limit states, that the characteristic value(/y or fy), design value(f, or f,) or mean value( fig, oF fi) may be selected respectively for single-axial strength( f° or f° ). Herein, the mean value shall be caleulat- cd by the following equations: Fon = fox/(1 ~ 1.6458.) (C.1.3-1) Sn = fa/(1 ~ 1.6458) (C.1.3-2) Where 8,,5,——the coeflicient of variation for compressive strength, tensile strength of concrete respectively may he determined by experimental statisties. C.2 Single-Axial Stress-Strain Relationship €.2.1 the equation of the stress-strain curve for single-axial compression concrete shall be determined by the following equations (Fig. C.2.1): When x<1 y = a,x + (3 -2a,)x? + (a, -2)a° (€.2,1-1) When > 1 Soe eae (€.2.1-2 7S Qa DP +e : (€.2.1-3) 186yx (C.2.1-4) =2 fe Where a,,ag-—parameter values for rising segment and descending segment respectively in single- axial compression stress-strain curve may be adopted according 10 the Table C.2.15 fé—single-axial compression strength of concrete fees Fe Ot fon) ir €>—peak value of compressive strain for con- Hit Fig. €.2.1. Suess-strain curve of crete comesponding tof may he adopted age according to the Table C.2.1. ‘Table C.2.1 Parameter Values for Stress-Strain Curve of Single-Axial Compression Concrete FW?) | 15 20 3 30 35 40 45 50 55 © cdx10-9) | 1370 | 1470 | 1560 | 1610 | 1720 | 1790_| 1850 | 1920 | 1990 | 280 oe 2.21 245 2.09 2.03 1.96 1.90 1.84 1.78 171 1.65 aa 0.41 7 1.06 1.36 1.65 1.4 2.21 2.48 2.74 3.00 we | 42 [30/26 [23 | 21 | 20/19 | ro | is | is ‘Note: ¢y denotes the compression strain of concrete when the stess at descending segment of strese-strain curve equals to 0.5/2 C.2.2. The equation for stress-strain curve of single-axial tension concrete may be determined by following equations (Fig. C.2.2): When vl y = 1.2% - 0.2x° (C.2.2-1) When x >1 x ade — Dx ce ze t (€.2.2-3) & 6 a Ye (C.2.2-4) 1 Where a,-—~parameter value of descending segment for stress- strain curve of single-axial tension may be adopted according to the Table C.2.25 fi ——single-axial tensile strength of concrete (furs fr or fax) oT z e—peak value of tensile strain for concrete comespond- Fig. €.2.2 Sresestrain cuve of ing to f¢° may be adopted according to the Table single-exial tension iad 187‘Table C.2.2 Parameter Values for Stress-Strain Curve of Single-Axial Tension Conerete SE (N/mm?) 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 eC x 10°) 6 81 95 107 8 128 137 a 0.31 0.70 1.25 1.95 zat | 3.82 5.00 C.3 Multi-axial Strength C.3.1 For the two-dimensional, three-dimensional structures, or the local part of the rod system structures with multi-dimensional stress states, that the checking calculation for the multi-axial strength of concrete, after their distribution of stresses and the values of principal stresses of concrete ¢; have been obtained by linear elastic analysis, non-linear analysis or experimental method, shall comply with the following requirements: lo lel fil (i = 1,2,3) (€.3.1) Where ;—prineipal stress value of concrete: it is positive under tension state, and it is negative under compression state, and o1 3.25033 multi-axial strength of concrete: it is positive under tension state, and it is negative under compression state, and f; > f)>/f3, may be calculated according to the corre sponding values(fi/f¢ or f;/f2) of multi-axial strength of concrete as stipulated in the Clanses €.3,2 to €.3.4. €.3.2 Under the bi-axial stress state (compressive-compressive, tensile-compressive, tensile-tensile) , the bi-axial strength of concrete ean be determined according to the envelope diagram shown in the Fig.€.3.2. fats (venile-compressive) _1,0f (ensilestensile) i (compresivecompeestve] 1.2 Aft Fig. €.3.2 Envelope diagram for bi-axial strength of concrete 188C.3.3 Under tri-axial compressive ~fv/f¢ ’ | compressive-compressive-compressive) stress i i : evel state, the compressive strength (fs) of con- 5.4 ee sd 16-0 crete can be determined on the basis of the 1 I stress ratio 01/03 using interpolating value in 4 PE eaaeaasee iia the Fig. C.3.3, with the maximum strength value may not exceed 5/2 sof €.3.4 Under triaxial tensile-compressive ( tensile-tensile-compressive, _tensile-com- prescive-compressive) stress stale, the influ- >]! _ev/os80.10 i A ence from ¢ may be neglected in multi-axial Z ey/oy=0.05 i strength of concrete, and the value may be tof wires=0 fd taken according to bi-axial tensile-compres- { sive strength(Fig.C.3.2) { a Under tri-axial tensile (tensile-tensile~ 7 tensile) stress state, the tensile strength of concrete (f;) may take 0.9f¢° Fig. C.3.3 Thtaxial compressive strengh «of concrete C.4 Destructive Criterion and Constitutive Model C.4.1 The destructive criterion for conerete under multi-axial stress state may be expressed by the following common equations: e = a? = sath (C.4.1-1) ve ey{ cos 39)" + ce sin 3-0)" (€.4.1-2) et = f2hrk (€.4.1-3) Fea = Pa ft - fi? (C.4.1-4) axe 00s i= fifi (C.4.1-5) Where g4-——oclahedral normal stress calculated by multi-axial strength of concrete; Tai——octahedral shearing stress calculated by multi-axial strength of concrete; a,b, d,c,,¢¢—patameter values may be determined by test; when the experimental basis are not available, the following values may be adopted: a = 6.9638, 6 =0.09, d= 0.9297 ,c,= 12.2448, ¢,=7.3319. €.4.2 ‘The non-linear elastic orthogonal isomeriem model can be adopted for the constitutive relation of concrete, or the other constitutive models through experimental verification can also be adopted. 189D.O.1 Appendix D Loss of Prestress for Common Tendon Shapes of Post-tensioned Prestressed Steel Reinforcements Parabolic: prestressed steel reinforcement may be considered approxi ely as circular are curve prestressed steel reinforcement. When its corresponding central angle <30°(Fig. D.0.1), the value for the loss of prestress 11 due to deformation of anchorage and inner shortening of steel rein- tions; oy «Beall +)( forvement, which is within the range of reverse friction + influence length J, can be calculated by the following equa- lt 1=#) (on) It ‘The reverse friction influence length 1;(m) ean be calculated according to the following equation; Img he fat ak, | = 1 T600Gata rere) (R012) tt re-~—ouwvature radius (m) of circular are curve prestressed steel reinforcements Fig. D.0.1 Las of prestessed i for —voeflicient of friction between prestressed __crvular are curve prestressed steel steel reinforcement and duct wall may be einforoement, adopted according to the Table 6.2.4 of the codes 4 —coelficient of friction considering the local deviation per meter of duct length may be Fig. D.0.2 Loss of prestress on for steel reinforcement composed of two circular 190. i —— adopted according to the Table 6.2.4 of the codes x——distance from stretching end to calculated section(m) a—value due to deformation of anchorage and inner shortening of steel reinforcement at stretching end (mm) may be adopted according to the Table 6.2.2 of the codes E——elastie modulus for prestressed steel reinforcement. D.0.2 For prestressed steel reinforcement(Fig. D.0.2) is composed of the straight line on the ends (length of straight line as Jp) and the two circular are curves( central angle corresponding to circular are 6<30°), the value for the loss of prestress due to deformation of anchotage and inner shortening of steel reinforcement, which is within the range of reverse friction influence length J, can be calculated by fol-lowing equations: When «
When the section reached the ultimate limit states, the limit rotating angle #, shall be determined according to the following two situations: 1) When the compression strain of conerete ¢, at the outer edge of the sectional compression zone reached the limit compression strain of concrete €.,, and the strain of the outmost row steel reinforcement in the tension zone €,; is less than 0.01, it shall be calculated according to the following equation: o, = <2 (F.0.1-4) 2) When the strain of the outmost row steel reinforcement at the sectional tension zone €y; reached 0.01 and the compression strain of concrete ¢, at the outer edge of the compression zone is less than the li ing equation: it compression strain of concrete €,,, it shall be calculated according to the follow- (P.0.1-5) 4 The compression stress of the concrete unit and the stress of the ordinary steel reinforcement unit, the prestressed steel reinforcement unit shall be determined according to the fundamental assumption in the Clause 7.1.2 of the codes 5 The normal section load-bearing capacity of the member shall be calculated according to the following equations (Fig. F.0.1): 1 Ng Deda = Say - Dowdy (F.0.1-6) a 196a) Fig. F.0.1 Calculation for Nonnal Section Load-bearing Capacity of Random Section Member (a) section, steel ceinforcements and division of writes 2) distribution of strain; (e) distbution of wuess My < Doers ~ Doherty ~ Daal ere (F.0.1-7) My < Dobe — Dressy ~ Deo we're (F.0.1-8) Where /——the design value of axial force, when it is compressive force, taking positive value, vhen it is tensile force, taking negative value; M,.Mj—the design value of bending moment in x axis, y axis direction of section respectively after considering the additional bending moment induced by lateral displacement of structure, flexural of member, and additional eccentricity; when the eccentricity produced by compressive force is above the side of x axis, My may take positive values when the eccentricity produced by compressive force is on the right side of y axis, M, may take positive values Ec; sGey—the strain and stress of i concrete unit, when they are in compression, taking positive values, when they are in tension, taking stress o,;=03 the serial number i is 1, 2 +++, L, here, | denotes the number of concrete unit Agi the area of the i'* concrete unit; XeixYor——the distance from the centroid of the i” concrete unit to y axis, % axis, when xq; is on the right side of ¥ axis as well as y<; above x axis, taking positive values €qj.dq7——the strain, stress of j* ordinary steel reinforcements, when they are in tension, taking positive values, the stress o4; shall meet the conditions in the equation (7.1.5-5) of the code; the serial number j is 1,2", m, here, m denotes the number of ordinary steel reinforcements unit; Ay——the area of the j® ordinary steel reinforcements units gs Joj the distance from the centroid of the j* ordinary steel reinforcements unit to x axis, y axis, when xq is on the right side of y axis as welll as 7, is above x axis, taking positive values 197pk. Jpk— the strain, stress of the J" prestressed steel reinforcements unit, when they are in tension, taking positive values, the stress o, shall meet the conditions in the equation (7.1.5-6) of the code, the serial number k is 1, 2,..., m, here, n denotes the number of prestressed steel reinforcements unit; yor —the strain of the k* prestressed steel reinforcements unit when the normal stress of conerete at the centroid of the unit is equal to 0, its value may take oo, divided by the elastic modulus of the prestressed steel reinforcements, and when it is in tension, taking positive value; 9,0. can be calculated according to equations (6. 1. 5-3) or equation (6.1.5-6) of the codes Ajx-——~the area of the &"* prestressed steel reinforcements unit; pk» Jpx——the distance from the centroid of the k" prestiessed steel reinforcements unit toy axis, x axis, when 2,4 is on the right side of y axis, as well as, y,4 is above x axis, taking positive valuess right-angled coordinate axis with the centroid of section as the origin of coordinates distance from the centroid of the section to the neutral axiss }oy—the distance between the outer edge’ of the sectional compression zone to the outmost ay r tow steel reinforcements in the tension zone and it is perpendicular to the neutral axis; 6——the included angle between the x axis and the neutral axis, taking positive value in clockwise directions xy——the distance from the neutral axis to the outmost edge of the compression zone. F.0.2 When determining the location of the neutral axis, it shall be required that the acting plane of internal and extemal bending moments of the dual direction flexural member shall be in superposed s and it shall be required that the acting point of axial force for the dual direction eccentric members, the point of resultant of forces for the conerete and the compression steel reinforcements, as well as, the point of resultant of forces for the tensile stoel reinforcements shall be located in a same straight line. ‘When the above-mentioned conditions cannot be conformed, that the influence of torsion shall still be taken into consideration. 198Appendix G Design Value of Equivalent Concentrated Reaction Used for Calculation of Nodal Point of Slab and Column G.0.1 ‘The design value of the equivalent concentrated reaction Fi,oqy which is used for the calcula~ tion of the punching shear load-hearing capacity of the nodal point of slab and column under the action of vertical loading, horizontal loading, can be determined according to the following, situations: 1. Nodal point of slab and column transmits the unbalanced one-way bending moment When one of the two axial Tines of the rectangular section of column is superposed with the acting plane of unbalanced bending moment, the calculations can be carried out according to the following two situations: 1) When the acting direction of unbalanced one-way bending moment, cq My, which is transmitted by the shearing of nodal point is pointing to AB side in Fig. G.0.1, that the design value of equivalent concentrated reaction can be calculated according to the following equations: 20M gp @ap Freq Fi + wmbio (G.0.1-1) Mua = Mac — Fee (G.0.1-2) 2)When the acting direction of unbalanced one-way bending moment apMyxy» which is transmitted by the shearing of nodal point, is pointing to CD side in Fig. G.O.1, that the design val- uue of equivalent concentrated reaction can be calculated according to the following equations: coM we Gen Fog = Fit Ugho (G.0.1-3) Mocs = Mons,c + Fie (G.0.1-4) Where F;——under the action of vertical loading, horizontal loading, the storied difference value for the design value of axial compressive force sustained by column minus the design va- Jue of loading within the range of damaged cone due to punching shear sustained by slab; , it shall be calculated according to the Clause G.0.2 of the codes Mua-—the design value of unbalanced bending moment caused by vertical loading, horizontal loading acted on axial line 2 (Fig. G.0.1)s Muau,c"—the design value of unbalanced bending moment caused by vertical loading, horizontal Toading acted on axial line 1 (Fig. G-0.1); agp, a¢p-—the distance from axial line 2 to the edges of AB and CDs the analogous polar moment of inertia, which is calculated on the basis of critical see- pall be calculated according to the Clause G.0.2 of the codes tion, 199-—the distance from axial line 1 to axial line 2 within the acting plane of bending moment, it is calculated according to the Clause G.0.2 of the code; for the section of middle column and the section of side column with its acting plane of ending moment is parallel to the free side, e, =0. bo be ho T tt og § a f - se ! i F | : 5 t 3 g oe ae gag, 1 Tee ° a Fig. G.0.1 Geometrical parameters for the calculation of rectangular ‘column and its punching shear load-bearing capacity (a) scetion of middle column; (6) section of side column (the acting plane of bending mo- ‘ment is perpendicular to the free side); (c) section of side column (the acting plane of being moment is pall to the fee side); (2) seston of comme eon 1 axial in is passing tough the centroid far ston of ex; 2—ail line i pssing thigh the cen g fir the perimeter of etl setion 3~ating plane fr the unbalanced bending manent; 4—fie sides 2 Nodal point of slab and column transmits two-way unbalanced bending moment When the unbalanced bending moments in two dizections a,Mub,<+ @0yMugp,yate transmitted by the shearing nodal point, the design values of equivalent concentration counterforce can be calculated according to the following equations: Fiyeg = FL + toebsomltmbto (G.0.1-5) Timbyoar = SoMa. 4 SoM boy fhe (€.0.1-6) Where Tyainma——the design value of maximum shearing stress is produced by the two-way unbalanced bending moment on the critical section; 200Mosines Muginy—~the design values of unbalanced bending moment in x axis, axis respectively are caused by the vertical loading, horizontal loading at the centroid of the perimeter of critical section ean be determined by the same method in the equation (G.0.1- 2) or equation (G.0. 1-4); 2o,.doj—the computing coeflicients of x axis, y atis shall be determined according to the Clauses 6.0.2 and G.0.3 of the codes Jog oj—the analogous polar moment of inertia for x axis, y axis calculated according, to critical section shall be determined according to the Clauses G.0.2 and G.0.3 of the codes 4, ay—the distance from the acting point of the maximum shearing stress Zyqt0 axis and y axis. 3° When the different combinations of loads are considered, the greater value shall be selected as the design value of equivalent concentrated reaction used in the calculation for the punching shear load- Bearing capacity of the nodal point of slab and column. G.0.2._In the calculation of the punching shear load-bearing capacity considering the shearing trans- ritting single-way unbalanced bending moment for the nodal point of slab and column, that the rele- ‘vant parameters related to the design value of concentrated reaction Fj,., and the geometrical dimensions as shown in Fig. G.0.1 of this Appendix can be calculated according to the following equations (Fig. G.0.1a): 1. The analogous polar moment of inertia, the geometrical dimensions and the computing, coefficients for the critical section of the middle column can be calculated according to the following equations: 2 + 2hoea( $') (6.0.2-1) aap = acy = 3 (G.0.2~2) e,=0 (G.0.2-3) — (G.0.2-4) 2 [The + ho ; TON be t ho 2. The analogous polar moment of inertia, the geometrical dimensions and the computing coefficients for the critical section of the side column can be calculated according to the following equations : 4) Acting plane of bending moment is perpendicular to the free side (Fig. G.0.1b) (2 ~ as) (6.0.25) + hp Gyan + 2ho (G.0.2-6) (6.0.2-7) 201(G.0.2-8) ae i- (6.0.2-9) 1,2 [het he? BN b+ he 2) Acting plane of bending moment is parallel to the free side (Fig. G.0.1e) (G.0.2-10) ap = acy = fr (G.0.2-11) (G.0.2-12) (G.0.2-13) 12 ESS N be + hig/2 3 The analogous polar moment of inertia, the geometrical ditnensions ‘and the compiating -coetfi- cients for the critical section of the comer column ean be calculated according to the following equations (Fig. G.0.1d): (G.0.2-14) 2 = 2 on = 55 F a) (G.0.2-15) dcp = Gr ~ Gap (6.0.2-16) (6.0.2-17) (G.0,2-18) G.0.3. In the calculation of the panching shear load-bearing capacity considering transmitting the two-way unbalanced bending moment for the nodal point of slab and column according to equation (G. 0.1-5), equation (G.0.1-6) of this Appendix, if the stipulations in the Clause G.0.2 of this Ap- pendix is regarded as the analogous polar moment of inertia, the geometrical dimensions and the computing coefficients of x axis (or'y axis), then, the analogous polar moment of inertia, the geometrical dimensions and the computing coefficients of the comesponding y axis (or x axis) can be detenmined by the replacement of the above mentioned corresponding parameters for « axis (or y axis) G.0.4 When the cantilever slab is located at the portion of side column or comer column, the perimeter of the critical section can be counted to the end of slab perpendicular to the free side, 202hence, the calculated value of the critical sectional perimeter according to this method shall be compared sith the value of the critical sectional perimeter obtained from calculation ‘for the middle column, and the smaller value of these two values shall be adopted. On the basis of mentioned above, then the relevant parameters for the design value of equivalent concentrated reaction F,.q, which is used in the calculation of punching shear load-bearing capacity considering the shearing transmitting unbalanced bending moment for the nodal point of slab and columm, may be detemnined according to the principles of the Clause G.0.2 and Clause G.0.3 of the code. 203Explanation of Wording in This Code 1 In order to treat different situations or conditions accordingly during the implementation of this code, words denoting the different degrees of strictness are explained as follows: a. Words denoting a very sti or mandatory requirement: “nnust”is used for affirmation; “must not” is used for negation b. Words denoting a strict requirement under normal condi “shall” is used for affiemations “shall not”is used for negation ¢. Words denoting a pemnission of slight choice or an indication of the most suitable choice when conditions allow: “should” or “may” is used for affirmation; “should not”is used for negation. ns: 2 “be in compliance with” is used to indicate that it is necessary to implement items in this code ac cording to other relevant standards and codes. “refer to” is used to indicate that it is unnecessary to implement items in this code according to other relevant standards and codes. 204HAE A BR ES EAC HE HEBEL A Code for design of concrete structures GB 50010 — 2002 ES. PHAR EA RRR oo2#4Aia 2002 IbRF Ai AE CHELATE) Yi A . BbR [2002] 47 S RRR KF DR (ICP LRR EMIT. (ITT R) sm) GER [1997] 108%) UBER, ABARAT SERIES GRRL AEH), & BABIES , HEA RE, 4S CB 500102002, Hi 2002 4 A 1 deAaT. IE HH, 3.1.8, 3.2.1, 41.3, 404, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 611, 9.21, 9.5.1, 10.9.3, 10.9.8, WA1.2. Woda, W301, 11.3.6, 114.12, 1.7.11 PRE, OPT. GCREELAIRT AE) CBI 10—89 F 2002 4 12 A 31 ABELL. AMC HLA RS LAM RAMEE, PRET IEBE AIER PUEERUE RE, BERL RRR ME AE UOT IE TAP ES Tb A RRL A EAT Hae ARRAS 2002 #F 2. 20 8 206woo AP EL EA [1997] 108 SHER, hh ERS BH AUREL. Bit, eA ESSE TTR PVT, BATA TSR EMT, RTT MT, Bai TE ARRAELAW EN RRA, SHRM HENIT TOA, 45 Ba Seat RE SUTEEGT T HE BRAIHE S ENE LSPA ART SBA RLS IT Rit, HEEMBMATT RAR, LHR EH AMER UGEM NAA: HELGE. BD ASHE. FB TTBRR REAR EC GRRRABR. HIER SH RAK. AHH (EEA ME, AASAMETO RAR ASH EE (le weURTEIL) RE. AMAIA RE NAKNEK, WAT HENCE, WARMED, FLT, VRBBSE, SES LAN CAG ABE 30 Bop UIA AAEOTIE DEAE CORRELA BGEMIT) WIA (IMA: 100013, E-mail: code _ ibs _ cabr@263. net.cn) 0 AIRELAAL: PERRET DE Smee, BI, RUA, ERA BRA. REARS PERE, FMI IE, RRA, RATA. ADELA BE. ALR TER HSLBE. WADARS], PTAC BH Be SOMA SUL BE, ZORA PURGE, stoke BHT Be. AEMMTLISHMABRA. ARCERRRA: AM RAS Bae BSA We BEE RA v ERR ERE SE AE RE PRE Bis RL MME RAI Rt 7 207be a a eS AB . au 2.2 4S + SABLE - 3.1 —ARNLIE ~~ 3.2 PR ATRRRST SME 3.3 ER GARR Ae ME 3.4 HAE 5.2 RAMEE 5.3 FebaMTa BUM IEEL AMT RR 6.1 — ARSE 6.2 RARE - FRAG IRR ASIT 71 TEAR Ts — ea 12 ERMZSRRANR 13 ERMZERRAHE - 7.4 ERRATA 15 PRR AHH ~ 1.6 ARRORRATH TT MERAH + 18 BBLERBAUH -- 7.9 BERR ~~ TERS ORS 8.1 AEE BIR 8.2 RSET - PELE 9.1 fatale 9.2 BEE RR 9.3 FaRnAO lal - 20894 MME 9.5 REA RE - 9.6 BUM ARR THe LE 10 ARRAN ~~ 10.1 10.2 B+ 10.3 #- 10.4 RAR 10.5 BE me 10.6 REARS 10.7 RB 10.8 AB 10.9 BURR 10.10 BA NH BE LL (RELI 1. IR BLE 11.2 MBE 1.3 HERR 11.4 (REBAR 11S SORE RREE - 1.6 ere eee U7 SA 1.8 TURAL AM HE HRA AUREL ATE HRB ANAT TR, ee MRC WEL SRR AAR oo Hise D FS AR A IE A BASE SI TEYABRSS OSHA ITE BES F ERMC CAMB ITE BERG ARE ATER he EH AAR - 316 341 2091m 10.1 YT CRRLA LITT ROT BRM BRB BR, WBA T, RBI FA, BU, WR, TARE 1.0.2 AMET REA BORO MM REL, HO TRRAUR ARLE SOIL. AMIGA FR REL RPL HS 1.0.3 IRMELSRIAOBET, PROLAPSE SD, MAMMA eh UAT a SSR AH RE, Eo 2102 Rik, HS 21 RO 2.1.1 FRYE concrete stricture DUBBED EA eS, CREA, RELATE Fo 2.1.2 SORBET plain concrete structure EYER RAS LBS Hy A CIEL id AY 8 2.1.3 4RVEMELS reinforced concrete structure HACE Ay AYE, FORGO AR AE HS 2.1.4 TUNIDIEGELZAM prestressed concrete structure pea CAE Hy A Fy A HE A 2.1.5 Seo HUMA LEELA ~ pretensioned prestressed concrete structure EGE LIRA MA VESIREL , FREE A ET IH AE if. 2.1.6 JSR AT ILMELAATY — post-tensioned prestressed concrete structure EAA SIME, HIM TE eA LA A ae HB, MEL. 2.1.7 SABARSELSHS cast-in-situ concrete structure ERGATA TELA, 2.1.8 SERESRIBMELAHY prefabricated concrete structure HA HUBNELMEL PORE WUE LR ETT AOC MT MELA, 2.1.9 SERCREASEESELAATY assembled monolithic concrete structure a EARL EN HF ES SE BU BE A PL TE: EAH. 2.1.10 EAR frame structure ESR AUEL RE Be LR A S 211 BYATHESEHY — shearwall structure a BY ys RTP EA 2.1.12 #E98- HY IHE7H —frome-shearwall structure eB Ha HAE SRE AR AAO 2.4113 TRB dep flexural member BLOF 5 HRS 2.1.14 FEB deep beam BRURAF 2 HERA RLAAF 2.5 OSBESR. 2.1.15 HEA ordinary steel barFARE toto i PE BA GR 21.16 BURLING prestressing tendon FRR BELA ato hin A , ER 2.1.17 FUGREE degree of reliability BEE MITA, MEME, TDR, 2.118 BE AEB safety class AREA FLAS PEL SP A AH FG 2.4.19 TETAIAEIR design working life UHR EB a HH EN re ETT A BO Be Te A I 2.1.20 FSW load effect RRS RHA ARATE, BAO I, SIEBER 2.1.21 FBUSUALE load effect combination EAR BLAR AST OL, Hy ORES A ce AT SE TOT os BS eas RB HE He 2.1.22 MEASZ-4> fundamental combination RBA MERSTEN, AAMRMT RARE. 2.1.23 HRIEZE4 characteristic combination ES RARIRSBAM , MVEA MEA, Ae MR tMAS 2.1.24 YEACASH4 — quasi-pemmanent combination EER EURASIA , RT BBR EA AE RR 22% & 2.2.1 UR ERE ERT EES ERE B EERE ETHER C20 FEA LT PRT ERE (EL 20N/ enna? SERIE = SEBEL fog HERA 150mm FHKE TL BY BREE Se Fi BS fea, BURA 150mm fH LYELL Fe PH Ra EA Sees fo TELA OT ERE EL, IHL fas STRELA EL. BAL Sic s fc HEL BEAVER ELA DDLEE, ALO LBIER BREA: Sos fc A. LE EAL fy fA. TRH Sos Soy UMAR, TRH. 2.2.2 (ERR. (ERROR NA TPs Nyy Nee BME A. NEAL 212Mes ay 2.2.3 ay a ayy by > Noy Na AD AA AEH RAG Bs No RELEAATA STEM A AREA ABE A No FSS BASE HE AD ERR BH Shit EFA oe BR ME OE AR a Ui SE RR M— SSSR Mj RE BEM REDS AAR AES EL MPP ERS RDI Mog 2B ERTS SB THR V— SI: Vg YAR LIE PG HY SERB BL FAT RT EP \ oj TET AYRE A EA ARP tL A HAE TK TTD 5 0 yg EAI J PA OE EH TD Og TEL PERMA, EEA: RAMAN SERRE RDA EL BAMA, BUI: I oy ERAT HA A 5 BAN AIAG Es FTG BLA EAA H BTAA EHAG E H AG © coi SB 9 SOG ARS HL 0 9 — HIB Hy STG Hs AOE EH YH A 5 pe UN A ABUL 5 EHR. ERR A ACEH A A REL HLT ; W yas FEF IRE HS EE TT BABE IE 0 JU BR a LEAMA AR. YEE HS BRUGES s DALMMALA MHA, AMANDLA HA BREE SH ASFERS; a FH RAGA ARHE AR, ZRRAM BN DS IRE WINTERS: bE, TI. PRT BARSEIE s bi THER URABWE, SERRE dG RE ARTY BA + oP Es 5 ef HT JE EMERG A SAI SE HE UE 7 8 Es eo) Fs He TE EL NE eg PATE a a 213eel BE hE hg FT I 5 Ae he —THERLBRMRHEK, RRKMRBEE i EE, To HP USI SZ FC A Es by SAR ATT FPS BER BE TT ALA 5A ER LE SPO TS Re ET GE TAL; a—RELRZE KBE; Yor Yo BARGE PATE oH ES AEG AH BEL RAD SERS A— 48 RETR Ao 48 (RAT; Ay RETR; Ay Al ——SRAUEL,. SEFRDCIA TS UN PART Ags Ag——~SEHUDK ETRE 9A 6) By Js SAO RT TR Ags Ag TEE. HLTH en RT, Ag SHES LF ASH J RTT Aayy Aaj ——Fal FR PLA RCI. AEA RL SR TTR Jos Ay —EI- SFP , Beam Ay ABEL BREIL; Ace FRAG, BERG AR A EL Ob B—— RSME RTE 5 WPS Re HOPE Wo AI SE PS A ET WT SEL ET WR SS HL ET JT RE 5 Jo BARAT ESE 15-2 ES 2.24 HARRIE ay RE EL SE TE HS A BH EEA SLE LS Et PE AN LAA Bo TARE LSE BE RB 5 By RTE HF BES LE AT BE PR ABET) BY) Eells ay 214BFR ET HE SB A YEE RT AR EH PB TT HAR; AH A BBS Hs po pH HA BR Bows Par ETB EG. OP AB ec FR NT CH AEs oH EE RE RG 0-4 RIE EE KA $B LA AEA AR a) SA ASE i A A 2153 3b A it RL 31 — it RE SLL ASU LB IG y AEA TR ASE, DOSE A HT SEE, RAMA ATT 3.1.2 HEPES EREA TI — MR A ERAS LANE ZH LE — EER, REE AS ER ANDI AEN RVARAS . BLRARASSE VL F BIE: 1 RRR: SORA ASR ARAYA R RIE PME SRB 2 TERE DR FUARIRARAS ; Sirti Fb TE it ALB A ERE A OT ALE BR, BoL.3 SPATE T ARAB AR AR AG AR EAR 2S BLE HAR MRSS, LER PALE HTH H AR 1 RRA: MANET RR (RIE) HR, At A TEPER B RPS ARR BARA ET AEM RR 2 RHF: CERAM AMAT RHO, HAARLEM REN AE AEE LANL eh Al ES 3 DG: WRAL EMA rE, RUT RIE IR, 4 PRRBERE: ALERT EOE, METRE OR; THERE AMANO, TERE OH; MRA, MME ATLAS. 3.1.4 ALR (IRIE) TSA ER, RA WR, BH, BL. ALBA E A, HIRAM, RR RE, HARB RBH HUT, BE FRNA BK. TERRE, AON ELIE TG LS UME ROWE, MMA BRUMARK, ARMA 1.5, LAD BEA RG YM. TESLA EFT HEL PIER, Sea MATEUR ITN, HRA SE CRS BEBE) GBSOOLL HALE HAE. 31S FMR RAINE A EH A CA RAL SI 9 BE 10B ARR RMR MLE. RRALA AMMAR A METH. 3.1.6 FHA SRR, SN RRB SEATS. 3.1.7 CERIN, SAPS EE TE EP ARE TP RRSP OR A, ARRAT AIIM. Bit EAE TT RE CRT AL SEH RE) 216CB50068 HH. FHAMUELEAER, WRN. 3.1.8 ABRABERR, RELA AREA. 3.2 TRAE AAR ORAR ASH DE 3.2.1 RERRAMBRRAP ERE, BRAMUAARTRSEA, BHM MR BAR, HME 321HMERAALHRASS R321 RABMHRSSR Rs Sw ae RR RAHRD a oP HERR =a Pe sain =m AFR Bist HE: RATNER, ICR ATH AR BT. 3.2.2 BAWPSRAMAEHKEER, SSRMAMMRSSRAR, WIR SMMNFHLLSR, TRERBBA LE MM, ARETE R 3.2.3 MERA ARIRA, SHOR MBAS RRR, RAE PUPS LH RITE YS aR (3.2.31) R= Rforfer ax) (3.2.3-2) AP yo WER: MRAM ALI AEM 100 FRU Ease HE, RMF Ls REE RH DERRY 50 SAPO FRILANF 1.05 RP REEGER = ATT FERRY SA BA 1, BADE 0.9; TERRI, PRE ERR S—-EREDRERSHABOUTA AMR, BTR CER UL) CBSN0N PTT AE CRAPLR LIE) CBsoo1L ADA EE anes RSE RR ETA; TERT, ALR A RRR HE Yes R (+) StH RH BH os fo EL. RH ay JL ff BRIE; TL ATS AY ER A SE A EB ALT, BY 33a — MM AK (3.2.3-1) HW 70S, ERMGSE PAD BIE ON, MV TS) RR; SRA ELAS, MAAS 6.1.1 RONEN AU 3.3 EX ERRRKAMEME 3.3.1 MEER GARR, SOPRA RAO NERS. EKA aR PRADA IPS EAE Bon, RAD TP SUR MRAST PeIA A sae G.3.1) SRP S—— TER GEAR ARH HT A; 247C— A SEIIE ER BRITE AT, RAE IE BE AUN I SH. PRAM MEAS AEAAA A MIT AE GEA BALE) CB50009 HALE MTHS. 3.3.2 POTEAU 3.3.2 FE ESE EL £332 BSAA LRA SES BE RA Be UE PAR AE HPS RE ETT HH, i & B & e Bt ER: FORE 17500 wae 1/00 Ee. GER lg Smt (300 (1/400) QE: 1 AUP lp SAFES OE EE, 2 esas SAMUS ATR Late Her HH 3 CURE RIEM URAC, ACR Li seie, AIZEN RRR, OTRO R Ie ean MBE, ah PUREE, MMT AN A BHO 4 SERA OBR, HUES Ig We RCO 2 HC. 3.3.3 SRA ARIE RT RAIS HN SR SS, BUSES HA TN ST AE AP ULE: — BORA BRET, PTR AU ATA, HORSES, BELA AE RT 5 KR — ERA EE, PATRAS, POPS, BELA AA MAP REL AO TER EL: MAME KA STA, ABS TUL NE hi, RRR Ae A ER PMA, ARAMA GH EET at, PE SSR RE BE EAS MRA FR 3.3.4 EE AY ALS HER 3.3.4 SRSA PE TEA PSE AR ALE 3.4.1 AREA EPR, HEA 3.3.4 MOREE FRA TRL BY RES til Se Be HALE BE EEL wt. £334 BiH MA SAE Sx Ae Oe LAH UM yea eee WRENS | wm Gm) ane “win Comm) Seeeeeee eer 9.3 (0.4) = 02 = a a = = 02 = = 2. | RPOMSAT RM AEM RR LOT ARTI, BARMERA TR 218 McA: LORAIN INCA IR Ain, RUE TER AT ela Ab FEES HEN BLE ANF 6096 MK — FESPA FOR ATE SHR ARNE RL RT SR FA A; ALF, MIRAE AER EUR AS HIN AER, SABC LAR TE UHL 0.2reng AAI LARA, HEAR ACL ME LT 0.3mm ERE, MHA RELRR, 1, BRR, RMR, Mik RE RR HRA; LAVAS, CAL ILR MTL IRRLRER, KR -MAE MERIT, we: ARF ALTE TN AEH A A BL CAA ARON; EAGAN ARREARS 8 ELUTE, SFM. ROA T RRL PHOEITHTE, SORMEE BERS TRA IE: NFAT OO. TRAM HORE, SORE BR TAF SS Tina AE Bee RAL EL BO LUE FDS ARO A LA TOE3.4 i A EME 3.4.1 TEBE PY AHIR 3.4.1 AEE) ATT Te RE EAT ARI. 341 ALN ROHL & Ga = Shee RT ee ee ee es il a ee SEREIRDRSRIO APNE; PRAOR Ye HMI ACR MTA, EERE SLR a ATR, Ee BARA RA A OBE ABATE 2E: PRATER RONAN ALTE CRON UATE) JG) 24 AHA 3.4.2 —38, RMSE, BRIBED 50 ERE IFA 3.4.2 19 ME. R342 HIRBLBALHEAEK Bik BAe amaze | Rockit ene feet aaa birtited = 0.65 25 2 10 nL cee tts 0.60 250 os 03 3.0 ot b 0.55 25 C0 0.2 3.0 0.30 500 co o 3.0 2) ARPS RANKONE, 2 RON AAOPPIE EL OB ART OP 0.0656, eb A VFR 300k RE BE Be PERT He: SELATAN TRE PRAT IS be/ns SPALL Amn AIRE HUMES AERP, TTS RR AES SAARI MAL, MEFS AST RARE I STEN SMERLIERISEA aL, ane obobuk arse. 3.4.3 SSS, BPE USEHR Dy 100 EARL MEE MERE: 1 ARSE LGN AIRE LR Sh C30; BUM IT BEL POH PO EL RIE GAR C40; 2 RALPHRAKRAT SEH 0.06% ; 3 ESM, SEAL, IRAE PRISE 3 Oke/nr 4 ELA EE MAR 9.2.1 GME In 409 5 RAR RCH Fe Port, ELBE 5 EAE, MAE. 3.4.4 ASA SJREP, BP RUA AER 100 FARE, MRS Ra 3.4.5 FREAK MMT, APN RR, ELS BABE ER. 2193.4.6 ARCERNRRELAW, WRLWABERMAA AREER. 3.4.7 SAA, SESE ER OR A a sO BH Sh. HARES, NORE aa. 3.4.8 WME ARETE, SAMEERA AAEM LE Sap HEEL eaAM , AY AN EE LR BER 2204h # 41 2 w+ ALL REL ERE SRE TE BEE UE A LR RARE DS BERL ESE UD Ig 190mm ASE TF ARE, TE 28 BO Fb a a BD BOA 95 % FRE AS ESR 4.1.2 PADRE ARIEL IEE SI ROUIRT C15; “MOR AA HIRBS35 SARE, UE BRE SIORHIRF C20; 2458 FA HRB400 M RRBAOO AVM LL ARTE BS TRA CE , VEER SR APHET C20. SUBARU E C30; MOR AARER, A. TA ETH A, ALI SRR AINT C40, E: YRALD RELA PT REL, MAL eT TEAL 4.1.3 TRADE, BARE fa. fa KTH 4.1.3 Ro ALS BLM (N/mm?) — aeLEReS we [os| co | as | co] cs| cw | os | co | cs | coo | as | co] os | co Jaa | 10,0) 13.4 | 16.7.| 20.1 | 23.4 | 25.8 | 29.6 | 32.4 | 35.8 | 38.5 | 41.5 | 445 | 474 \8 fe | 1.27 | 1.84 | 1.78 2.01 | 2.20 2.39 | 2.51 | 2.64 | 2.74 | 2.85 | 2.93 | 2.99 | 3.05 | 3.11 4.1.4 RUE, SRR ff, RAL RS 41.4 RTA (N/a) ae RELA wx [as)ao| as] co | cs | ow | os| co | as | ow | os | co | os | oo Ke | 7a | 96 | no [14 | a6.7 | 9a | ma | oa | 25.3 | 27.5 | 9.7 | 18) a8) 35.9 fe | on | x10 | 2.27 | 143 | 1.57 | 17 | 1-90 | 1.89 | 1.96 | 2.08 | 209 | 214 | 218 | 2.22 Ei 1 TARAAGRLORRRMORR MHA, OM KARNE NF 00mm, MARE SAHARA 0.8; MM (RLS, ARATE) MARIER, ARAL mH; 2 ROMANE ERE RAS 4.1.5 VESTER RAMEE BRR 4.1.5 Re 41.5 ERLHEMER (104m?) eet aeee = [pa [2s [rapa lae [ss }se [ae [aw [a@ [elon pom as | eo «| oi cw | ow | os | ex | os | 00 | as | co) os | 00 & 2214.1.6 RRR OTL, BOGUT REET A, fl OR 414 PEE OR HEL MARR ERR y, WE. BERR y, MARA RIM Hee of R416 RA. AS OT HA oR PHAR: 1 f= Senin (4.1.6) Ohm BOR oh in OS saw PE, TET EE i, ILI. R416 RELSHRRCE RM a <0. o2aei Lat ny oa Ay om Ay @ 6.1.6 AM AMBRE A BS DS (a) Jes R HE: (6) JBHORHSE 6.1.7 GRADU IRELEOEAY, ELTERHLSRRAHARRAB COREHEPUSEMSSAS, ELTHRALMER HHS RAMOS, 17 Ha PKH AMS SAS. KE, KWARHS SASHA ME TAME: 1 HOREOMTTSEAY, UAE, HAR PAORHR: My = M,- My (6.1.7-1) My = Nye (6.1.72) Ap ON, BULA ERD SH, BAMA (6.1.63) HHS (6.1.64) HB; MTN NY, MT il S| MH BIN, BUPA HO AR LTE AS AE AL RY A AREA (TC NR ETT 2 AMRMATESREMRAHHEM, MSSAS MKB, WH AMAA 231AIM, BUM AAR 1.2; AMAT 1.0, 3 ENRERTLILSONAARE RH, SHASHKSEMKH HRM A ARB 1.0, 6.1.8 MRE ARRLERR RES, ERASER 9.5 PHA AAR ARGRHARET, REAR ER RE €<03H, TSR DEH, RR AME 106A, FMA RIERA OPER, Ye>0.3 ht, HUSA AE BA. Hose, & RAGES 7 RAL RETR 6 6.1.9 FeRAM BU Sy A HEE LATE AH by = a 2 (6.1.9) ‘e SOY op, GRIT A Ja TH UD 5 C— BR AAGHAMEE, HORMIEMR BRAS oN INE RA, ALTER 9.3.1 As Sg SHRI ET RS f AL PE EEL, Be AE, FE 4.1.3 PREPARE BARE RARER BIBL LET, 1 AE AL ARSE Sa 0.251, Sb FF RE B. 6110 TRAM REL RAN ERAS SRR Hi, ST AR ESE FR FSU Ha 8 OH WE Ah I, RT Soys PARR ZU) AURA ARTE. BUI SA ORI BE 1, ER ARNESEB 9.3.1 SR feo 6.1 TUITE COE, PROT RRR RRS}, TRE EAR LARAS PRAMS EME, FERN. AiR OE WY RSD ABO) PAA, ORR EL I AP A 6.1L: 6.1.1 GUAM LA HL (a) SeaReEHSEs (5) FETE REIOE 1G; REO Fasfic (6.1.11-1) Fe <0.8 ft (6.1.11-2) PUMA ATE BEATE 1M A BRT 232ocgBht 554 = Oye + Ny Me Ay * We (6.1.11-3) SUP oeey Gg AMET PRR REL FT EI fis fix SP iG L BEL PUSS 7, AAMAS BEL. LER FEA, BRM 4.1.3 REA aE Nyy My BL TE TT PH A. LL Wo FS AE ASR ARTE HE: 1 PREAMP RRM AR: 2 AX 61.113) #, 4o, RM AR, REM: 4 ohm An, RA, 4M, oe EA, REG, YM WMA, Rh, 4 PEMA RHA Pee RMS, TM ba APES IURS 6.1.12 BARREL AAT COMER, PRETRIAL CaF Ha LSE ME ALK AR ES Ha, SAT A LN RATA PUBL + Fn 2fi, (6.1.12-1) Fe S08 (6.1.12-2) HEME ca. oA RARER 6.1.11 RAMA. 6.1.13 GUARNERI AM FR 1 MOPAR ART RE, RA ARERR (Al + AL) / AARNE 0.2% , UGRKPPAREITA Ay, Ht, a ata Pa 2 POPE Rit ARMED E PACES AE, Boye fl BY, UHL SA rey SA HY CK AL /A ABNF 0.4%; fa < ou <2fy OT, TE 0.2.96 AM 0.4% Z FADS He HEE a 5 3 BREAN AAERM AMM EEREAF Mmm, HOPE eS AIRE. TE: OL DERELICT LA US AE. 6.1.14 SUERTE a, ERR AMBER AT SURES RELA BM ET SH ATH PG EH A HD No ARAL HS BIAS FB eo, WMRAMMAR (6.1.6-1) B (6.1.62) 7S, KN. JAUME TARGA op. of HMRAMIEF 6.1.5 RAMEE. 6.2 AMARA FV PRADA 6.2.1 MENTE. ADF EAE, RT PUB: 6.2.1 Ba Pe, SARAH & SRA 100N/ mans JaaRAEE 80N/mni. 233R621 BUA (W/m) Tea S| saw ETE WARE M 6.2.2 RSTO 6.2.2 JEUNE IRR on |, RERRS p8e2s Rae wu Sylar movie - ean tte EE i ENnEeRAER ERIE REIMAN ES, BIEN 7 a a sae wz ANNA = TMA, TR aa: ose 32-05) om a deac BB A La ow eee o.123( $80.5) com 4 Oya eans0.8fyaltt 0.2 $28-0.575) cum PEL IGEH 0.05000 MH 0.025 00 RaLLNdOR mE os | BORAT 6.2.5 mom FEAL SRR PR MAIC, See a] _ = Sit, PRE OSPR a UE: 1 eh Oe RRA, BARAT A SRE Me IRAE CC); 2 PRET BETIS 1.5 RIG METI E 10500q5 HF 2min Fi, IDE oni 3 Hoa far 0.581, TSA ARIE HAI MODI. 6.2.2 BAUM A) EB ee FE ST IO Hy GI VS BAYA PL EF DAWA: ou=FEs (6.2.2) SOP a IRAE AAA (om), ATE 6.2.2 RAs SAH 22 SF EAH um) R622 BRBLAMGAMH a (mm) EH 7 Sh ESE SRM HORE) Teneena HERR ARNT D RAS) a Se Hk a ao) = es Le GAEL esa A 2 Se hh AR SH 234PATRAS, MAN AMM MTT RRR. YR ARR aR RODD SAS, ASE TRI By Imm, 6.2.3 TRIAS Hy RG RT AA oT HG | A AGIA on, MAREN A HA RAT AS STL MME ZT Be RR 1, FAM hy RSET AE AG AR ie, IR RT Be YEH 6.2.4 PER. ROE 1 a Fy PE Re 1 A A on THAR SUH DTA. 6.2.4 PUI SAEZ ERRATUM RA on (6.2.4), BREAD SHE: (6.2.4-1) Y (ext) <0.28, on FAEMARTE: on= (nxt u9) G00 (6.2.4-2) OP aT RAL (mm), PEELE LAI EE; OFELIA IR ICA (rad) 5 ke FFL SHARE SAB AE EPRI, HEE 6.2.4 RAs pA AG STE ZARA, R624 RA R624 RR LRA « pec TASKER 0.0015, 0.25 wane 0.0010 080 Ri ARR HHT AL 0.0018 Pr eeeeeeereeree 0.55 1 #P Ree: 2 RAIA IRIE A ROR ESR A, AR RAR AR A, SCOT LH seme. 6.2.4 Pama TR Ii, 2 6.2.5 REL, PERERA KRAT AMA ABO ARK a5, o's" BER AS UAE : 1 RHEE 235Sea Hae 45+ 280 2 1525 —— (6.2.5-1) 14+15¢ 45 +280 —* ts gh (6.2.52) Jaa Pg os (6.2.5-3) ols = (6.2.5-4) 1 +159" SUP ape. Oe SRL. SEAR BM Fy AS 7 AS A I ET HH Seg HINT Aa ELST PRI s os of SERV SEF BBN FSG ATE BLN TSAO AE MESA = (A, + A,)/Ao, 0" = (Ah + AL) / Ag; REE TREPSIF, 0 = (A, + A)/ Any p= (Ay + AL)/Ag PRPC SE HN Hy SA LAE HH PH FREE p. p' NIRA AaB ETE TERT, BRM MLA A AIOE IIRL 0... 05, BR ARRLALSB 6.1 SRE 6.1.6 RIE HH. MLR, BL RS EL RAT OL) GE, FAERIE PHT os. ols BIR WES O50. of HREAF 0.5fe 5 4 of, WEL ABL, AS (6.2.5-2). (6.2.5-4) PMY of, RHE. HABE LA Opes Ole Mt, FURRY PPLE RATE A OOO YE FEE ELIE 40% TINT, oSkols MLNS 30% . 2 ETERS, ARB RAS LAIR ca, ee HN BUR, FIBER SUNOS EET. 1: SRARSRALN, SRELMARSRRRL KS, SRAM ARAMNK. 6.2.6 FESR EAS ORAS HI a AOR AMICON, LA AB ELSA TPE OE BAER (ARC) AGH AIR ASAORA, HESEALIR TSMR ENEE A HAL 0 38H (BBD) ego yeiclHtbth, 0g: AO EAIK AL AT CE Hea SHC AM NEE He 6.2.7 BML P ELE LARA RA MECHA 6.2.7 HOARE. R627 SHERARAMRAEHAS Bm ARENA Fem Bier WLR CR— HL) ABR out ont o3 hou auton eh WME Wine Obit) Rae a But Os * om, Be FeRAM TAN HL RATA ILE oye BNR h wT AAOELAL, AOAR OL S}, RAARTT pe. 2367 RARE RR STA TA ERRRE ATH ABE TAA FEB ES 7.4 PMEHERAERE HERR, CATAL ARMARELZS a, SH MSHS ERA 5 RRB SH, RB RAR LILA 10 HH 10.7 HY EMT. 7A2 ERMR RA ET RAM ERT 1 AERP 2 ASABE AULD 3 ABEL SIE Aa ee PE; MY epceo it oe=fdi-(1~)"] (7.1.24) Beo hi (7.2.13) PAK (7.2.14) AR. 7.2.3 TH, VERS LRM HLT SER RH bf MARR 7.2.3 HF UEP MEU. 723 TH, RAL MBE Ra bf TH, ea | sem ee ER, BAB aoe | ERR | 1] Bena oem A A Seis EEL 2 “HR CAB HIE, AE bee ie errr ae Aj /ho 201 or b+ 12he - 3 ae O.1> Ri 7he0.05 beak b+ 6h, be5hy fj 7hg<0.05 beak 6 bs5h fe La MTA 2 SOUR FS ee wa PAD FA DRE RAS, NT A EH 3 BE 3 MM TH, ENS) LM, ARE OR hh; RE bth, RRR SEAT RAVING 3 MIAME RUBIN 2b, (TIE. EARN) HD, (OH LIBR), 4 AREER AEDT RD ae EY, HA Eb 72.4 SSHPER DLS RBA S, WA AARIEAR (7.2.1-3) ER, BERR SURE ERAS ARAL A SAT 2 RRR TA Bi}, BEA MASK (7.2.12) SVAS7.2.2:3) HEL EE RE x LT ARR EMO RR AR, 7.2.5 SR PHTAA MEST, MRAM AR (7.2.14) HRMS BR TRARY, TERS RE AE BLE: M 28h 2) SHAS (7.3.21) REHEEKRADFRARBER (7.3. SANZERRA at; 3) GOS AAAI EARL TTR A/D FSA FSG HY AR AT TAR AY 2596 87 7.3.3 Telit SEERA ART ROR HEC AA a rT {SHE o,, SLIPS 20mm AMAL RTRBCA SP) 1/30 WHE HE ICAL, 7.3.4 SEAT LAREN ERM AAR AAG PALE (FAT7.3.4): N x arfobs + fy A ~ o.Ay - (ap — fy Ab- opp (7.3.4-1) Ne < aifols( hy ~ ©) +54 (ho ~ a4) ~ (oo — fy Ay (to - 5) (7.3.4-2) e= nathoa (7.3.43) = ete (1.3.44) ste @ RAIS) a4 FS SEA SB SEI A LL J EY Hk its EEA SB EE EK I, BALE 7.3.10 HA REHH SE BER AS BE FSAI s ee i oF 6 SEL AG ANH SEH EP eg FHT HEF RTT BE EB eg = M/NG ex AML, BARES 7.3.3 AROAE z : ed 4 co 73.4 CRT EERE RT 1FLAMES, MMPS PRE: 1 RRMA o,. of MR FARE: 1) Sesh NWKMOREM, Mo,=f, hey,=f,, lsh, ¢ ASE BE, = x/hgs 2) E> b HMO, 0. 0, BARNIGR 7.1.5 AMET 2 SPAM EG, RR BEM RAMEE ASE (7.2.1-4) Jelhs SWIPE, FLIER ARH TARA 7.2.5 ROME LETH, BERT, BOARREYEASK (7.2.5) PAT M WANE ARE, EAD, ef aH FEE ABA BA EBS RASPES, TETRA AAR, ON AAR A (7.3.44) HiRzo 3 ARIE PCM ORE, MN > fh MS, MARTE PUA SRE TTR B: Net = fbr no- 4) 4 £4, 4.( — a) = (ow ~ Fy Ag ho ~ a) (7.3.45) ea bed-(ea-e) (7.3.4-6) SUH! HTD ES PE FAL BEF BRL Ya A ABH OG YAH ES; KPA ZEAG AA SER WAS 4 KARI PRCAG (A! = A.) ARERR, WADE LES SCT SE eA wT TTA: Ay = Mea 81 = 0.58) erfsbhg ee £5 Cho ~ a’) WORD, PERT SE AR DRG BE € WTR FUCHS é=- N= Syifebho . g (7.3.48) Ne = 0.430, fk CBr = 6,)(ig = af,) * eHfebho 7.3.5 VERS EON ZERSTE RIE WMA 7.2.3 RUE, HIER TERRA INIA BE 1 SRERRE ech, VERE ALERAH ARE 4 ORS, 2 MSLERDCRADE x > A’ Bt (27.3.5), MRP A PALARSE N saifilbx + (by - b)hy] + f', A, - oA, ~ (op - fy Ap - py (7.3,5-1) Ne < auf tol ho - $) + (O1- Bhi (in - 2] 244+ FAL Chg = a) - (ofp = fy A’ Cho - ap) (7.3.5-2) ARPWABRD 0. 0, URRY EAM ERE OTE, HARE 7.3.4 KAVA AE ITE 0 a FREY bt bh 7.3.5 EMRE ERS RRA 1A 3 xo (h-hh KRERMLEBRAUA MH AZ RR DWMRS EBT OTE FA, WS, LEER RT RE by ERA LIEIS 7.2.3 AE 0 4 KRAUSER ARRCAT AY MADER, YON > fA BY, PODER PARTE: we pl (ie) + Cos — 8) Bo + (B= sya = =a’) | + FAC = a,) - (op - Fy Ap ho - @,) (7.3.5-3) ef ay -a' ~(e~e.) (7.3.5-4) ste} yA EE BE ES, STM ABT, Hy’ = h/2. Be, HUE D R—WARN TRA, DR b= bs RRM AR AR aN TEA, ATR Be = bo 7.3.6 RETREAT, TIGER ER RUE EE (27.3.6), RERMZERRA LSE BARE : N < aufel Soho + (6% — b) hi) + f'Ale- OAs + Now of (7.3.6-1) Ne < cafe] (1 0.56) bh} + (bi YAY (ho =] + 54,0 a) + Ma (7.3.6-2) Nea = (1+ Sante . : (7.3.6-3) 7.3.6 (BRM ABIS ONCE LET 245Ef My = {os eC an SUP AA RTS eA TR; Soe RAS BAA EH, BABI 4.2.3-1 RA Nog TEAR HBF HEB A FRAME, Ye > BBY, Te = Bite; Mv REA SE OAM ARNIN DN A, OWA, Ye> eB, He =f co HY SE BEI Fl SGX BEY BE, SATA GABE gH EGAHL, wo = Ingy/ hos BL PER hy ho ~ a'so a ) [reuse (7.3.6-4) PAARL ER NW A, HMI 0, BL EWR PREA BZ EG EER NR SEAR AB 4} AO PEAR, AERA WEES 7.3.4 SR AL 1.3.5 FSG ROLE HAE 5 Be ARF Ey es BMADF 4 RNID 7.3.7 HG LISS) BG BE ANB TE RT ZEEE (8 7.3.7), FERED A BIBLE: 1 AARBBEL eE N < aaf.A + (a - a)f,Ay 7.3.7 ASME ANTE RT (7.3.7-1) Myer aafeACr, + 2) SBME 4 pa, Smee sinte) 67 5 4.9) 2 MARL N < aaf.A ~ opAy + af wy ~ ay — 0) Ay (7.3.7-3) Nye: aifeACns +12) SEE 5 fy Agr, MME + oy ~ 00) Apt sina: (7.3.7-4) ERA AR TREC RE, BEE FIZ =1-1.5a (7.3.7-5) = ey t ey (7.3.7-6) Uh A-—HPRER Ac SSE GORI Ag SERA TT 1 5 TAR 246Ty ARN. hE 19) A AE BE 1A BE SL BPE eg Fa EE TT eB BE, BEARISH 7.3.3 ATAEs o— RERREL AMER SRM HE: a RALAAPRM MRS SAA iH RY HA, Ya > 2/3 BT, HR a =00 2n 3 Ha -—# (7.3.8-2) a a, = 1,25 - 2a (7.3.8-3) | e = Cot ee (7.3.8-4) ‘ sh a—PR 2 oe 87.3.8 YES SEAT Bea Es eee —— ih Lb HE A BF eg A TE ATT BF A Ls eo PRIM BE, BEARRLIOI 7.3.3 RMLE s oH FEE REL RAL (red) 5 2x AIELAEES a — 2ST S SAA ARTES HOA, Ha > 0.5 AY, Fk a, =00 E, SAGARA AREAS T 6 NTR. 73.9 PARLE TIDE, MME RM RRR PaaS An Aa PSH 3 RHA AH EASE By PS Hy EH L,Y A OL oA 7 sg, pA EE Ja ERT HL ATA BOE, FRU AREAL 7.3. 10 AAR AY RL BEI A Ke qs WIT RIBAS 7.3.12 RACE OES BLE, FAS AR Br BE Beit, HREM PEAR APE AR ET NTH, SARE Pa AH ET St HT. 2477.3.10 HERBIE. TIE. UIE, SE AN BL AR AB SE FH, Hoc EI AC BOAT Be ASAE hy? nel * wore 2) {iS (7.3.10-1) 0. f= a (7.3.10-2) b= 1.15 -0.01 4 (7.3.10-3) SUP ly —TEMHAR, BORO 7.3.11 RHE; }— AEs JOP, EA, BUN, MEER, Be; ho RAGES HP, SPEAR, Wt hg = ro + 45 MBAR, We hy =r res HAR, ry ra Al r, BEA BINEAS 7.3.7 AAS 7.3.8 RNA; Sy fb SET PA THB ABE BAK, YG > 1.08, BL, = 1.05 AFAR TIE, ARTE, HT A = 0h +2004 - DAS So — RE ORT RT MAB, yh < IS, HG = 1.0. TEs SL SERAPPH RAMEE loi 7.5, WIR y= 1.0, 7.311 ALORA IEEE HARDY lo AIRE RPL EHNE ; 1 RUE RE RARE: BERRA AUNROPEE, BOBLC AE Jp UHH 7.3.11-1 HUH. R731 MSMR RRR, RRRSMR EM hy eo Sa fee amen i Re ALMA a 1s 10# 12H ERB — a DF 135i 10H 12H + 2.08, 1254, 15H, ARE BE - 7 7 Fe 1.0 0.84 1.0m BRA FUE 2.08 Lon, = Bee 2b HOARE TSM, Hf yA SRE AE RE BAe FSP Hy SARE TR IR T R E ITA ELISI s 2 AVS RRERESTT RE, ARPA RETN, TERE RRM TRC A, AE ALASH PERI OT ER 3 RAE A CRD AE, GALE Hy 0.3 RAO: SA 0.3, HSRIEEIRIE 2.51iye 2 ARAB PE ERAT, AEN SR IE Uo MIME 7.9.11-2 AL Fe 248731-2 RR TE eae w oo E oy mee 1.08 i A 7 SRB a 1.25H mB 1.25 RRS - See Ls 2: SF ARLE LSAT ARAM, URS RSL, THERES MATE. 3 YOK SPR NOS ARTEL 75% EBT, HERTS Jo TR FAR TARHE, JORMA: Uy = (14 0.15 h, + (7.3.11-1) Ip = (2 + 0.2pin) (7.3,.11-2) BRED gba gy REYES FSS AUD MT AE ES A ONL RR BE OEE Pris — FEAL has ge PARES HERVE, BE 7.3.11-2 AER 7.3.12 3OR ADS IB BAUM ADRES | FER, EAST PH EO EH A SME BRUT ARAB: WR, 0.4; THE, 10.6; HB MRR ORE, ea He0.45, kat, ZeHRAR MUGS 7.3 MEAT WAG i EQMEERRAURWALAAP, qe Ky = SORLUL (M/N +e.) FRR, Beh, MLN REGS ORME TT : SERA AY eS oe ELA A A “ fil. k he E: AOFRAHARRAO GRE a RAB, BLA PTR 0.7. 7.3.13 bl ERS EE jae] be SAE ARR Sb, HA Se EH l b FORE AT SEAT BOL ERRA eat, BARA SE, TEAS RA RK p HMA. 7.3.14 AREA HAS HAE AMIR LMS EM (A 7.3.14), HERRERA AT ZT TRAE IASE POUT RET. Let BSR P ASSR(F.0.1-7) AAAF.0.1-8) PAY ML, M, ESP BV Na ceiy. Nipye yl HEAP , WM RE NAEP AAT FE 7.3.14 BURA SEER IHEP s 2B 249Cie = Coc Ow (7.3.14-1) Cy = ey + Cry (7.3.14-2) A Ta) Ey A Sk TT oy AY A AB Bs eg, = Mae / Ns ery = Mo/ Ny Moc. Moy——AR7 HEB INS ER ATA FR FE 2 hy BS acy Cay a Ait, yA LE AP, BALES 7.3.3 SRE Ter Tye Ry TEA IAA, HEACLLTS 7.3.10 AONE BH Fo 2 RP AMMARTE: BOP ea. eo v¥e7—t+ (7.3.14-3) Na Ny” Mo SRR Ng PRAY TET by SS FEAR DTH Ng AEA 2 BASS AR HA OE eS, BEERS GT SRP SER ROT BEL, Ih, 7, MERARNLTESS 7.3.10 RAVE as; B Ny ATE y BASES RAE TY BOR 9,0, ARAB A FEDS RRA RHE, IS, 7, BRAS ARIEOR 7.3.10 AA AEE We. POPE SER RTH No, RARE A (7.3.1) HR, (IRS SENNA, ARS RRERK 9 RAMKO.9, PAPE ERB HE Nx, AE FAMERS L) OAH RP BES, NAPA LESS 7.3.4 SRS 7.3.5 SHE SER T TT, (ARORA, EN DIN ARES 2) ONAN NV, RASS 7.3.6 AONE TT ABLE WES NUL Nu ARER POP ORR A BOE NARS NAB THE 14 ERRSHRRATE TAA BRAHAM BLE N 2000mm Ft, BL ho = 200mm; fo RE ER EBB, EAH ge 4.1.4 Ro 7.5.4 $2. TRAIAN RESO, ALAC, He em eR FMA SP LUE + (7.5.3-2) VeVatV, (7.5.4-1) Veg = O.7fibho + 1.25 fy Aehy (7.5.4-2) ¥, = 0.050 (7.5.4-3) SUP VRE RAB RI Vg FORT LE AE i ERR Hs VB TE A PS RH A, — BELA ARGSROLBREBB: Ay, = rg, Wat, n WER RHARRORM, 4. ARRRMHROR,; sR Ee 1B So SRE, BEARER 4.2.3-1 HY, HOR Ng RL A A FU Ds EF YA BE BH 253BA, BRAMICR 6.1.14 ITB; 4 Ny >0.3fAo MY, HM No =0.3f,A0, IL Bb, Ay WHT HRE Rim. KEP ABET (GRAS RR, Pope PHO RSC ART EADY TE BOY BY 75% LA EAT) WTR, MARAE (7.5.41) PR, BE HEAR (7.5.4.2) BOW PHAR: Vos = BB th + fy Ae (7.5.4-4) Shp AiR PRL, AT A = a/hg, o WR PRR EA A WORE; 4A < 1.58, WA=15, YA>3h, Ma=3; MPRA BREZMAA, MISA Yes 1 RD N51 ARE IES YEH ALASTAIR SL, BURT NBL MLZ, WAT v,-0; 2 ATRGA BUM ATRAELIIE, ZENA I Nyt, AAR IR 6.1.9 AeA 8.1.8 Jest ERAN MARK OA. 7.5.5 $0, TRH IBAEHZT OH, HRERRMSMA MM, Ae ZY RBA NAEP LE: V = Veg t Vp + 0.8/Aasina, +.0.8fyApsinay (7.5.5) i VAAL, BEALS 7.5.6 ALE: VB TI Fa RA SE BY RAI, AR MLAS (7.5.4-3) ib SR, MATRA ID Noli} N75 RT ITS SA 4g. Ay —Al—- S87 BAKE DERG, MASAO, ty tg AL LAE UN 9 2S HA HN HH HH ARS PR BHT Fie 7.5.6 HERG, HORTA TERR (75.20): 1 HAH ONT) SRAM, MMR Ih 2 TEES, ME ORI) eee AA Titfic 7.5.7 $82. TEA PRRM RAS, Se PAAR: V 0.37,4 it, BEN =0.3f,4, Seah, APRA. ER BS DME EF IB: 1 SSSR, FO A= M/ (Who); SRR RANE, Yaya CRATE, AR A= H/ (Qho)s 4A3mh, Wa=sz st 20, MARL OTTHE V EMER, HW, URE 2 SE, SRA AR, RA = 1. LESAN 15.4 ROMER BAT, BA = a/ho, MAsmt, W 256AaSLKh, « PRP MRE MAG RHE 7.5.13 SG. TEAM ERAS LEE, SPST RAR SRA y < 195 y Vg pa pfibho + 0.07N (7.5.13) DREAM EH RRA UH, ML REMIT 10.3.2 RAM BERRA EG. Sep VOTRE Le ATM ER HHA RAI 7.5.12 SRIBIE 7.5.14 5G. THA ERO REE WoL, HARMEN RR AMS “PAIBLE Ve fF fibho + Soe Sey -0.2N (7.5.14) sth N—— SRV AWEHL v ARLEN NAY AHA AHERN O He, eARIAE 7.512 AN BASE (7.5.14) ARBEIT fA MH BRAT 7Atho, Bh fy he BNF 0.36f,bhoo 7.5.18 FE ARIRA SAA LE HOO RRM, SMe SEY aR TT eA 8 7.5.1 BI 7.5.13 RIE, HBT, ERR MART ICE b RTARTA HAGE hy BUSTA 1.767 A 1.61 (RE, HEA, 1 WR RAP 7.5.16 SEARLE DY EONAR ILE LAEAEA, SLEYTR AS FINA: V, < 0.258.febhocosd (7.5.16-1) Vy < 0.25Bfehbosind (7.5.16-2) XP Va TAH, RAE hy, TUMPEHE bs Voy BH, MARAT BE bo, ANTTTEBE DY hs 6— BH ABH V STEAD LS x BHOOSE AR, = arctan( V,/V,)0 7.5.17 CERAM AZM OAM EL ERE, HRB AT PE: v, Ys (7.5.17-1) vy, - : (7.5.17-2) di 7 ( Tana) Cath, y ATOMS RAL RRA Y,. VM PARE: Avy Vee = Te Sibio + fy Sha + 0.07 (7.5.17-3) Voy eB fino +f Aun, + 0.07N, (7.5.17-4) + 257SUP A. A; TREES LG, BASING 7.5.12 RAL WAE s Ags Asy MEER BEAT «hy MBA RRNA N— SAS ARIE VAM RH, YN > 0.3/4 at, BR =0.3/,A, Hah, A AA MRA. EMEP ANTMIS , AIZEN (7.5.17-1). 25k (7.5.17-2) PAEDUR VQ/ Vay = 1 BE AE. ae 75.18 ICM RELIES, Yea PARROT Wes (2B fiilo + 0.078) cosa (7.5.18-1) Vy < (qu Ppftba + 0.070) sind (7.5.18-2) BYR EATS TT SE RT, TARR AL 10.3.2 FRNA, BER HE BER AE aa. 7.6 Wi MRA AHR 76.4 TB WARE. Mh, /b <6 ROR. THB. VIER AT 71, SOFIE ARATE (EEL 7.6.1) 5 SREP URE 1 fee oH 1 ATS 7.6.1 See RIT (a) SEALs (6) THE. VEE, (Cc) MEARE Coy) 1-8, SFR 24 hy / dC BE hhy/ tye) <4 Ff VE r c ie * Taw, <0 Se (7.6.1-1) Yh, /b(RE h/t.) = 6 BE vein ig * 08H, <0.28f, (7.6.1-2) 4c hy/ BCR hy/ty) <6 Bt REA EME. sup THER bE MATE, TILA LATA A TE BE, TAT aE ISIE 205 Ig ANA A Es We SHE SE, BEACUSE 7.6.3 AMMA 258hy RAE: TART, WRI hos AE TA, BERL SEBRE, NIV AAERE, TER; te FERRE, FBR MAE 04/7, Jesh, by oI AT TEBE BEL hy/b (BE h/t) > 6M, BALAE RAR TRAE ARTE TILE 7.6.2 fe, WV AMRAESEMEA EOUTOPE (17.6.1), SAPS PRIA HORA vit Nw : Bg ty, SOT + 0.05 5 (7.6.2-1) 2 Wee o7 X : % He ty, < OT + OT (7.6.2-2) TAAL RRA, (LITRE ALI 10.2.5 A. 8 10.2.1 AH 10.2.12 SAA, Hep BER SA HG PEA RP (Ng PERL LENE A EI FFL IH A HH WS, AMI 6.1.14 MALE, MY No >0.3f-Ao Mt, BM Mo =0.3f,Ao IME, Aq WHat Wy ae Ta As N— 5800, HUGE V. TAMAR RAH, YN >0.3/,A Bt, N=0.3/7.4, Hab, AWA. 7.6.3 SAH ATR SA SE BRE H : 1 See w= Zon -b) (7.6.3-1) stb. h-——BREMEURT. KURT. 2 THAME Wo = Vet Wet We (7.6.3-2) RA, ERA RA HY EIR WW yh PLE: 1) BR = Z@h— 2) (7.6.3-3) 2) ZEBRA 2 We= ay 5) (7.6.3-4) 2 3) BHRA y= Moy 0) (7.6.3-5) Step b. hE, BUTTE bby by RFE, SAAR EE At, be —RHRER: SHRHRABE HAT AAA REMIT bh b + Ohi Ke by b + 6hy MIAME o 3 259w= Bean, ~ ty) a2 5, yd] (7.6.3.6) BUF by, hy ROR. RT. 7.6.4 REFIT AT PPA SAH BR AEE PUA : 1 0.5/0, + 1.218, Aster (7.6.4-1) te AR Bt A, Eo AA 06 <6 <1.7 WER, Y o> LT, He 21.76 SOME ey A/OBT, ALA ABUM ARM, IAAL AHO PET. 7.6.5 THEA LTE ARETE HE, FDA RUS JL AR, Se 7.6.4 RET ZAERAH ES BME ATM FULT (7.6.4-2) 1 BR ro Weep (7.6.5-1) 2 ERR T= wr (7.6.5-2) 3 HR n= Der (7.6.5-3) ath 7 ALR ALE HAL 1, ARR SEAL; Ti, T—RERR, BARAT RL ERI 7.6.6 IERIE LOCA RAL RR NEES A UALE - 2607 0.35a,f,W, + 1.20 Yfy Ande (7.6:6) SP ay VARY AM: 0, =2.5ty/by, Bay> lO, Bay=1-00 Usb, CHARLIE (7.6.42) HE, BNA 0.6<0<1.7 WER, E> 1.78, BE=1.7. 7.6.7 HED TERR OER MRT, RRR MS “FUSE: Aw A T <0.35/.M, + 1.20 Gf, sth N-—— SHURA TAROT EE, MN >0.3f,A BE, HN =0.3/-A5 Ais pani Seah, CEREALS 7.6.4 et LAE 0 7.6.8 ENDWAR TERME, MRR TS TR +0.07 tw, (1.6.7) 1 Raya 1) RRB Vc (1.5 ~ B)(O-Afebhy + 0.0509) + 1.25fy Ay (7.6.8-1) ye = —1S__ 7.6.8-2 Be ros te ‘ i Toho AH A, — ZW RRAT ROR REBR BRST SRB ARHERK: 4A, <0.50T, MM B=0.55 4 >it, He Ay= te 2) RARBA 7
18t, MBale 2) BARRA SM RRINIMARAR (7.6.83) HR, (Asta p, BAT (7.6.85) 1H. 2617.6.9 TER TERRE I SB RR EF LEH 1 DAW SW RRA, RAEMMAL (7.6.81) F (7.6.82) MAR (7.6.84) (7.6.85) HATHA, AURA TW, PHA Ty Be Welt 2 WHR, TRUE ABLES 7.6.5 SLE USL SOONG Hs BEA AT eA PE YEAS SK (7.6.8.3) EK (7.6.8-2) RATE (7.6.8-3), Zak (7.6.8-5)HTHH, HLH AM TR WAHL T, BW, ACs PRR RS RAMI 7.6.4 RAHA ORE RATA, UGA TW, ILL TY Be WRT BH WARE. 7.6.10 FA ABEL ITY ETS BY RR HFT FUE « 1 ARSE 1) RRB V <0.1(1.5 ~ Bo fibhy + 1.25f, Axhy (7.6.10-1) 2) BRR 7 0.35 a5fiW, + 1.208, Arde (7.6.10-2) LER 8 ATA MEE ASR (7.6.8-2) HERE, (ASCH WML a, WAR Bs 0, HM CMRI 7.6.6 REE. 2 SP RTBU ALF Wa Se 1) SRVRB 155-8) 27S fbhy + fs Athy (7.6.10-3) SCHHY A MTA ASK (7.6.85) HE, (shh) WALL on, ARR. 2) SRB BARRA TIMBER (7.6.10-2) HHL, ROY 8 METAL ASE (7.6.8.5) HS, Mt HY Ww, BELL oy, AGES 7.6.0 2S, WARMER AT OE. TB. EMR LOS TIT, HR FAR ELT ERA 1 V<0.35f,bho BE V nt, TURE b HEE Fy < 0.35f, + 0.150 50,m) Tlhmho + 0-8f Ar (7.7.3-2) 2 Seay Fy < 0.35, + 0.150 50,m) lahio + 0.8f,Agsina (7.7.3-3) SUR Aq. 5 45° EPR SCA 2 RR Ags "55 45° BA PR RT HO HH TR o— BR SURI IE 5 MPRA TH MRT, HARES 10.1. 10 RAE. SEL Ob AN AG a ER PSP ORI, FAS RRA LASS 7.7.1 ES OR EAT RD RBANA, HA, ug, MACRO 9 BENE BLADE 0. Sho ARAB AUK E: SAUTER, LUREAREA MT (SH, A. SA RE). 7.7.4 SASTRY RBM, CERES BERN C AED Be MERE By SE AY Se Oh PRR Ree PIM (A774): Fy < 0.78 fibaho (7.7.4-1) Fr = pA (7.7422) 5, = 2th (7.7.43) 2 UH? hg AES RAEN ERNE TE 19 AR SS, HET REO PY, PARA RI EA HS PE AE Be (CAUSE ABO PA), aR et, HE Ass ASE DRA (PA 7.7.4 eR ABCDEF); bE BT PI LE AS, RES AC Rh ae 265BI, BUR: YA ARES PRY, BER by SE ERE ER BE BP IR EA AB AS] — (ARTF by= by + 2hoo @ 7.7.4 THER S ORD RO (a) HESRMSEHAE (0) AREA 1B O RET ONO EHH 2D ER ET 775 MEESTER. OP TRUELY, SAR REE Se URE ML BONE OPE. FANS 7.7.1 ES 7.7.3 RETR RRA, FAITE Fy REE RITA, AE, Freq BARBIE BLE C MLE» 78 KRRLERRAUNS 7.8.1 RCA AERL ATE, FURR ARR TM PRLS Fy = 1.358BifeAin (7.8.1-1) = [Ae + Be -(* (7.8.1-2) sp Fp Jey ES TR RHEL; AT EL AEP RSBESS ARAB, He 1.2 (SKE $e EL ADT EA EB L; CES TR TL EL TK FE, SOLARA ABLE MEE YE ey PR RS BE fA ERE 4.1.4 BE EVA PHAR DAR + BoE LE RL, BAR SLT 7.5.1 RAUL; Bye ARIEL, FSR SE HRD BER Ay REL BRB Aig TREE SRST; RA, ENE tS ER aR, 266i, PARR HOTTA Ay BEN AIR ARIES 7.8.2 AWARE 0 78.2 BRERMHARHB 4,, Te SRL RSH RM BURR. MAAR ae; MAAN, TUG 7.8.2 0. Ha ett } ' ' ' | I aay ASA wag LBs aa 67.3.2 RRLENTARER 7.8.3 4RURIT AMOR ARMREST RN BOR A > A, A (7.8.3), POMBE ERRATA: Fy < 0.9 BBife + 200, Booty) Ain (7.8.3-1) “PATA RREEMEY (FA 7.8.30), HERACREAK p, METRIC: , = mAali + madale (7.8.3-2) Bet, AHH ie ee SA LA 1S GAMERA (10 7.8.3b), HARM 0, MA TACRTH: = 44s - =a (7.8.3-3) SOP 2. MORALE MLE RR RK, RRMA (7.8.12) Hf BE, ADA, AARP, SY Age? Ay BY, BER Acer = Ags fp EL, ALN He 4.2.31 As oR EEL MUTA, RANE 7.3.2 ALE IH og HH ALRRPAM EAGAN DR, SOR A HELD A, HCP ORERLD MH UE oA A AR (BEL TR A PS PNB PL SR TRAR) 5 ny Ag —— TE | WR, RG RR, nay Sob FR, BRA Ag RRA AGO RE ER dog PRA MLAGARM CAN LRLRM AEs sr He RR HET AL IAS, EI 30 ~ 80mm, cans 267PAS BOE El 7.8.3 PLE ATA BE A TAL, PAR HO, RAE 4 Ars ABRRERUNID, ALD 4 HB. SEES, kh MAR RUF 1Sd, d RANA EE Bo 7.8.3 MER HAD Co) Wr AEARCRE, (3) SESE 19 Foe 7.91 PEER FG AS SE, HOE RROD RE SE MI ARF UAE ETH 1 RACER 2 SER RELATE ERAS Aes 3 WAMRR LT, FERRARA, HAR 22; SORA SREB RELI, SER ML ART Ny SAEs 4 RAE RTE. 19.2 EREBAH, GRU ME, UREMRMR HAR, REAR ABBE IT BRE ERAT BALI) CBS000 ALE. ME ERAF 12m NRE, TRA-ARKREAR 79.3 WGRRLLGOARARAN, WHAT Lo ERR RAT A ERE Ly PT SSA a Ts 2 TRE AUREL 8 Ym Ha I Es ASLAM AMET ESS IOM, 7.9.4 GREL LS ERAS MMS PER: ones Si (7.9.4-1) Aol; < Af (7.9.4-2) 268BOP ol aux FO SE RR EEL ET RATER (795-1) HR Ao —RERAN RARE 1 BAMA ANG, BAMA (7.9.5- 2) WB: fT DRE ETH, BANS 4.1.6 SBE Of OBA EL, BARBIE 4.2.51 A. 2e: SOA PT, PLM AULT 7.9.5 RARE Se PH ATE AN EE A HW BST 1 SRK WR REL Somme = OE (7.9.5-1) 2 SUAS RAAT (7.9.5-2) (7.9.5-3) (7.9.5-4) BOE Migs Mig ESF OEY FR LE EAP PACS LR) Olas OSismins Oiymax FH RE Mis Mig LEAS ELSE LSS i IA UE HOE Hs ck HME SRL RARE: ob = EVEL: Ty BFF BUS AMINE SE Mac S Mn AAT BH TE 58s ig ESF TAL EE FM DO A mee: AAMT MEAS ME eH Dy Ue A RE i BOARS OE ere Mi, SAG MATT MRT, ASK (7.9.5-3) FF hoi. xo A 1h MUTA BULEAY hoc. xo IG (RB. 79.6 RALELLSOERSOA, RAM RE RAE xo. xh MRE. MR FHWA: 1 BURBAUNT RE TORE bad kat 1) af BP + abA C9 ~ 0) ~ abAQChg ~ x0) = 0 (7.9.6-1) hoi 2 i= & + afA'(x9 - a)? + abAg(ho — x9)? (7.9.6-2) 2 GRRL SEES TY RT 1) 4 xp> Af BY (17.9.6) 269a 7.9.6 A GNEREL SS TE SS HS cy aa Bish (= Iso = BO" 5 aba (ae— 0) ~ abso 0) = 0 (7.9.6-3) 2 1 = Had i= WG BD? 4 har (ag — 0)? + aba a ~ m4)? (7.9.6-4) 2) Mxocht Bt, BICBN 6) KRM H. 3 Xt rb. 1) ASE, IR RALE RE xo. UMAR, SE ME MEA AAEY, Si chy xo AANA TE ARIES PALA; VA MS MEA WRMAAMAY, WER xh =. = ho TEs 1 RUSSERT AREER, ER ACHY A, Be hy AEAMBLIR ATER AQ DE ho; wa. 2 RTE YM AAAS ofolcf, HARMS MS abo! > fy RE, AAAS LAY BELL LAV OAR, tk, fy MMS AOUERSREETE DHL, of DY TSE BCAA A Ja AGAR nv. 1.9.7 AGREES PARI BE RB ARTA FALE 1 REP MMA, ARS PA cf <0.6fi (7.9.7-1) YERMH ASL AR, Ut, AA EORALE. Shp ch ARI PAE BIE, PRA RETES 7.9.8 RHR; AL DTA, BEALE 4.1.6 ATE. 2 PRU AOR BTA RES SK (7.9.71) AER, SOY A AIRE SER. HN, FEMRAO AT INI Ao LES PM: Beh, < Af (7,9.7-2) Ao, FRA HH EAU ASK(7.9.9-1) HE Ae TE SBE EF PRL, EARLE 4.2.5-1 AY AR RIA. 7.9.8 TELE Het AY A FR Vi, rc hag (7.9.8) OP Vina BES BEN EAI RL Ae HP TN Hs bE RTL, TIE FTE AE 270ag — SEKAI ASSRAMS DROS, EM, BRE xo RAM AK (7.9.61) Be (7.9.63) 1H 7.9.9 RELL SO LH HA PARR (Vw fidho)s (7.9.9-1) dol, = AV = Vix ~ Visa (7.9.9-2) 7 = AV iar! Vinx (7.9.9-3) SR AVS ESE 1 A SA Hs V gg BEF HE ZEA ARE PPE AT AN Hs RA TH oH A,-—REER-RE ABH SOS ROR, 7.9.10 HMA RLE SRT, MTS RAO LI: 1 ERMPNKOLEKMSAR ORL WT RBA BU AAG. APB Fa SAR HILT Hs 2 RR RATE EAU AN REL EBOIN To 2: SERAMP LD AGIDLGRHER. 7.9.11 HUME PPE REI PE: 1 ZARRLEKWSA OLN A 1) 4A AR oom < Si (7.9.11-1) 2) Sow RLML Et Sime SL (7.9.11-2) 2 ZUKANRM A RBA Ao’ < Aft, (7.9.11-3) 3 SADR SARE BHU 79 SO 1 Aol < Of (7.9.11-4) SEP ob ag — SNE REE RASTA RTE A BUR) ARES 5K (7.9.12-1) RA (7.9.12-2) HR RE: ON ma EERE IER RA EE RAE I, BARREL (7.9.12 1) RAK (7.9.12-2) HEME: of LARA EI HA, ARLES (7.9.12-3) a: Of, HL EH AL, BALA 4.2.5-2 RFA; Aoi SERRA MAEM HAIN TN, BARU (7.9.12-6) Hs Afi SEBUM fy URE TRA, BEAR ALTER 4.2.5-1 Re 2: SEMA ING, EULA NES HAE, AL ST an7.912 XPSORA LAS TY EL A, FOE RIEL. SE AAEM AA) SRK RL AUNT A A BSR 1 SEHR RAT EEE A Semin B Ofc = Ope + May, (7.9.12-1) lo f po + Mesy, (7.9.12-2) ax BE of i 2 SEC M16) SHIT Ay SPO AAD Hs BE HE AG) = Ff ,mm ~ Sain (7.9.12-3) f Ohmin = Ope + oye ME ay (7.9.12-4) Mose Fran = Ope + OEP Yop (7.9.12-5) 3 SERRA SEBEL A ARH BL Bat = Of, ~ O5uin (7.9.12-6) Min Fhanin = Sse + OE Yen (7.9.12-7) Minas Shinar = Sse + OEP Yoy (7.9.12-8) BOA of eins Ol oad ESF HT HK RE FDR RAT EE ASRS BID 75 RAINES DISECAE RE EA ; G po——FH AB THUIAL AIA SR, ee EOL Ay PR ARR I A PEM ARAM, RAMBAK (6.1.51) RAK (6.1.5-4) 8 Minx Mig BE 53 HS FTL ER RL PPE OK, Be fils ge TB 77 SEA SE A Hs one = B/E GS Io FANT REESE Jo ZHKWSMLCRARE RB ARB Ly WEE 5 Shenin> Opn ——$ BEF AL HSE PE HS BKM; Lo EF HSA FH RY SE — I a AT Spe AB BHU Jy GR TH FB SR — FH OL FAD, WEARAISEASL (6.1.5-2) BASE (6.1.55) HE; You Yoo PUB ZAK — RAEN, BU A REDON; 3 mins 05a BESS HE THT OS YO — ET SR BN SOIC I 5 Ao EFF HL THT SE — A Jy HH Og HEB IE Mo EFT F HSS — AR A HE 272BAT; HAD, MW @HLK — Fak WAL 7 FA is AT Bo bY RE AM ASF Sw HM BE: ASRU7.9.121)(7.9.12-2) "FE ops Maa/ Ta) Yor (Mla! Io) Fos BATRA LTEME HRA, MON EE WIATAPISERA SR (7.9.12-7), (7.9.12-8) RAY 0 PLEURA. 7.9.13 BUILT AY ENT AT AE : ons (7.9.13) SUP of HUN BEL A OAR HE EE, A RACH MAATR UREA, MAOTAIA RRO. 2738 EMBERS 8.1 RSE IER SLL TEBE REL, ORLA 3.3.4 RAGE, HEALTH AIM AU PHS A RE AT OE Hl GD KB EER, SR EET BOAR IE RABE RS WE LB PBR ABH SO 8 FERS AVNER AP AEB SIGE: Fa F< 0 (8.L.1-1) 2 SR ——— fREBEOR AB th SUB 6 HE PET BM BREA TAPS BALE Fk FpeS hee (8.1.1-2) FEM BORAT AA FERRE PLE: Geq~ ye 0 (8.1.1-3) 3 SF — Feri RAR ARCA M INE AREA EAS RH PE OY BIB A BI, UAE Wu Whig (8.1.1-4) BRA oso eg FHF BI AR MELE A. EAA ASP PE BE BH Oy RAAB DA I ET A ORE EN, HARA BX (615-1) RAK (6.1.5-4) HH; Sue REL FUSE AMEE, BARRIER 4.1.3 As Waa FF SIT EAL Gp HPS EHR HE LRH ICE EI, He ASE 8.1.2 RH; Win ARE EDERAL, BEACHUEE 3.3.4 AOR. E: PAEMAGOLEO AM RLM, KGL Ape Tw BNE HR, Ak (8.1.11) BAsk (8.1.1-3) PAY o,f AM 0.9, 8.1.2 (EU. TH. ATER IVR RMA RLS, LSA SRT RM IVE My LEAL SEP, BATA OUR EE IEA CR AS HERE (mm) ATREE AAE: dey Maas © teh BH( 1-90 + 0.08 (8.1.2-1) gett 0.6sfe (8.1.2-2) Pies (8.1.2-3) 274Ay + Ap Paletatg i SUP cg WED AE REL, HH 8.1.21 RA $ BRAD DLA AG WER BH: MH y <0.2 Bt, Wy=0.2; Yori ht, Mo=1; MERKLE RAT, Hy (8.1.2-4) gPISP SE A SAPS EAT ERO, HARBIN 8.1.3 HR EAE, HARI R 4.2.4 RVs oY SAAR SPAIN (mm): 4 < 200, He =20; Herostt, Re=65; 0g AE BH AYA A PRKRSRE Te, 4p, <0.01 BF, Ht p= 0.015 A, —AREAOREL BAER: SR, BPR MER Ji EER URL ERE, BC Ay = 0.58K + (be= B) hy HEME, ey he TSE BAKE. Bs A,B ARDY HR Ay SEAM ROR EN RAMEE (mm); d-— BALES i PAO BB HAA (mmm); ny i HL AGAR vy SLRS A AE, ERE 8.1.22 RAS Hl NELREAQAAAAARA ORS, WARM RARER ER RH 0.855 2 Rt co/hn<0.55 BND SEERAREE, FI REC LAE REIE 0 KGL HERA MERR x 8 ea {eae TIRE AOE BA, MORE 2a 17 ao RB 2A é = aoe : 27 22 | R822 BANE EEL eR ee ev aL HAAR oe 2 ah wm | ave | mime. | we | gy | ti ‘i gd 488 fie | ase | tb sate » | oF Lo Lo 08 oe | 08 0s 0.4 2 OS SAMA RAM ANG , HAGAN HE RRMA He AAS 0.8 TR 2758.1.3 CEA ROTAY ERE TE , SARI ME La SR He A A LAA HL KSA 1 EI ES PRMD HHT BEF YAR SE 1 AME LSE SE eA HL 1) AbD RE oa = (8.1.3-1) 2) deel setinra ee ee Ney s ou * Tg a) (8.1.3-2) 3) Blt ae aeET (8.1.3-3) 4) Fit EH FE (8.1.3-4) 2 z= [0.870.120 ~ 71)(4) Jig (8.1.3-5) e=neoty, (8.1.3-6) 1, Wea b)hy eT (8.1.3-7) is 1 lo? mele aor) 13-8) UP ARR PRR: OE, RAAT, OP eo SE, EEO RR, MR OY , RE A AE FD 8 ZB SED RSE ING SG AA LEED EF EM SRG HAS 5 2 aS AAEM RELY REE, FRAC 0.87h95 1 RF ASA EAB RRC, 24 Io/h< 14 Bt, Wy, = 1.0; ¥, RE BAM SHAS A AER 7 SERS 5 ORY bby hy RBA A HERE, BBE FEAR (8.1.3-7) Hh, Yt >O.2he At, Ay hos Nis My H8 ATSB SEE EAL, 2 BUNT IPH RB mA RN Dabber Pe e Ma - No Ou (8.1.3-9) Ay + Ay 2762) Sia _ My My ~ Nyp(2 - @») ou = ee (8.1.3-10) : (A, + Adz ees Meet (8.1.3-11) ® AP A SARAH ARO MARR: SAO, Rea Ba RHR, HLS, IRA ARR: 2 SHIRA IE A A PT HA A EEE A HRA (8.1.35) HO, Beate HATE (8.1.3-11) HRs ep RELI UM PEN SAGA A AE Ho A Nott fE gS SEBEL DA BAU Ja PL Fa A My-— JR RE UT IU BE EC, BEAR LER 6.1.7 AAO FED o 2s HA (8.1.30), (8.1.31) FH, SM SM AEA PURID, BOs 2 ay SM ERMAN, Hes 8.1.4 EMRRULIREA AERA ST, RAS EP WAATH: 1 RDS pace te (8.1.4-1) Seq 7 (8.1.4-2) 2 Bet ou = z (8.1.4-3) Sq = z (8.1.4-4) 3 Ait ROAM SE BE Oa = wat (8.1.4-5) My ON, cq = i + a (8.1.4-6) SEAR Ng. Mj Bet A AL SEA SEAL Ao REBAR 277Wo FS ART LT OY EEE TE: AS (8.1.45), (8.146) PHU, VHD MARMOT, ARAM, 8.1.5 TUM RLR SSA RL REL Ee ERM: 1 ELEM 1) RPA BOR A LESTE, NEA PE oy < 0.85fy (8.1.5-1) 2) [R—— FBO AH PUREE NEE, BEE FALE : 5 <0.95fx (8.1.5-2) 2 RLERMA AEP HSER A ARBEACE th UENO, BREA TUBE : Sep < 0-Ofex (8.1.5-3) BOF ay, oo REL EHD, ERR, BORN 8.1.6 RE. SHAY, BESS PNAS (RC RE, eR TE AR hE BILE OR HE: ACPA ER, RTP MAAR, (8.1.52) AVAL (8.1.5.3) HORE. 8.1.6 ELEM MEE AMR FAAS oy "|. (8.1.6-1) ep My, Oy = Oe (8.1.6-2) Io [i — BapAmsinay) S path eteeninee) Se (8.1.6-3) Ib BoP oi BUN AEE My LEH SET Eh: BOT LB HE SEP Par Py PREETI He DY AVE Vy, AER Hs AY I I EH AT: EE 5 SSE LATER, MAS RM; SHS ELE AM, COMM, MADARA SMU A Oye SURED AE AE, PETE RE ME No HIN JPA AL EID, He AMAR 5-1) BR (6.1.5-4) THs Jo REE BHAA HEME OBES; oF BEE Vi Be ES EY HA SoH RAPHE BBS AE A HB A AB TE ge DB HA AG INE 208 oyAp —HERELA-SeY GANT DSRNA, ey A LS A RE A 0 BE: Al (BLED. (8.1.62) TAY a. oy. opel Mery/lo, MONEE, VATEMEIRAs SEE BART, PUARAs 8.1.7 NREL RER, EPA A 06h KBR, SEPT RURE F, PLORRLE GERD MOL, AR 8.1.7 Me, FEI BSAA ATR FAST (8.1.7-1) (8.1.7-2) (8.1.7-3) (8.1.7-4) 8.1.7 PAIL BSR DAMA (a) WR: (6) SAUER 0, S48; (c) MEA «A ACF RPL FARE, ATM 0.6h Ab ARTE AIBI ET s sp ody ct ry REEL PEL BL Vi Vi Se ELF PERLE, RL HBS ES 8.1.8 EM RENEE ER A, AS BL PENH KE 1 TELA Be BEIT SE PE EK, EMEMABMOS, TEAL RC OTANI BHA o,, (FEI8.1.8), aT pitt B88 PARKER MAA MH ME 279BUA A TM SEAR LMA LIES 6.1.9 SALE. 8.2 Sa 8.2. SPE L ABU IT NEL SOY PPE IE RRR AS BRE, APA ARLE FUERA IE RH. TERE, PBS KERIB, TAR EA eA ESP GHEE (09 SA TE AR A BAS NO PISA, PBR RET, ROEM AD Rp eS a Bee SEPA EY ER BE IMI AY AM REAL A FES CEE B TH, JSR AG ATE EE HSA ML AL Ze 3.3.2 AUER 8.2.2 5. THB. THEA ARIS FE By ALE RUSH M, B= noha (8.2.2) St My eer ATR, BARRE M2 FEF BUTT HEA A AES SE, HSER BP SCS A; Bef ROSNER ESE 2s HEFL ES 09 SRE, EASES 8.2.3 FRAN BAUR OE EAT BUSES, HARA 8.2.5 FA. 8.2.3 FERRULE AAT, SSM BR FAAS, 1 AMGRELLS Mt EA By = % (8.2.3-1) L.15g 40.2 4 28 143.57¢ 2 FIRE Sap 1) BRA LAE B, = 0.85E gly (8.2.3-2) 2) Feihh NS TE 0.85E lo eer g mata (8.2.3-3) Me ka = Fe (8.2.3-4) 10+ 82%) + 0.4570) -0.7 (8.2.3-5) Mer = (6p, + Ufa) Wo (8.2.3-6) 280= (be~ by he bho shee gy SSE (SAA EAR ANAS RRL, ARLE 8.1.2 RBA oe FSR LY HA oy = B/E pA GC: AAA SAT, HR p= AY (bho) ATIVE LRA, HW p=(A,+ A) bho) s To FTE YAR A 5 BA AL; he — BARBS BS ko BUD RELL OOF ER OARS MSS My AH, Be > 1.0 BY, We rege = 1.05 Ope FR AAI Hey ERIN Sa PETE Y OH ART A HE BER 7 RELA RTE AM, ARIE 8.2.4 UNE. Es A BURNET MUSEO, B, BERNE 10% 8.2.4 IRL R TR y AH RIT y= (07+ ™)r, (24) SEP yg TRUE Lf A aR TR AOA TR BE, FRENWELMD ALA BRAT RRS 2fy/ EWE: WHAM RIOR, 7, HATER 8.2.4 As h——WUERGBE (mm): 4h < 400 Ht, Heh = 400; 4 h > 1600 BY, Hh = 1600; Je. PCAN, Hh =2r, Ab, NOTE RT ERSTE Ye (8.2.3-7) bes £824 RHRREBEP AMER 7, aK H 2 3 4 3 aie ea Ras ee Leia RAR si Bi BE FER aaa i 2 ea oR am get | SS | bee Weep | yb. se paw | WAM | acon) Whe | avnco2 1% 1 1.50 145 1.35 1 La | 1.6-0.28n/e BE: 1 ab bb > byl AGAR, TTY 2 FEO 3 ZIMA IA; oh Oy < be HALTER, THOT 3 HK + REAR 2 ASGWINM, 5 RMR EA, 3 AREA, MET ATIR 7, Ee 8.2.5 SEMAINE EIS coh ae AM OAT PLEA: 1 AGRELS Bt 4% p' =O, HO=2.0; 4p'=pH, MO=1.6; 4p APRBET, 0 HAREM 281HRRWCHH. Ab, p'=Al/ (bho), p=Ad/ (bho) 0 RAR FAR AE TALL, 6 THAIN 20%. 2 GMARRLE SM, RG=2.0. 8.2.6 UALS HE EET AY BM EL, TID eA Ely HATH, FEATURE A, A PERG TIT Dy Be BL KR 2.0; FEMS, PUMA AGES I MR APN EE: 1 MERARPRNDMARRLSS RA OK EPL, TRE I ORES HERR ASEH, PETRHEBA TRE: 2 REA, AE REO 2829 fy a 91 Ht a 9.1.1 UMREBEL HS Hh RYE A He 9.1.1 HOLE 9 OLA LIE SATA SEE AIRE (m) Eos SRRLE BE HeaK ae ca 0) TeeaEaIOT eet 75, 30 a sat 35 35 : BRE 65 ‘o anata eee ss 2 = ee Boom RAGE d > Rem ft, AERIS LEB. 9.4.3 FL -POEP HRS OT LBS ALTE PTIBELAEBEE HERE BBY 1.3 (PHEBEIR BE, SUPRBEBESL Hh NLRB BE BEV EREBES HUT PERE Be, FARE BL SUH SBS EES TP ABE EEE HSA LSE 7 SE TTT EAS ABM SS Jy PATTI EAL (FB 9.4.3) 0 4 | eee ee aa 1 ; . eee 7 ' aon EE ey + +t 1.34 9.4.3 WL —-RERE BLA HY mea BTL 2s PDEA SEB EPONA AEN, SEEM, ANNE BLE SAB 50%» THERE RAW RAGES MAA PR: SRR, BRUM, AR HAF 25%; WHI, REAF 50%. BOR PADRE KES BAAR, ARISE, RMAF 50% 5 ARE, REZ, TRIES ROR, RS. AL SHALE SEIS ABBAS EAA 0 FTP] — Be KB SG ST BARERTAARHE: he te (9.4.3) SUP Sha SERBS LSA ia SER A GC BE, BEAR LESS 9.3.1 RE CAAA BK BIE RIK, 89.4.3 Bo PEEEMTTAOL PF , BUR SETL AMIR TLIR BSS BE BEB AF 300mm R943 MSRM MEK E RE Bi EARS BU RB (96) <35 0 100 £ 12 14 16 9.4.4 ED, SORAABSESN, TSAR KEAN FARES 9.4.3 AP LATTES BENS 0.7 1%, ALAEEESTTEDL FAMNF 200mm, 9.4.5 PES Sy FARES BE EA B,C EAE 50.2548. MMB, AGAMA THR ABR HE A SR, RMAF 100mm; 44H 52 FER, AG AN PR RY 10 1, RAE 200mm. SSR FAG HAE dl > 25mm ih}, 1 AEE BES PSTD) 100mm 96 AS BE 286iT. 9.4.6 ATLA AHORA CT, AOE ERR ANKE 38d (d WIAA MAAS), Sake Sk Hh sh AF BE EDR BHI BEN HOLE HRT ERB. PEARL AOUVERES A, FERED ES SEAR AACF 50% 9 GAELS WR BL AHI AS 9.4.7 HERA HH RRNA AOL RAE BEEK, RIL LH BER AGT a HE Sb, CFP LAE A A EAR F 50% 0 9.4.8 LBR EERE PEA (PIER BEL ORF DD PET LSE a BRP Fi PED BOR. REARS Mal ot BEA DF 25mm, 9.4.9 ALIAS EI ARPES R RM KBE 35d Cd GRAS AAAS) EAE 500mm, Pua 5 (FP Be Be BE A AE BOISE FERRE PF AHERE AAS GES RAD, NASR, SMR 50%. YAIRI SE EE AG AYE TEL SP RT ABZ Al HE: 1 SERCO RE RANA A IE 7 ESL TNR LL 2 RESTOR MR, ER, AREAL S HY, MESH RAR RA ‘SUN AP 3 ARR, TT Le Ea Sh — BSE PE — RR 0 9.4.10 RTM, ARAL, LAER BS, BPM LIA EEA GERBER) 4ARRE PENRO RLE ER, RDRABRT ROMA OAR FIURBEBEAI, WIRE BML: 1 RR FAIRER, JPL HERI; 2 LER EP SE ESL MS RRMA 2596, BEIT, EB SEER BLO EI 45d (d ABMS ON BABE) 5 3 BESTMLET, BR AANEIS 4.2.5 AROMUAE, MAREE SS Wb ABE SF INL) OR AALE Fi. 9.5 ABABA 9.5.1 AMBLER A MBM DARA NTH 9.5.1 SEAR £951 AARELANMAPMRLADEORDRBAAS (%) eee RiRBaSe Sa oae 0.6 MAS 0.2 BE — HSA OMA A, RORAG Es 1 BAA SOAAMSRAESAD A, GRA ARBOR RRO RABR, MRRP MER 01; MEL GSEs Co RLM, ARP AEHMA 0015 ALSOP HLE MG, AEB — MOL MAE: SBR Hy) SR NG OM BSE BE SEB AY — SA ESELLMAVSMAMRTA, SSA ADSI MEGS RGS Les wR RAR AMR(6',— b) h' ROAR H, ARRAN HA, 5” ISA tmnt — es RRA 2879.5.2 EMEP HALL ELAR, ene te (ATEN FO1S%E 9.5.32: Bia, SESSA OOO IRDA PIB My > Ma (9.5.3) BERANE, BAMA CT.2. LIS (7.2.2.2) 7 Ash (7.2.5) a, (ARIES TR MDM Rs PAT TE RFE sy PARI ASB. 2: SOS 9.6, aL 9.6.1 MAST BUM Ay SLE 1 A yh ME, ee ah. SER MAERCHE, DIA IO A ROEM 14 Hy RE SR LONER Bree A LTRs * nme aT BE UC HEADED RR AS HBR I Se ee ee ee 96. AIRE ha BA EN CIM i HE AES ANE RZ NH BEAR AT LO RTT SP ELIF PSR: RR MEIALAD LAL ARUANP Sim; B= MARE, RAST 20mm; YE BE HORA, RAAF 25th, : 9.6.3 RASGIK ISI IIRL LA OF LN FE LR TACT MS, LAE EASY 150mm FAAP 4 PARE fis SATA ARENO, NATAL Ste UR adem AF 4 1, HKEAREAAF 120mm; ~ 2 Min En 2 BUM, Lear Tod Ca eB HAY PRLS) PRL 3 ~ 5 SMH aE LI IT 3 RERIN DML Mea NPA, ZENA 100mm HEI aH. 9.6.4 XETRA HO, ELAN E RRS 100mm #5 Fs EH FE I SE SUEARNLDF 2H, HE BUMTEAR, cea aa HE ALAS ND. NOS EAB APS SSR FASE SRA PRR BEL RAR SAE EAE Dp WER BL Jam BBL ces AMR 9.6.5 BARRE B AR PPR EWMEEREMem TRA RE, at aL A a. 9.6.6, NUM AEM MR SS CS Sh EAL ARNT, Sate RESTORE, WRC. RTM ARM, Be ‘CER PSEA ice LEY I A EB HA 9.607. RSET Js HUT FRA BL SOL SE 9.6.8" FIBA NUL, MRR OTR ILM PE: Le REA > FL ZT AP MILAN ANF Sms FLEES LAR EAR 288 wtBAF 30mm, ARANTABREN—#; 2 EARP, RATES ET ae A) FFL, ACE eH a BRARRUNF 1.5 FLIESMEs VILE RRL PRE, RANE) 50mm, WALT 40mm; 3 PRA FLTE HAE CU Hy AE RM AG EFI EK 10 ~ 15mm; 4 EME aS PMS BR LIAL, HALEN AF 12m; S SUM ERY eB FERRI HE, TARE FLIER HR tee, 9.6.9 RIA BU ALAS EE AED SR, ED AR eG; 1 MEAMIER 7.8 THRERT AMEE RBA, RRA, HE BORA ANF 0.5% 5 2 CABRERA GRR RLS, CP MRE IAF 3e (ce HRABOA LABRET BB AGN EH oe BSB WRB) RAE 12h (h Att URL RGBE). RABE 2e AY ERLIM RERGEA, SRSA RAT, BR 7 PRED F 0.5% (89.6.9). 0.6.9 Shite 9.6.10 ZIRE TRE KE He Fa 1ST Rhea 2A OE 5 3H 1 3B 5 UM 7 Te, PRAT HAG Bs iy SE 2 SARAH FSP Th BE BL PSE PG Be LAAT a, NE PAPO 02h Ch ArH S Oat BG NE) PS BE AG aT aE BOWIE Aa 3 HERG RTA, RRMA TER Mh e<0.1h At N, 20.3 5b (9.6.10- Ae 20378 9.6.10-1) 401k 0.2h ht, WARIS het MIS ACES A. PON, REM RE OR LAT TD A, ARAL 6 HNARMEETHS, AMI AHMAR 1.2, It, RE LG RMA TMA RAE eA DL BE LR Ha SAGA AS Hy A BE A fn ESR EH, POR MUER 4.2.31 RAS SoA LARA RBG Be AT, POE AY AR Ue aA F RHBWAS APTS MEAT. 2899.6.11 SAVE TESA ABIL , SNARE CE 4 J 9.6.11) BREAN AOS MSE NA. 4 9.6.12 MXIT ITIL MEERA TREO, BLE NRT AM TIT. obs: 9.6.13 IERIE HT, meR BUN zee, agen “EES HAA NE day SRO, CEBU I ALA SARK eM eS 9.6.14 RIKER ERR DC, mee [DOES AOU MN: CENA TTA, RMREMEMRIET este one ANN OLR AGIA 9.6.15 SREB RTARTA AST AU ARERR, DORE YIM. CEBU I NAN IF BSR SE A, ERTIES AN I HACER 9.6.9 Ae SE 9.6.10 tee RMT AO AT ES NIRS A PL, BERIT ARO 29010 SHANE ARLE 10.1 & 10.1.1 UMM RARER MDF 10.1.1 BER ROLL RAABRRL REE (mm) eA Reh ge ami @ aca 0 RAE Lips se 70 ART ER 8 Suen te 9 MRE AF EF 700m ry ait 7 AYRE AF 700mm 0 MSR ENT RAF 500mm o ait EMEA RET 500mm 0 FRR 130 10.1.2 RELATE FURS 1 BW RRS 2 RUM THe 1) SKMDSGUKELADT RSS 2.08, MMM RHE 2) MKRWSHWKEZHKF 2.0, BNF 3.0M, ARMM, SIL FOZAGR AHA, ROTH mee RR MIE 3) HRW SBWKEL OAT RAT 3.0K, WHEW R DA PRE 10.1.3 4SHRAK, SHLARRASHALGN, SPESA MAHAL ABHRAK Bs SCR Sy 5 AS Ps AU Sh TR 10.1.4 PEA MBE, YR bh < 150mm Bf, RAAF 200mm; BRIE b> 150mm Bt, RAAF 1.54, AARBAF 250mm. 10.1.5 ALARA TF MBDA Hy Hw A BERR Sd, d FRB ZACH EE. YEE BORN BAM, AA SCRE RSE BS ee Me 10.1.6 QAR A AHS ROTA, MC Ey AEA AT 200mm BSE EAM LMRAEAM, MHERADT oom, BET KEAN RRR MRRE DP PS CEEALHA AGRE RBA ED Z—, WAR RAN KEV RRR E 291AF RRS Ip f0D2— (BI 10.1.6). 4 1OK.7 MS Se ae Te Pe a Re RA SORA TINER Ete, MINS AR ALM be > HEGRADF 8mm, ABRAAT 200m, IFLA F UAE « 1 BUM A 5M J oe LR, AE EM ao APRA AM, ARMM BREA PE BoE OO asc mA AE RMB = 2 — 5 Bs J eeesene; coos = ARIA RATE, Aer AR ADTRATORUABEMEAZ—, EMH APR EL FAIRS I 1 EADS — 5 EAR A EA PB HIE, AEA AR RPO, INRA mT ATG, AAA ANCE AE Pe, LE a ea ASE APHIS. AEE; 2 REMI AMR, HL SEHR AE, BDF EREDF REMERON CHL —; AURA RAMA, MRR SA LAME, RAR i AE PRUE Me; eA NET MAEN ER, SMR ENT ee ie a ARS Hl—; WPL A LAE, TRE ELD. 10.1.8 SEMIN, RATER, MMS Hh te SP AUST 5 iL BEL Fh Ae AGE AR TAR ELA FH AT 15% , BRADFEA RAMEN 0.15% 5 SRM AAF 25min, BARE Grn XPS P ARB RE 2s SERA AE 200mmo te, MSReMmaL Tapia, MLM RMO HRM TRA TL 10.1.9 ZENE RE HRA LPAI, OETA EY 150 ~ 200mm, FF ALLE A TT CRG SREY, PR, ROO AREA BL FOIE Haar AL WHA TREE, See ALARA RCE LAUT SHRI 6 101-102 FRE P ER HO NAR RINT ALE TUORESOR: 1 RE BARDF 150mm; 2) AR EAR DAIS AEA ARENSON, PSP BU EH aE AR ISA EAA 1:5ho(ZI 10.1.100) Asi HORSES Hak, WEAF Gum, EAI ho/3: 3 PRE rae My RL a ke a DET MANE 30° ase ey NS YRS eS PE ETAT 1.1.10) ROSE RU RF RUSAAS 238) AACAAS PRAGUE mt, 1-7 REO 348 292Ey pe pes «ia 1 FH 10.110 ARLEN Ae (a) FPESifPaLAI, (5) APSARA EDL OPDRN 2: BHR omy TAPER GEN: 2— FR; 3A, AI 10.111 HEME TUS LADAERE, GRIN A> mit, GROMER ra COTES, AEE OANA Im BS aR AE » RHBREDF Dom, MROTAMAEREAT 200mm. in DR APRA, AST A MEO. 10.2 ® 10.2.1 HMLELRA GSA AMA, VRE h>300mmih, RAF 10mm; & SER h < 300mm BY, A/F 8mm. EAR AACE REE GA SSR IA] WORUMEERS) ANAS 30mm A 1.Sd (d RABE) TP RBSA A AE TD EARN F 5mm Md RMF RAAAGRES TBR, RD LMR a ASH RB ATLL FS PRE A APES UBL AEA NF 25mm A do PARE EA NAS 7 , SORE b> 100mm BY, AEF; SR b < 100mm bf, AI Ro 10.2.2 SPURL (RAE I SKF A TE i FV, FRA BES METS A RL EU, (BA 10.2.2) DAES FALE: 1 4 V0.7fibho Ht HG (gz 12d FE Iag2 15d Wah, d AMMA AMEE. WB A ARE AKER a CERT, MOREE LIM PB TL A HG SST Ie LE Tb 2 SOTERA LE LOR, FEO ET AA A I BE EA BARD FRM, HERE FAM HRA AEN 0.25 15, BER A FA FSS Dy Be ECA 10 As MRCOG HEM, TAL PSA Pe GBD ERIN 5 fo BE MEL RUE C5 ADF MO LRA RA A ae, I Ky 1k A PR PWR, BVSO7 big ht, INARA RAM TE, BUA > 15d, 10.2.3 HUME EM ATH Hh A SA TN EER A, TAR, BATS DP BE : LY V<0.Tf.bho Ht, WARE (PAE i TE RUSS SRR Hy RN GE I ON RTT AP ARAN 20d eA, EL SGA APTS BE FES) TT a A BEAR MNF 1.22, 5 2% MY V>O.Tf bho WY, HIE MH ZEA TE BRT SS BRR Hy HAN eB AE AN Sb ANF hy LANE 20d MEARE, MGR SG TE ETE 59 FH AR TH AR EARP 1.20, + hos 3 AREAMERENRMAMUT REESE, MEHR RETR RATE AG EA IAA 1 3hg ARAN F 20d Aba, ELSE IE SYA PARP AS AS FEATS BEATIN 1.21, +1. 7hoe 10.2.4 EAMRELAAR PS, WHRDTHRL BRB NES bin, aT SH ANF 12d; BAA AMR LABBUM, T BTA IES 10.2.8 ARAL AY ATA ML Beh Si, FHRAMLS 10.2.7 RHA ERY TU. 10.2.5 RPSL AG AAC oN EAT PAVE : bue o.6/r 7 (10.2.5) 24 T/ (Vb) >2.0Bt, HLT/ (Yb) =2.05 AP py ALATA, py = 42h: b— ZR, BARRIER 7.6.1 AAV Agi LA BE SEA AR, ‘AR DAE A GY BANE ACF 200mm ASE LI Es PRL RRMA ES A, RRS ME AN iy IE a EO CEMA, MART AEH Aa, SRT BO He PLIES 9.5.1 BBL AY SE SH PSH FN SH STH A HL A i CG EHF AS Be Sh AE RR HRS 294

Chinease Concrete Standard

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Chinease Concrete Standard

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Вам также может понравиться